You are on page 1of 1853

Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Rankin

Year 2010-2011 Office AS 144


Term Spring Phone 903-782-0388
Section 01 email rrankin@parisjc.edu

Course ACCT 2301

Title Principles of Accounting I- Financial

Description Accounting concepts and their application in transaction analysis and financial statement
preparatin; analysis of financial statements; and assett and equity accounting in proprietorships,
partnerships, and corporations. Introduction to cost behavior, budgeting, responsibility accounting,
cost control and product costing.

Textbooks Accounting Principles, Weygandt, Kimmel, Kieso 9th Edition, ISBN: 978-0-470-31754-9

Schedule Week 1- Chapter 1- Accounting in Action


Week 2- Chapter 2- The Recoring Process
Week 3- Chapter 2- The Recording Process
Week 4- Chapter 3- Adjusting the Accounts
Week 5- Chapter 3- Adjusting the Accounts
Week 6- Chapter 4- Completing the Accounting Cycle
Week 7- Chapter 5- Accounting for Merchanding Operations
Week 8- Chapter 6- Inventories
Week 9- Spring Break
Week 10- Chapter 8- Fraud Internal, Control and Cash
Week 11- Chapter 8- Fraud Internal, Control and Cash
Week 12- Chapter 9- Accounting for Receivables
Week 13- Chapter 10- Plant Assets, Natural Resources, and Intangible Assets
Week 14- Chapter 10- Plant Assets, Natural Resources, and Intangible Assets
Week 15- Chapter 11- Current Liabilities and Payroll Accounting
Week 16- Chapter 12- Partnership Accounting

Evaluation methods 3 Unit Exams 40% A 89.5%- 100%


Final 20% B 79.5%-89.4%
Quizzes 13% C 69.5%-79.4%
Homework 13% D 59.5%-69.4%
Attendance 14% F 59.4%- Below
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Rankin
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 144
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0388
Section 02 email rrankin@parisjc.edu

Course ACCT 2301

Title Principles of Accounting I- Financial

Description Accounting concepts and their application in transaction analysis and financial statement
preparatin; analysis of financial statements; and assett and equity accounting in proprietorships,
partnerships, and corporations. Introduction to cost behavior, budgeting, responsibility accounting,
cost control and product costing
Textbooks Accounting Principles, Weygandt, Kimmel, Kieso 9th Edition, ISBN: 978-0-470-31754-9

Schedule Week 1- Chapter 1- Accounting in Action


Week 2- Chapter 2- The Recoring Process
Week 3- Chapter 2- The Recording Process
Week 4- Chapter 3- Adjusting the Accounts
Week 5- Chapter 3- Adjusting the Accounts
Week 6- Chapter 4- Completing the Accounting Cycle
Week 7- Chapter 5- Accounting for Merchanding Operations
Week 8- Chapter 6- Inventories
Week 9- Spring Break
Week 10- Chapter 8- Fraud Internal, Control and Cash
Week 11- Chapter 8- Fraud Internal, Control and Cash
Week 12- Chapter 9- Accounting for Receivables
Week 13- Chapter 10- Plant Assets, Natural Resources, and Intangible Assets
Week 14- Chapter 10- Plant Assets, Natural Resources, and Intangible Assets
Week 15- Chapter 11- Current Liabilities and Payroll Accounting
Week 16- Chapter 12- Partnership Accounting

Evaluation methods 3 Unit Exams 40% A 89.5%- 100%


Final 20% B 79.5%-89.4%
Quizzes 13% C 69.5%-79.4%
Homework 13% D 59.5%-69.4%
Attendance 14% F 59.4%- Below
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Rankin
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 144
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0388
Section 01 email rrankin@parisjc.edu

Course ACCT 2302

Title Principles of Accounting II- Managerial

Description Accounting concepts and their application in transaction analysis and financial statement
preparatin; analysis of financial statements; and assett and equity accounting in proprietorships,
partnerships, and corporations. Introduction to cost behavior, budgeting, responsibility accounting,
cost control and product costing

Textbooks Accounting Principles, Weygandt, Kimmel, Kieso 9th Edition, ISBN: 978-0-470-31754-9

Schedule Week 1- Chapter 13- Corporations: Organizations and Capital Stock Transactions
Week 2- Chapter 13- Corporations: Organizations and Capital Stock Transactions
Week 3- Chapter 14- Corporations: Dividends, Retained Earnings and Income Reporting
Week 4- Chapter 14- Corporations: Dividends, Retained Earnings and Income Reporting
Week 5- Chapter 15- Long Term Liabilities
Week 6- Chapter 16- Investments
Week 7- Chapter 17- The Statement of Cash Flows
Week 8- Chapter 18- Financial Statement Analysis
Week 9- Spring Break
Week 10- Chapter 19- Managerial Accounting
Week 11- Chapter 20- Job Order Costing
Week 12- Chapter 21- Process Cost Accounting
Week 13- Chapter 22- Cost Volume Profit
Week 14- Chapter 23- Budgetary Planning
Week 15- Chapter 24- Budgetary Control and Responsibility Accounting
Week 16- Chapter 25- Standard Costs and Balanced Scorecard

Evaluation methods 3 Unit Exams 48% A 89.5%- 100%


Final 16% B 79.5%-89.4%
Quizzes 18% C 69.5%-79.4%
Homework 0 D 59.5%-69.4%
Attendance 18% F 59.4%- Below
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Rankin
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 144
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0388
Section 02 email rrankin@parisjc.edu

Course ACCT 2302

Title Principles of Accounting II- Managerial

Description Accounting concepts and their application in transaction analysis and financial statement
preparatin; analysis of financial statements; and assett and equity accounting in proprietorships,
partnerships, and corporations. Introduction to cost behavior, budgeting, responsibility accounting,
cost control and product costing

Textbooks Accounting Principles, Weygandt, Kimmel, Kieso 9th Edition, ISBN: 978-0-470-31754-9

Schedule Week 1- Chapter 13- Corporations: Organizations and Capital Stock Transactions
Week 2- Chapter 13- Corporations: Organizations and Capital Stock Transactions
Week 3- Chapter 14- Corporations: Dividends, Retained Earnings and Income Reporting
Week 4- Chapter 14- Corporations: Dividends, Retained Earnings and Income Reporting
Week 5- Chapter 15- Long Term Liabilities
Week 6- Chapter 16- Investments
Week 7- Chapter 17- The Statement of Cash Flows
Week 8- Chapter 18- Financial Statement Analysis
Week 9- Spring Break
Week 10- Chapter 19- Managerial Accounting
Week 11- Chapter 20- Job Order Costing
Week 12- Chapter 21- Process Cost Accounting
Week 13- Chapter 22- Cost Volume Profit
Week 14- Chapter 23- Budgetary Planning
Week 15- Chapter 24- Budgetary Control and Responsibility Accounting
Week 16- Chapter 25- Standard Costs and Balanced Scorecard

Evaluation methods 3 Unit Exams 48% A 89.5%- 100%


Final 16% B 79.5%-89.4%
Quizzes 18% C 69.5%-79.4%
Homework 0 D 59.5%-69.4%
Attendance 18% F 59.4%- Below
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Rankin
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 144
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0388
Section 41 email rrankin@parisjc.edu

Course ACCT 2302

Title Principles of Accounting II- Managerial

Description Accounting concepts and their application in transaction analysis and financial statement
preparatin; analysis of financial statements; and assett and equity accounting in proprietorships,
partnerships, and corporations. Introduction to cost behavior, budgeting, responsibility accounting,
t t l d d t ti
Textbooks Accounting Principles, Weygandt, Kimmel, Kieso 9th Edition, ISBN: 978-0-470-31754-9

Schedule Week 1- Chapter 13- Corporations: Organizations and Capital Stock Transactions
Week 2- Chapter 13- Corporations: Organizations and Capital Stock Transactions
Week 3- Chapter 14- Corporations: Dividends, Retained Earnings and Income Reporting
Week 4- Chapter 14- Corporations: Dividends, Retained Earnings and Income Reporting
Week 5- Chapter 15- Long Term Liabilities
Week 6- Chapter 16- Investments
Week 7- Chapter 17- The Statement of Cash Flows
Week 8- Chapter 18- Financial Statement Analysis
Week 9- Spring Break
Week 10- Chapter 19- Managerial Accounting
Week 11- Chapter 20- Job Order Costing
Week 12- Chapter 21- Process Cost Accounting
Week 13- Chapter 22- Cost Volume Profit
Week 14- Chapter 23- Budgetary Planning
Week 15- Chapter 24- Budgetary Control and Responsibility Accounting
Week 16- Chapter 25- Standard Costs and Balanced Scorecard

Evaluation methods 3 Unit Exams 48% A 89.5%- 100%


Final 16% B 79.5%-89.4%
Quizzes 18% C 69.5%-79.4%
Homework 0 D 59.5%-69.4%
Attendance 18% F 59.4%- Below
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Gene Anderson
Year 2010-2011 Office Sulphur Springs Center
Term Spring Phone 903-885-1232
Section 50 email ganderson@parisjc.edu

Course ACCT 2302

Title Accounting Principles II

Description A study of accounting principles as applied to vouchers, books of original entry, controlling
accounts, adjusting and closing entries, financial statements, controls, and accounting concepts.
Credit: Three semester hours. Three lecture and no lab hours per week. Prerequisite: Accounting
Principles I.

Textbooks Accounting Principles Weygandt, Kimmel, Kieso


9th edition ISBN # 978-0470-31754-9
Publisher: John C. Wiley & Sons, Inc.
(Adopted 1/1/2010)

Schedule Week 1 Introduction


Week 2 Corporate dividends, retained earnings, and income reporting, & long-term liabilities
Week 3 Exam 1
Week 4 Investments & Statement of Cash Flows
Week 5 Exam 2
Week 6 Financial statement analysis & managerial accounting
Week 7 Exam 3
Week 8 Job order costing & process costing
Week 9 Spring break
Week 10 Process costing
Week 11 Exam 4
Week 12 Cost-Volume-Profit analysis & budgetary planning
Week 13 Exam 5
Week 14 Budgetary control & standard costs
Week 15 Exam 6
Week 16 Incremental analysis & capital budgeting
Week 17 Final Exam

Evaluation methods Students will be reqluired to attend classes, take seven exams, and complete homework
assignments. Grades of A, B, C, D, and F are determined by the student's achievment of a certain
percentage of possible points in the course.

Possible points: 6 exams-100 points each 600 points Grade determination: A=720
points
1 final exam-100 points 100 points B=640 points
Homework assignments 50 points C=560 points
Attendance 50 points D=480 points
Total possible points 800 points F=<480 points
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Rankin
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 144
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0388
Section 01 email rrankin@parisjc.edu

Course ACNT 1411

Title Introduction to Computerized Accounting

Description Intorduciton to utilizing the computer in maintaining accountng records with primary emphasis on a
general ledger package.

Textbooks College Accounting, Heintz and Parry 20th Edition, ISBN: 978-0-538-74521-5

Schedule Week 1- Chapter 1- Introduction to Accounting


Week 2- Chapter 2- Analyzing Transactions: The Accounting Equation
Week 3- Chapter 2- Analyzing Transactions: The Accounting Equation
Week 4- Chapter 3- The Double Entry Framework
Week 5- Chapter 3- The Double Entry Framework
Week 6- Chapter 4- Journalizing and Posting Transactions
Week 7- Chapter 5- Adjusting Entris and the Worksheet
Week 8- Chapter 6- Financial Statments and the Closing Process
Week 9- Spring Break
Week 10- Chapter 7- Accounting for Cash
Week 11- Chapter 7- Accounting for Cash
Week 12- Chapter 8- Payroll Accounting: Employee Earnings and Deductions
Week 13- Chapter 8- Payroll Accounting: Employee Earnings and Deductions
Week 14- Chapter 9- Payroll Accounting: Employer Taxes and Reports
Week 15- Chapter 9- Payroll Accounting: Employer Taxes and Reports
Week 16- Chapter 10- Accounting for Sale and Cash Receipts

Evaluation methods 3 Unit Exams 40% A 89.5%- 100%


Final 20% B 79.5%-89.4%
Quizzes 13% C 69.5%-79.4%
Homework 13% D 59.5%-69.4%
Attendance 14% F 59.4%- Below
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Rankin
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 144
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0388
Section 40 email rrankin@parisjc.edu

Course ACNT 1411

Title Introduction to Computerized Accounting

Description Intorduciton to utilizing the computer in maintaining accountng records with primary emphasis on a
general ledger package.

Textbooks College Accounting, Heintz and Parry 20th Edition, ISBN: 978-0-538-74521-5

Schedule Week 1- Chapter 1- Introduction to Accounting


Week 2- Chapter 2- Analyzing Transactions: The Accounting Equation
Week 3- Chapter 2- Analyzing Transactions: The Accounting Equation
Week 4- Chapter 3- The Double Entry Framework
Week 5- Chapter 3- The Double Entry Framework
Week 6- Chapter 4- Journalizing and Posting Transactions
Week 7- Chapter 5- Adjusting Entris and the Worksheet
Week 8- Chapter 6- Financial Statments and the Closing Process
Week 9- Spring Break
Week 10- Chapter 7- Accounting for Cash
Week 11- Chapter 7- Accounting for Cash
Week 12- Chapter 8- Payroll Accounting: Employee Earnings and Deductions
Week 13- Chapter 8- Payroll Accounting: Employee Earnings and Deductions
Week 14- Chapter 9- Payroll Accounting: Employer Taxes and Reports
Week 15- Chapter 9- Payroll Accounting: Employer Taxes and Reports
Week 16- Chapter 10- Accounting for Sale and Cash Receipts

Evaluation methods 3 Unit Exams 40% A 89.5%- 100%


Final 20% B 79.5%-89.4%
Quizzes 13% C 69.5%-79.4%
Homework 13% D 59.5%-69.4%
Attendance 14% F 59.4%- Below
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Tracy Dicken
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 119
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0449
Section 01 email tdicken@parisjc.edu

Course AGRI 1131

Title The Agriculture Industry

Description Overview of world agriculture, nature of the industry, resource conservation, and the American
agricultural system, including production, distribution, and marketing. Credit: One semester credit
hour. One lecture hour per week. TSI Requirement: M2; R2; W1. Prerequisite: None

Textbooks None assigned.

Schedule Week 1-• Survey of Local Agriculture


Week 2- Farm and Ranch Management
o Industry overview
Beef cattle
• Recent Trends
• New Technologies
• Career opportunities
Dairy
• Recent Trends
• New Technologies
• Career opportunities
Week 3- Poultry
• Recent Trends
• New Technologies
• Career opportunities
Swine
• Recent Trends
N T h l i
Evaluation methods Semester grades will be determined on a total point basis as illustrated below:
4 project assignments worth 100 points = 400 points
1 final exam worth 100 points

A = 450 - 500 points

B = 400 - 449 points

C = 350 - 399 points

D = 300 - 349 points


Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Tracy Dicken
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 119
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0449
Section 40 email tdicken@parisjc.edu

Course AGRI 1131

Title The Agriculture Industry

Description Overview of world agriculture, nature of the industry, resource conservation, and the American
agricultural system, including production, distribution, and marketing. Credit: One semester credit
hour. One lecture hour per week. TSI Requirement: M2; R2; W1. Prerequisite: None

Textbooks None assigned.

Schedule Week 1-• Survey of Local Agriculture


Week 2- Farm and Ranch Management
o Industry overview
Beef cattle
• Recent Trends
• New Technologies
• Career opportunities
Dairy
• Recent Trends
• New Technologies
• Career opportunities
Week 3- Poultry
• Recent Trends
• New Technologies
• Career opportunities
Swine
• Recent Trends
N T h l i
Evaluation methods Semester grades will be determined on a total point basis as illustrated below:
4 project assignments worth 100 points = 400 points
1 final exam worth 100 points

A = 450 - 500 points

B = 400 - 449 points

C = 350 - 399 points

D = 300 - 349 points


Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Tracy Dicken
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 119
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0449
Section 01 email tdicken@parisjc.edu

Course AGRI 1407

Title Agronomy

Description Fundamentals of the development, production, and management of field crops. Topics include the
classification and distribution of field crops, botany, soils, plant breeding, pest management, and
harvesting.

Textbooks Hartmann’s Plant Science:Growth, Development and Utilization of Cultivated Plants, 4th edition.
McMahon, Kofranek, and Rubatzky. ISBN 0131140752

Schedule Week 1-• Environmental Factors that Influence Plant Growth


o Climate
o Weeds
o Insects
o Diseases

Week 2-
Week 3-• Soils
o Management
o Soil water
o Fertility
o Soil and Plant Water Relations

Week 4-
Week 5-• Plant Structure
o Plant anatomy
G th d d l t
Evaluation methods • Weekly quizzes will be given which cannot be made up if a student is absent.
• Three Unit Tests will be given throughout the course of the semester which must be made up
within one week if student is absent.
• At the semester’s end, the student’s three lowest Quiz grades will be dropped. The remaining
seven will be averaged and will equal one Unit Test grade.
• Final Exam is optional. Student may attempt to raise their final average by taking a cumulative
final exam.
• The Combined Quizzes, three Unit Tests, and Final Exam (if student chooses to take) will all be
weighted equally in the semester average.
• Determination of letter grade is as follows:
90 and above A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Tracy Dicken
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 119
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0449
Section 40 email tdicken@parisjc.edu

Course AGRI 1407

Title Agronomy

Description Fundamentals of the development, production, and management of field crops. Topics include the
classification and distribution of field crops, botany, soils, plant breeding, pest management, and
harvesting.

Textbooks Hartmann’s Plant Science:Growth, Development and Utilization of Cultivated Plants, 4th edition.
McMahon, Kofranek, and Rubatzky. ISBN 0131140752

Schedule Week 1-• Environmental Factors that Influence Plant Growth


o Climate
o Weeds
o Insects
o Diseases

Week 2-
Week 3-• Soils
o Management
o Soil water
o Fertility
o Soil and Plant Water Relations

Week 4-
Week 5-• Plant Structure
o Plant anatomy
G th d d l t
Evaluation methods • Weekly quizzes will be given which cannot be made up if a student is absent.
• Three Unit Tests will be given throughout the course of the semester which must be made up
within one week if student is absent.
• At the semester’s end, the student’s three lowest Quiz grades will be dropped. The remaining
seven will be averaged and will equal one Unit Test grade.
• Final Exam is optional. Student may attempt to raise their final average by taking a cumulative
final exam.
• The Combined Quizzes, three Unit Tests, and Final Exam (if student chooses to take) will all be
weighted equally in the semester average.
• Determination of letter grade is as follows:
90 and above A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Tracy Dicken
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 119
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0449
Section 01 email tdicken@parisjc.edu

Course AGRI 1415

Title Horticulture

Description Structure, growth, and development of horticultural plants from a practical and scientific approach.
Environmental effects, basic principles of propagation, greenhouse and outdoor production,
nutrition, pruning, chemical control of growth, pest control, and landscaping. Credit: Four semester
credit hours. Three lecture and three laboratory hours per week. TSI Requirement: M1; R2; W1.
Prerequisite: None

Textbooks Text: Introductory Horticulture, 8th edition. Reiley and Shry. ISBN 9781435480391.

Schedule Week 1-• Recognize the importance and scope of the horticulture industry.
o Analyze the history of the horticulture industry.
o Explain the importance of the horticulture industry.
o Asses the scope of the horticulture industry.
o Describe the future of the horticulture industry.

Week 2-
Week 3-• Identify the plant processes.
o Outline the stages of plant growth.
o Describe photosynthesis.
o Identify the factors associated with plant reproduction.
o Describe the methods of plant reproduction.
o Classify plants scientifically.
o Describe plant tropism.

Week 4-
Week 5-• Understand the properties of soil and growing media.
Id tif th t d ti f il
Evaluation methods Semester grades will be determined on a total point basis as illustrated below:
3 lecture tests worth 100 points = 300 points
10 weekly quizzes worth 10 points = 100 points
1 final exam worth 100 points

A = 450 - 500 points

B = 400 - 449 points

C = 350 - 399 points

D = 300 - 349 points


Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Tracy Dicken
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 119
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0449
Section 40 email tdicken@parisjc.edu

Course AGRI 1415

Title Horticulture

Description Structure, growth, and development of horticultural plants from a practical and scientific approach.
Environmental effects, basic principles of propagation, greenhouse and outdoor production,
nutrition, pruning, chemical control of growth, pest control, and landscaping. Credit: Four semester
credit hours. Three lecture and three laboratory hours per week. TSI Requirement: M1; R2; W1.
Prerequisite: None

Textbooks Text: Introductory Horticulture, 8th edition. Reiley and Shry. ISBN 9781435480391.

Schedule Week 1-• Recognize the importance and scope of the horticulture industry.
o Analyze the history of the horticulture industry.
o Explain the importance of the horticulture industry.
o Asses the scope of the horticulture industry.
o Describe the future of the horticulture industry.

Week 2-
Week 3-• Identify the plant processes.
o Outline the stages of plant growth.
o Describe photosynthesis.
o Identify the factors associated with plant reproduction.
o Describe the methods of plant reproduction.
o Classify plants scientifically.
o Describe plant tropism.

Week 4-
Week 5-• Understand the properties of soil and growing media.
Id tif th t d ti f il
Evaluation methods Semester grades will be determined on a total point basis as illustrated below:
3 lecture tests worth 100 points = 300 points
10 weekly quizzes worth 10 points = 100 points
1 final exam worth 100 points

A = 450 - 500 points

B = 400 - 449 points

C = 350 - 399 points

D = 300 - 349 points


Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Tracy Dicken
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 119
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0449
Section 65 email tdicken@parisjc.edu

Course AGRI 2317

Title Introduction to Agricultural Economics

Description Fundamental economic principles and their applications to the problems of the industry of
agriculture. The field of agricultural economics and its relationship to other sciences. The
characteristics of our economic system and basic economic concepts. Survey of the farm and ranch
firm and its organization and management; structure and operation of the marketing system;
functional and institutional aspects of agricultural finance; government policies and programs
related to agriculture. Credit: Three semester credit hours. Three lecture hours per week. TSI
Requirement: M2; R2; W1. Prerequisite: None

Textbooks Text: Agricultural Economics and Agribusiness, 8th edition, Gail L. Cramer, Clarence W. Jensen,
Douglas D. Southgate Jr. ISBN 9780471388470.

Schedule Week 1-• Introduction


o Defining economics
Week 2-• The Farm and Food System
o Agriculture within the U.S. economy
o Farm business structure
o The agribusiness complex

Week 3-• Consumer Behavior and Demand


o The utility basis of demand
o Consumer choice

Week 4-• Producer Decision Making: Single-Variable Input Functions


o Physical relationships
o Value relationships

Week 5-• Producer Decision Making: Two-Variable Inputs and Enterprise Selection
o Two-variable input functions

Evaluation methods Semester grades will be determined on a total point basis as illustrated below:
12 weekly assignments worth 100 points = 1200 points
participation = 100 points
1 midterm assignment =100 points
1 final exam worth 100 points

A = 1350 - 1500 points

B = 1200 - 1349 points

C = 1050 - 1199 points


Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Tracy Dicken
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 119
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0449
Section 65 email tdicken@parisjc.edu

Course AGRI 2317

Title Introduction to Agricultural Economics

Description Fundamental economic principles and their applications to the problems of the industry of
agriculture. The field of agricultural economics and its relationship to other sciences. The
characteristics of our economic system and basic economic concepts. Survey of the farm and ranch
firm and its organization and management; structure and operation of the marketing system;
functional and institutional aspects of agricultural finance; government policies and programs
related to agriculture. Credit: Three semester credit hours. Three lecture hours per week. TSI
Requirement: M2; R2; W1. Prerequisite: None

Textbooks Text: Agricultural Economics and Agribusiness, 8th edition, Gail L. Cramer, Clarence W. Jensen,
Douglas D. Southgate Jr. ISBN 9780471388470.

Schedule Week 1-• Introduction


o Defining economics
Week 2-• The Farm and Food System
o Agriculture within the U.S. economy
o Farm business structure
o The agribusiness complex

Week 3-• Consumer Behavior and Demand


o The utility basis of demand
o Consumer choice

Week 4-• Producer Decision Making: Single-Variable Input Functions


o Physical relationships
o Value relationships

Week 5-• Producer Decision Making: Two-Variable Inputs and Enterprise Selection
o Two-variable input functions

Evaluation methods Semester grades will be determined on a total point basis as illustrated below:
12 weekly assignments worth 100 points = 1200 points
participation = 100 points
1 midterm assignment =100 points
1 final exam worth 100 points

A = 1350 - 1500 points

B = 1200 - 1349 points

C = 1050 - 1199 points


Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Tracy Dicken
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 119
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0449
Section 01 email tdicken@parisjc.edu

Course AGRI 2321

Title Livestock Evaluation

Description • Selection, Evaluation and Classification of livestock and livestock products.

Textbooks None required.

Schedule Week 1-• Identification of external body parts of livestock


o Beef cattle
o Sheep
o Swine

Week 2-
Week 3-• Identify breeds of livestock
o Beef cattle
o Sheep
o Swine
Week 4-
Week 5-• Identify desirable market traits based on visual appearance
o Beef cattle
o Sheep
o Swine

Week 6-• Identify wholesale cuts of carcasses


B f
Evaluation methods • Weekly quizzes will be given which cannot be made up if a student is absent.
• At the semester’s end, the student’s three lowest Quiz grades will be dropped. The remaining
weekly quizzes will be averaged and will equal one Unit Test grade.
• Three Unit Tests will be given throughout the course of the semester which must be made up
within one week if student is absent.
• Final Exam is optional. Student may attempt to raise their final average by taking a cumulative
final exam.
• The Combined Quizzes, three Unit Tests, and Final Exam (if applicable) will all be weighted
equally in the semester average.
• Determination of letter grade is as follows:
90 and above A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Tracy Dicken
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 119
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0449
Section 40 email tdicken@parisjc.edu

Course AGRI 2321

Title Livestock Evaluation

Description • Selection, Evaluation and Classification of livestock and livestock products.

Textbooks None required.

Schedule Week 1-• Identification of external body parts of livestock


o Beef cattle
o Sheep
o Swine

Week 2-
Week 3-• Identify breeds of livestock
o Beef cattle
o Sheep
o Swine
Week 4-
Week 5-• Identify desirable market traits based on visual appearance
o Beef cattle
o Sheep
o Swine

Week 6-• Identify wholesale cuts of carcasses


B f
Evaluation methods • Weekly quizzes will be given which cannot be made up if a student is absent.
• At the semester’s end, the student’s three lowest Quiz grades will be dropped. The remaining
weekly quizzes will be averaged and will equal one Unit Test grade.
• Three Unit Tests will be given throughout the course of the semester which must be made up
within one week if student is absent.
• Final Exam is optional. Student may attempt to raise their final average by taking a cumulative
final exam.
• The Combined Quizzes, three Unit Tests, and Final Exam (if applicable) will all be weighted
equally in the semester average.
• Determination of letter grade is as follows:
90 and above A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Patricia Browning
Year 2010-2011 Office AB - Art Building
Term Spring Phone 903-784-1949
Section 01 email pbrowning@parisjc.edu

Course ARTS 1301

Title Art Appreciation

Description A general education course open to all. The subject matter is designed to give the layman an
overview of how to look at art and a basic understanding of what is involved in the analysis and
appreciation of any work of art

Textbooks Richard Lewis and Susan L. Lewis. The Power of Art, Second Edition. Belmont, CA: Thomson
Wadsworth, 2009. Student Edition: ISBN-13: 978-0-534-64103-0 ISBN-10:0-534-64103-2

Schedule Week 1- Introduction to Art Appreciation - Chapter 1 - The Power of Art


Week 2- Continuation and finish Chapter 1
Week 3- Chapter 2 - The Primary Elements
Week 4- Finish Chapter 2 and take TEST I
Week 5- Chapter 3 - The Principles of Design
Week 6- Chapter 4 - Drawing
Week 7- Chapter 5 - Painting and take TEST II
Week 8- Chapter 6 - Printmaking
Week 9- Continuation and finish Chapter 6
Week 10- Chapter 7 - Photography
Week 11- Finish Chapter 7 and take TEST III
Week 12- Chapter 8 - New Media: Time and Digital Arts
Week 13- Continuation and finish Chapter 8
Week 14- Chapter 9 - Sculpture and Chapter 10 - Architecture
Week 15- Chapter 11 - Decorative Arts, Crafts, and Design
Week 16- Finish Chapter 11 and Final Exam - TEST IV

Evaluation methods Course Goals: The student will be exposed to a broad overview of the visual arts. There will be
presentation and discussion of visual images, lectures, writing assignments, informative videos/CDs
pertaining to class lectures, class participation through thought provoking questions concerning the
various artists and their works of art. A museum visit will be scheduled for Dallas or Fort Worth
which requires completion of a worksheet. Course Objectives: An introduction to art through the
discussion and the practice of "The Process of Appreciation" including looking at art and learning
how to see, the power of art for the artist, and defining art. Students will gain a thorough
understanding of the primary elements and the principles of design. Personal knowledge will be
gained regarding the artist's materials and tools pertaining to drawing, painting, printmaking,
photography, new media, sculpture, architecture, the decorative arts, crafts and design. Grading
will be evaluated by active participation, writing, and tests which will include image (slide)
identification, multiple choice, matching, fill-in-the-blank, and essay questions. The four non-
comprehensive tests/research will be 80% of the grade. Attendance/Promptness/Participation will
be 20% of the grade Grading is recorded as follows: A 100 90; B 89 80; C 79 70; D 69 60;
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Patricia Browning
Year 2010-2011 Office AB - Art Building
Term Spring Phone 903-784-1949
Section 02 email pbrowning@parisjc.edu

Course ARTS 1301

Title Art Appreciation

Description A general education course open to all. The subject matter is designed to give the layman an
overview of how to look at art and a basic understanding of what is involved in the analysis and
i ti f k f t
Textbooks Richard Lewis and Susan L. Lewis. The Power of Art, Second Edition. Belmont, CA: Thomson
Wadsworth, 2009. Student Edition: ISBN-13: 978-0-534-64103-0 ISBN-10:0-534-64103-2

Schedule Week 1- Introduction to Art Appreciation - Chapter 1 - The Power of Art


Week 2- Continuation and finish Chapter 1
Week 3- Chapter 2 - The Primary Elements
Week 4- Finish Chapter 2 and take TEST I
Week 5- Chapter 3 - The Principles of Design
Week 6- Chapter 4 - Drawing
Week 7- Chapter 5 - Painting and take TEST II
Week 8- Chapter 6 - Printmaking
Week 9- Continuation and finish Chapter 6
Week 10- Chapter 7 - Photography
Week 11- Finish Chapter 7 and take TEST III
Week 12- Chapter 8 - New Media: Time and Digital Arts
Week 13- Continuation and finish Chapter 8
Week 14- Chapter 9 - Sculpture and Chapter 10 - Architecture
Week 15- Chapter 11 - Decorative Arts, Crafts, and Design
Week 16- Finish Chapter 11 and Final Exam - TEST IV

Evaluation methods Course Goals: The student will be exposed to a broad overview of the visual arts. There will be
presentation and discussion of visual images, lectures, writing assignments, informative videos/CDs
pertaining to class lectures, class participation through thought provoking questions concerning the
various artists and their works of art. A museum visit will be scheduled for Dallas or Fort Worth
which requires completion of a worksheet. Course Objectives: An introduction to art through the
discussion and the practice of "The Process of Appreciation" including looking at art and learning
how to see, the power of art for the artist, and defining art. Students will gain a thorough
understanding of the primary elements and the principles of design. Personal knowledge will be
gained regarding the artist's materials and tools pertaining to drawing, painting, printmaking,
photography, new media, sculpture, architecture, the decorative arts, crafts and design. Grading
will be evaluated by active participation, writing, and tests which will include image (slide)
identification, multiple choice, matching, fill-in-the-blank, and essay questions. The four non-
comprehensive tests/research will be 80% of the grade. Attendance/Promptness/Participation will
be 20% of the grade. Grading is recorded as follows: A=100-90; B=89-80; C=79-70; D=69-60;
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Susan A. Moore
Year 2011-2012 Office AB 107
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0438
Section 03 email smoore@parisjc.edu

Course ARTS 1301

Title Art Appreciation - Classroom

Description A general education course open to all: the subject matter is designed to give the layperson an
overview of how to look at art, and a basic understanding of what is involved in the analysis
and appreciation of any work of art.

Textbooks The Power of Art, Richard Lewis, Susan I. Lewis, Second Edition, Thompson/Wadsworth
Publisher,
ISBN: 13-: 978-0-534-64103-0
Schedule ART APPRECIATION, ARTS1301.04 & 1301.42

SPRING 2011 SCHEDULE

Class Meets: T/R 1-2:15


Instructor: Ms. Moore, AB 105 903-782-0438 smoore@parisjc.edu

Date - WEEK Activity


1/18-20 1 First Class: OVERVIEW: text and supplemental
material requirements, Introductions, Syllabus, Schedule et al
Thursday: Chapter 1: The Power of Art/POP QUIZ CH. 1
Bring to class: Study Guide/Vocabulary Ch. 1-3/Image List.

1/25-27 2 Chapter 1: The Power of Art cont.


Thursday: cont. AND Syllabus Quiz [100 points]

2/01-03 3 Chapter 2: Elements of Art: POP QUIZ CH. 2


[NO CLASS 2/03]

2/08-10 4 Chapter 2 cont.


Principles: POP QUIZ CH. 3

2/15-17 5 Chapter 3 cont.


Slide Quiz and Scantron Test 1: Chapters 1, 2, & 3

2/22-24 6 Chapter 4: Drawing: POP QUIZ CH. 4


Bring to class: Study Guide/Vocabulary Ch. 4-5/Image List.
3/01-03 7 Chapter 5: Painting: POP QUIZ CH 5
Evaluation methods 1 Test on Course Content 100 points 100
10 Chapter Mini-Essays 10 points each 100
10 Chapter Mini-Quizzes 10 points each 100
4 Tests 100 points each 400
2 Written Assignments 100 points each 200

Total possible mandatory points: 900


Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Patricia Browning
Year 2010-2011 Office AB - Art Building
Term Spring Phone 903-784-1949
Section 40 email pbrowning@parisjc.edu

Course ARTS 1301

Title Art Appreciation

Description A general education course open to all. The subject matter is designed to give the layman an
overview of how to look at art and a basic understanding of what is involved in the analysis and
appreciation of any work of art

Textbooks Richard Lewis and Susan L. Lewis. The Power of Art, Second Edition. Belmont, CA: Thomson
Wadsworth, 2009. Student Edition: ISBN-13: 978-0-534-64103-0 ISBN-10:0-534-64103-2

Schedule Week 1- Introduction to Art Appreciation - Chapter 1 - The Power of Art


Week 2- Continuation and finish Chapter 1
Week 3- Chapter 2 - The Primary Elements
Week 4- Finish Chapter 2 and take TEST I
Week 5- Chapter 3 - The Principles of Design
Week 6- Chapter 4 - Drawing
Week 7- Chapter 5 - Painting and take TEST II
Week 8- Chapter 6 - Printmaking
Week 9- Continuation and finish Chapter 6
Week 10- Chapter 7 - Photography
Week 11- Finish Chapter 7 and take TEST III
Week 12- Chapter 8 - New Media: Time and Digital Arts
Week 13- Continuation and finish Chapter 8
Week 14- Chapter 9 - Sculpture and Chapter 10 - Architecture
Week 15- Chapter 11 - Decorative Arts, Crafts, and Design
Week 16- Finish Chapter 11 and Final Exam - TEST IV

Evaluation methods Course Goals: The student will be exposed to a broad overview of the visual arts. There will be
presentation and discussion of visual images, lectures, writing assignments, informative videos/CDs
pertaining to class lectures, class participation through thought provoking questions concerning the
various artists and their works of art. A museum visit will be scheduled for Dallas or Fort Worth
which requires completion of a worksheet. Course Objectives: An introduction to art through the
discussion and the practice of "The Process of Appreciation" including looking at art and learning
how to see, the power of art for the artist, and defining art. Students will gain a thorough
understanding of the primary elements and the principles of design. Personal knowledge will be
gained regarding the artist's materials and tools pertaining to drawing, painting, printmaking,
photography, new media, sculpture, architecture, the decorative arts, crafts and design. Grading
will be evaluated by active participation, writing, and tests which will include image (slide)
identification, multiple choice, matching, fill-in-the-blank, and essay questions. The four non-
comprehensive tests/research will be 80% of the grade. Attendance/Promptness/Participation will
be 20% of the grade. Grading is recorded as follows: A=100-90; B=89-80; C=79-70; D=69-60;
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Patricia Browning
Year 2010-2011 Office AB - Art Building
Term Spring Phone 903-784-1949
Section 41 email pbrowning@parisjc.edu

Course ARTS 1301

Title Art Appreciation

Description A general education course open to all. The subject matter is designed to give the layman an
overview of how to look at art and a basic understanding of what is involved in the analysis and
appreciation of any work of art.

Textbooks Richard Lewis and Susan L. Lewis. The Power of Art, Second Edition. Belmont, CA: Thomson
Wadsworth, 2009. Student Edition: ISBN-13: 978-0-534-64103-0 ISBN-10:0-534-64103-2

Schedule Week 1- Introduction to Art Appreciation - Chapter 1 - The Power of Art


Week 2- Continuation and finish Chapter 1
Week 3- Chapter 2 - The Primary Elements
Week 4- Finish Chapter 2 and take TEST I
Week 5- Chapter 3 - The Principles of Design
Week 6- Chapter 4 - Drawing
Week 7- Chapter 5 - Painting and take TEST II
Week 8- Chapter 6 - Printmaking
Week 9- Continuation and finish Chapter 6
Week 10- Chapter 7 - Photography
Week 11- Finish Chapter 7 and take TEST III
Week 12- Chapter 8 - New Media: Time and Digital Arts
Week 13- Continuation and finish Chapter 8
Week 14- Chapter 9 - Sculpture and Chapter 10 - Architecture
Week 15- Chapter 11 - Decorative Arts, Crafts, and Design
Week 16- Finish Chapter 11 and Final Exam - TEST IV

Evaluation methods Course Goals: The student will be exposed to a broad overview of the visual arts. There will be
presentation and discussion of visual images, lectures, writing assignments, informative videos/CDs
pertaining to class lectures, class participation through thought provoking questions concerning the
various artists and their works of art. A museum visit will be scheduled for Dallas or Fort Worth
which requires completion of a worksheet. Course Objectives: An introduction to art through the
discussion and the practice of "The Process of Appreciation" including looking at art and learning
how to see, the power of art for the artist, and defining art. Students will gain a thorough
understanding of the primary elements and the principles of design. Personal knowledge will be
gained regarding the artist's materials and tools pertaining to drawing, painting, printmaking,
photography, new media, sculpture, architecture, the decorative arts, crafts and design. Grading
will be evaluated by active participation, writing, and tests which will include image (slide)
identification, multiple choice, matching, fill-in-the-blank, and essay questions. The four non-
comprehensive tests/research will be 80% of the grade. Attendance/Promptness/Participation will
be 20% of the grade. Grading is recorded as follows: A=100-90; B=89-80; C=79-70; D=69-60;
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Susan A. Moore
Year 2011-2012 Office AB 107
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0438
Section 42 email smoore@parisjc.edu

Course ARTS 1301

Title Art Appreciation - Classroom

Description A general education course open to all: the subject matter is designed to give the layperson an
overview of how to look at art, and a basic understanding of what is involved in the analysis
and appreciation of any work of art.

Textbooks The Power of Art, Richard Lewis, Susan I. Lewis, Second Edition, Thompson/Wadsworth
Publisher,
ISBN: 13-: 978-0-534-64103-0
Schedule ART APPRECIATION, ARTS1301.04 & 1301.42

SPRING 2011 SCHEDULE

Class Meets: T/R 1-2:15


Instructor: Ms. Moore, AB 105 903-782-0438 smoore@parisjc.edu

Date - WEEK Activity


1/18-20 1 First Class: OVERVIEW: text and supplemental
material requirements, Introductions, Syllabus, Schedule et al
Thursday: Chapter 1: The Power of Art/POP QUIZ CH. 1
Bring to class: Study Guide/Vocabulary Ch. 1-3/Image List.

1/25-27 2 Chapter 1: The Power of Art cont.


Thursday: cont. AND Syllabus Quiz [100 points]

2/01-03 3 Chapter 2: Elements of Art: POP QUIZ CH. 2


[NO CLASS 2/03]

2/08-10 4 Chapter 2 cont.


Principles: POP QUIZ CH. 3

2/15-17 5 Chapter 3 cont.


Slide Quiz and Scantron Test 1: Chapters 1, 2, & 3

2/22-24 6 Chapter 4: Drawing: POP QUIZ CH. 4


Bring to class: Study Guide/Vocabulary Ch. 4-5/Image List.
3/01-03 7 Chapter 5: Painting: POP QUIZ CH 5
Evaluation methods 1 Test on Course Content 100 points 100
10 Chapter Mini-Essays 10 points each 100
10 Chapter Mini-Quizzes 10 points each 100
4 Tests 100 points each 400
2 Written Assignments 100 points each 200

Total possible mandatory points: 900


Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr. Philip Dick
Year 2011 Office SSTC
Term Spring Phone 903-885-2158 ext 208
Section 50 email philip_dick@hotmail.com

Course ARTS 1301

Title Art Appreciation

Description A general education course open to all: the subject matter is designed to give the layperson an
overview of how to look at art, and a basic understanding of what is involved in the analysis and
appreciation of any work of art.
Credits: 3 hours
Prerequisite(s): None

Textbooks The Power of Art, Richard Lewis, Susan I. Lewis, Second Edition, Thompson/Wadsworth
Publisher,
ISBN: 13: 978-0-534-64103-0

Schedule · Chapter 1 – Introduction and Overview – Take Home Test/Image Test #1


· Chapter 2 – Elements of Art
· Chapter 3 – Principles of Design – Take Home Test/Image Test #2
· Chapter 4 – Drawing
· Chapter 5 – Painting
· Chapter 6 – Printmaking – Take Home Test/Image Test #3
· Chapter 7/8 – Photography/Film/New Media
· Chapter 9 – Sculpture – Take Home Test/Image Test #4
· Chapter 10 – Architecture
· Chapter 11 – Decorative Arts, Crafts and Design – Take Home
· Test/Image Test #5

Evaluation methods 1. Attendance 10%


1 class missed = 75%, 2 classes missed = 50%, 3 classes missed = 25%, 4 classes missed = 0%.

2. Tests/Research 80%
Students will complete four non-comprehensive tests covering material from lectures, chapter
contents, vocabulary, artworks, and artists. Students will also complete three research projects.
Each test consists of two parts: A Take Home Test (multiple choice, fill-in-the-blank, matching
and/or short essay) and an Image ID Test. See COURSE SCHEDULE for dates.
TAKE HOME TEST – IMAGE ID TEST #1: CHAPTER 1 12.5%
TAKE HOME TEST – IMAGE ID TEST #2: CHAPTERS 2-3 12.5%
TAKE HOME TEST – IMAGE ID TEST #3: CHAPTERS 4-6 12.5%
TAKE HOME TEST - IMAGE ID TEST #4: CHAPTERS 7-11 12.5%

Research – Elements/Principles Project 10%


Research – Art Styles Project 10%
Research – Architecture Types Project 10%

Students must personally pick up a test the day it is handed out in class. Tests must be turned in at
the start of class on the due date. If a student is not present when the test is handed out OR is
absent when the test is due the test grade will be a “0.”
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr. Philip Dick
Year 2011 Office SSTC
Term Spring Phone 903-885-2158 ext 208
Section 51 email philip_dick@hotmail.com

Course ARTS 1301

Title Art Appreciation

Description A general education course open to all: the subject matter is designed to give the layperson an
overview of how to look at art, and a basic understanding of what is involved in the analysis and
appreciation of any work of art.
Credits: 3 hours
Prerequisite(s): None

Textbooks The Power of Art, Richard Lewis, Susan I. Lewis, Second Edition, Thompson/Wadsworth
Publisher,
ISBN: 13: 978-0-534-64103-0

Schedule · Chapter 1 – Introduction and Overview – Take Home Test/Image Test #1


· Chapter 2 – Elements of Art
· Chapter 3 – Principles of Design – Take Home Test/Image Test #2
· Chapter 4 – Drawing
· Chapter 5 – Painting
· Chapter 6 – Printmaking – Take Home Test/Image Test #3
· Chapter 7/8 – Photography/Film/New Media
· Chapter 9 – Sculpture – Take Home Test/Image Test #4
· Chapter 10 – Architecture
· Chapter 11 – Decorative Arts, Crafts and Design – Take Home
· Test/Image Test #5
Evaluation methods
1. Attendance 10%
1 class missed = 75%, 2 classes missed = 50%, 3 classes missed = 25%, 4 classes missed = 0%.

2. Tests/Research 80%
Students will complete four non-comprehensive tests covering material from lectures, chapter
contents, vocabulary, artworks, and artists. Students will also complete three research projects.
Each test consists of two parts: A Take Home Test (multiple choice, fill-in-the-blank, matching
and/or short essay) and an Image ID Test. See COURSE SCHEDULE for dates.
TAKE HOME TEST – IMAGE ID TEST #1: CHAPTER 1 12.5%
TAKE HOME TEST – IMAGE ID TEST #2: CHAPTERS 2-3 12.5%
TAKE HOME TEST – IMAGE ID TEST #3: CHAPTERS 4-6 12.5%
TAKE HOME TEST - IMAGE ID TEST #4: CHAPTERS 7-11 12.5%

Research – Elements/Principles Project 10%


Research – Art Styles Project 10%
Research – Architecture Types Project 10%

Students must personally pick up a test the day it is handed out in class. Tests must be turned in at
the start of class on the due date. If a student is not present when the test is handed out OR is
absent when the test is due the test grade will be a “0.”
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Susan A. Moore
Year 2011-2012 Office AB 107
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0438
Section 65 email smoore@parisjc.edu

Course ARTS 1301

Title Art Appreciation - Online

Description A general education course open to all: the subject matter is designed to give the layperson an
overview of how to look at art, and a basic understanding of what is involved in the analysis
and appreciation of any work of art.

Textbooks The Power of Art, Richard Lewis, Susan I. Lewis, Second Edition, Thompson/Wadsworth
Publisher,
ISBN: 13-: 978-0-534-64103-0
Schedule Art Appreciation ARTS1301.65, 66, 67
SPRING 2011 - SCHEDULE
January 18 Classes begin. Students are expected to complete, on average, a Chapter and
Discussion weekly. BE SURE TO TAKE THE COURSE CONTENT QUIZ THIS WEEK
[after you have thoroughly reviewed all the pages on the website]. Review ALL due dates for
quizzes, discussions, tests, and writing assignments; these are posted on the site.
February 02 Reporting Day
March 07, 08, 09 *MID-TERM, Chapters 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 -
CLOSED BOOK, PROCTORED at your closest Testing Center
March 10 [Thursday] Essay #1 due, 5:00 PM
March 10 Discussion Essays 1 – 5 due, 5:00 PM [Discussions
locked following this time].
March 10 Quizzes 1 – 5 due, 5:00 PM [locked after this time].
March 14 SPRING BREAK WEEK
March 21 Begin work on Chapters 6 – 10.
April 28 [Thursday] Discussion Essays 6 – 10 due, 5:00 PM
April 28 Quizzes 6-10 due, 5:00 PM
May 05 [Thursday] Writing Assignment #2, due, 5:00 PM; any extra credit work is also due to
be sent in or uploaded on this deadline.
May 09, 10, 11 *FINAL, Chapters 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10 – CLOSED
BOOK, PROCTORED at Testing Center.
* Proctored tests are taken at a PJC testing center or for VCT students, at your base college.
Passwords are required and will be entered by the Proctor. You MUST call ahead to schedule
a day and time to take your proctored test. Proctored tests are CLOSED BOOK. You are also
NOT allowed: cell phones, back packs, purses, writing materials, other books or reference
material, food, or drinks. You must show a photo ID.
Evaluation methods 1 Test on Course Content 50 points 50
10 Weekly Discussion Essays 10 points each 100
4 Tests 100 points each 400
2 Written Assignments 100 points each 200

[ Extra Credit opportunities will be presented throughout the semester points TBA ]

Total possible mandatory points: 700


Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Susan A. Moore
Year 2011-2012 Office AB 107
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0438
Section 66 email smoore@parisjc.edu

Course ARTS 1301

Title Art Appreciation - Online

Description A general education course open to all: the subject matter is designed to give the layperson an
overview of how to look at art, and a basic understanding of what is involved in the analysis
and appreciation of any work of art.

Textbooks The Power of Art, Richard Lewis, Susan I. Lewis, Second Edition, Thompson/Wadsworth
Publisher,
ISBN: 13-: 978-0-534-64103-0
Schedule Art Appreciation ARTS1301.65, 66, 67
SPRING 2011 - SCHEDULE
January 18 Classes begin. Students are expected to complete, on average, a Chapter and
Discussion weekly. BE SURE TO TAKE THE COURSE CONTENT QUIZ THIS WEEK
[after you have thoroughly reviewed all the pages on the website]. Review ALL due dates for
quizzes, discussions, tests, and writing assignments; these are posted on the site.
February 02 Reporting Day
March 07, 08, 09 *MID-TERM, Chapters 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 -
CLOSED BOOK, PROCTORED at your closest Testing Center
March 10 [Thursday] Essay #1 due, 5:00 PM
March 10 Discussion Essays 1 – 5 due, 5:00 PM [Discussions
locked following this time].
March 10 Quizzes 1 – 5 due, 5:00 PM [locked after this time].
March 14 SPRING BREAK WEEK
March 21 Begin work on Chapters 6 – 10.
April 28 [Thursday] Discussion Essays 6 – 10 due, 5:00 PM
April 28 Quizzes 6-10 due, 5:00 PM
May 05 [Thursday] Writing Assignment #2, due, 5:00 PM; any extra credit work is also due to
be sent in or uploaded on this deadline.
May 09, 10, 11 *FINAL, Chapters 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10 – CLOSED
BOOK, PROCTORED at Testing Center.
* Proctored tests are taken at a PJC testing center or for VCT students, at your base college.
Passwords are required and will be entered by the Proctor. You MUST call ahead to schedule
a day and time to take your proctored test. Proctored tests are CLOSED BOOK. You are also
NOT allowed: cell phones, back packs, purses, writing materials, other books or reference
material, food, or drinks. You must show a photo ID.
Evaluation methods 1 Test on Course Content 50 points 50
10 Weekly Discussion Essays 10 points each 100
4 Tests 100 points each 400
2 Written Assignments 100 points each 200

[ Extra Credit opportunities will be presented throughout the semester points TBA ]

Total possible mandatory points: 700


Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Susan A. Moore
Year 2011-2012 Office AB 107
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0438
Section 67 email smoore@parisjc.edu

Course ARTS 1301

Title Art Appreciation - Online

Description A general education course open to all: the subject matter is designed to give the layperson an
overview of how to look at art, and a basic understanding of what is involved in the analysis
and appreciation of any work of art.

Textbooks The Power of Art, Richard Lewis, Susan I. Lewis, Second Edition, Thompson/Wadsworth
Publisher,
ISBN: 13-: 978-0-534-64103-0
Schedule Art Appreciation ARTS1301.65, 66, 67
SPRING 2011 - SCHEDULE
January 18 Classes begin. Students are expected to complete, on average, a Chapter and
Discussion weekly. BE SURE TO TAKE THE COURSE CONTENT QUIZ THIS WEEK
[after you have thoroughly reviewed all the pages on the website]. Review ALL due dates for
quizzes, discussions, tests, and writing assignments; these are posted on the site.
February 02 Reporting Day
March 07, 08, 09 *MID-TERM, Chapters 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 -
CLOSED BOOK, PROCTORED at your closest Testing Center
March 10 [Thursday] Essay #1 due, 5:00 PM
March 10 Discussion Essays 1 – 5 due, 5:00 PM [Discussions
locked following this time].
March 10 Quizzes 1 – 5 due, 5:00 PM [locked after this time].
March 14 SPRING BREAK WEEK
March 21 Begin work on Chapters 6 – 10.
April 28 [Thursday] Discussion Essays 6 – 10 due, 5:00 PM
April 28 Quizzes 6-10 due, 5:00 PM
May 05 [Thursday] Writing Assignment #2, due, 5:00 PM; any extra credit work is also due to
be sent in or uploaded on this deadline.
May 09, 10, 11 *FINAL, Chapters 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10 – CLOSED
BOOK, PROCTORED at Testing Center.
* Proctored tests are taken at a PJC testing center or for VCT students, at your base college.
Passwords are required and will be entered by the Proctor. You MUST call ahead to schedule
a day and time to take your proctored test. Proctored tests are CLOSED BOOK. You are also
NOT allowed: cell phones, back packs, purses, writing materials, other books or reference
material, food, or drinks. You must show a photo ID.
Evaluation methods 1 Test on Course Content 50 points 50
10 Weekly Discussion Essays 10 points each 100
4 Tests 100 points each 400
2 Written Assignments 100 points each 200

[ Extra Credit opportunities will be presented throughout the semester points TBA ]

Total possible mandatory points: 700


Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty CATHIE TYLER
Year 2010-2011 Office
Term SPRING Phone 903 782-0310
Section 68 email ctyler@parisjc.edu

Course ARTS 1301

Title ART APPRECIATION

Description A general education course open to all: the subject matter is designed to give the layperson an
overview of how to look at art, and a basic understanding of what is involved in the analysis and
appreciation of any work of art.

Textbooks The Power of Art, Richard Lewis, Susan I. Lewis, Second Edition, Thompson/Wadsworth
Publisher, ISBN: 13-: 978-0-534-64103-0

Schedule ART APPRECIATION - ARTS1301.68


SPRING 2011 - SCHEDULE
January 18 Classes begin. Students are expected to complete, on average, a Chapter and
Discussion weekly. BE SURE TO TAKE THE COURSE CONTENT QUIZ THIS WEEK [after
you have thoroughly reviewed all the pages on the website]. Review ALL due dates for quizzes,
discussions, tests, and writing assignments; these are posted on the site.
February 01 Reporting Day for this class
March 02 [Wednesday] Writing Assignment #1 due, 5:00 PM
March 04 Discussion Essays 1 – 5 due, 5:00 PM [Discussions locked following this time].
March 07 Quizzes 1 – 5 due, 5:00 PM [locked after this time].
March 09, 10, 11 MID-TERM, Chapters 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 - CLOSED BOOK,
PROCTORED at your closest Testing Center
March 14 SPRING BREAK WEEK
March 21 Begin work on Chapters 6 – 10.
April 28 Writing Assignment #2, due, 5:00 PM; any extra credit work is also due to be sent in or
uploaded on this deadline.
May 04 Discussion Essays 6 – 10 due, 5:00 PM
M 06 Q i 6 10 d 5 00 PM
Evaluation methods ASSESSMENT
Grades will be based on the following:
2 Writing Assignments 100 points each 200
10 Weekly Quizzes 10 points each 100
10 Weekly Discussion Essays 10 points each 100
2 Tests 100 points each 200
1 Test on Course Content 100
Total possible mandatory points: 700
[ 1 Extra Credit – not mandatory - 50 points added to final point total ]
The final grade will be determined by dividing the total earned points by the total possible points.
[EXAMPLE: 675 / 700 = 96 (A) ]
90-100% = A, 80-89% = B, 70-79% = C, 60-69% = D, 59% OR LESS = F
VII ATTENDANCE POLICY:
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Susan A. Moore, M.F.A.
Year 2010-2011 Office Art Building#107
Term Spring 2011 Phone 903-782-0438
Section 01 email smoore@parisjc.edu

Course ARTS 1312

Title Design II

Description Elements and principles of art using two- and three-dimensional concepts.

Textbooks Launching the Imagination 3-D, 3rd Edition, Mary Stuart, McGraw-Hill Publishers
ISBN 978-0-07-332731-0

Schedule Week 1- Dominant & Subordinate


Week 2- Completion & Critique
Week 3- Negative & Positive
Week 4- Coompletion & Critique
Week 5- Balance
Week 6- Coompletion & Critique
Week 7- Paper Sculpture; Completion & Critique
Week 8- Spring Break, no class
Week 9- Obsessive Compulsive
Week 10- Completion & Critique - Mid-Term Exam
Week 11- 3-D Gesture [wire]
Week 12- Completion & Critique
Week 13- Walking Stick [subtractive sculpture & joints]
Week 14- Continuation
Week 15- Completion & Critique
Week 16- Final Exam: Test & Student Research Presentations

Evaluation methods Grades: A = Outstanding: expansive investigation of ideas and excellent composition. All
assignments completed on time. Insightful contributions to critiques. Going substantially
beyond minimum requirements. B - Above Average: substantial investigation of concepts and
compositions;excellent craft. All assignments completed on time; insightful contributions to
critiques. C - Average: all assignments done competently and completed on time. Strong
participation in critiques. D -Marginal: two or more late projects, limited investigation of ideas,
poor craft, or incoherent compositions, or excessive absences. Limited contribution to critiques.
F - Unsatisfactory: course failure due to minimal idea development, poor craft, disjointed
compositions,lack of participation, late assignments, or excessive absences.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr. Philip Dick
Year 2011 Office SSTC
Term Spring Phone 903-885-2158 ext 208
Section 57 email philip_dick@hotmail.com

Course ARTS 1312

Title 3D Design

Description This course will focus on the exploration of materials and techniques used in making sculpture and
on the application of design principles as related to sculpture. This course will also deal with the
basic handling of tools and equipment. Safety will be stressed in the use of any tool and material.
Every effort will be made to create a safe work environment. Students should avoid using solvents,
oil based products, spray paint, glues with toxic fumes, and other toxic materials.

Textbooks No Text Required

Schedule 1st 3 wks – Design Project – Recycled Cloth Projects


2nd 3wks – Design Project – Assemblage Projects
3rd 3 wks – Design Project – Fused Glass Projects
4th 3 wks – Design Project – Pottery Projects
5th 3 wks – Design Project – Concrete Sculpture Projects
6th 3 wks – Design Project – Final Portfolio Projects

Evaluation methods
1. Attendance/Participation/Studio Practices…………………………. 5%
Attendance is explained above. Students are expected to participate in critiques and other class
discussions. Studio practices include being prepared for class, have materials ready for class (class
time is not for running out to obtain materials), professional courtesy and cleaning up after yourself.

2. Sketchbook/Planning……………………….………………………. 5%
Students are expected to plan out each design project with drawings and other applicable support
material in advance of the actual construction of each project. No ‘stealth’ projects will be
accepted for critique. Your instructor must see your work in progress, in the studio, in class. At the
completion of each project digital photo documentation may be required.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Susan A. Moore, M.F.A.
Year 2010-2011 Office Art Building#107
Term Spring 2011 Phone 903-782-0438
Section 01 email smoore@parisjc.edu

Course ARTS1317

Title Drawing II

Description Expansion of Drawing I with emphasis on expressive and conceptive aspects of drawing,
focusing on the human figure. Prerequisite: ARTS 1316 or consent of instructor.

Textbooks No textbook required

Schedule Week 1-
Week 2-
Week 3-
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
Week 16-

Evaluation methods Attendance and participation in class and critiques 15 %


Class work & Exhibition Pieces, including studio practices 85%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Susan A. Moore, M.F.A.
Year 2010-2011 Office Art Building#107
Term Spring 2011 Phone 903-782-0438
Section 01 email smoore@parisjc.edu

Course ARTS 2317.01

Title Painting II

Description Continuation of Painting I with emphasis on personal expression.

Textbooks Painting as a Language: Material, Technique, Form, Content, Jean Robertson & Craig
McDaniel; ISBN # 0-15-505699-X.
Schedule The student and instructor will decide on the body of work to be completed for the duration of
the semester and the time frame depending on the extent of the projects.
Evaluation methods The course grade will consist of the following:
A. Class work . . . . . . . . . . . 85%
B. Note/sketchbook . . . . . . 10%
C. Studio Practices . . . . . . . 5%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Susan A. Moore, M.F.A.
Year 2010-2011 Office Art Building#107
Term Spring 2011 Phone 903-782-0438
Section 01 email smoore@parisjc.edu

Course ARTS2323

Title Life Drawing I

Description Studio course emphasizing structure and action of the human figure. Prerequisite: ARTS1316.

Textbooks No textbook required

Schedule Week 1-
Week 2-
Week 3-
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
Week 16-

Evaluation methods Attendance and participation in class and critiques 15 %


Class work & Exhibition Pieces, including studio practices 85%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Susan A. Moore
Year 2011-2012 Office AB 107
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0438
Section 01 email smoore@parisjc.edu

Course ARTS 2348.01

Title Digital Art I

Description In this course, the student will learn media design with Adobe CS4. The Creative Suite consists
of Illustrator, Photoshop and InDesign: a drawing program, a photo editing program, and a
publishing program. The student will receive step-by-step information for each chapter, and
then proceed through a series of exercises designed to apply new techniques. This is a very
hands-on learning experience.

Textbooks Learning Media Design, Catherine Skintik, and ISBN-13: 978-0-13-507687-3. A CD Rom is
included
Schedule

Course Outline
Week
Topic Material
1 OVERVIEW • Explore the WORKSPACE
• Basics for all CS4 applications
2 Adobe Illustrator CS4: Lesson 1 • Working with Basic Graphic Tools
• Exercises 4 - 8
• Summary Exercise
• Application Exercise
• Portfolio Builder
3 Adobe Illustrator CS4: Lesson 2 • Work with Paths and Layers
• Exercises 13 -18
• Summary Exercise
• Application Exercise
• Portfolio Builder
4 Adobe Illustrator CS4: Lesson 3 • Work with Colors, Effects & Styles
• Exercises 23 – 29
• Summary Exercise
• Application Exercise
• Portfolio Builder
5 Adobe Illustrator CS4: Wrap-Up • Summary Quiz
• Projects Completed
6 Adobe Photoshop CS4: Lesson 4 • Working with Drawing and Selecting Tools
• Exercises 34 - 39
• Summary Exercise
• Application Exercise
• Portfolio Builder
7 Adobe Photoshop CS4: Lesson 5 • Correct and Modify Images
Evaluation methods Lessons 1 through 11 will be covered. Grading will be as follows:
Summary Exercises 5 pt. ea. 55 total
Application Exercises 5 pt. ea. 55 total
Portfolio Builder 10 pt. ea. 110 total
Summary Quizzes 3/5 pt. ea. 150 total
Three Semester Projects @ 100 points each 300 total
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Susan A. Moore, M.F.A.
Year 2010-2011 Office Art Building#107
Term Spring 2011 Phone 903-782-0438
Section 01 email smoore@parisjc.edu

Course ARTS 2356

Title Photography I

Description This course is an introduction to photography with an emphasis on development of the print
through pixel based digital media. The student will become proficient with the technical
aspects of photography using a digital camera and processing the images uding digital media
whithin the perimeters of photography as an art form. Objectives include: learning the
Elements and Principles of Design as applied to fine art photography; effectively using the

Textbooks Th Photoshop Darkroom: Creative Digital Post-Processing, Harold and Phyllis Davis, Focal
Press, ISBN: 978-0-240-81259-5.
Schedule Week 1- Introduction to the textbook and Photoshop Tools [Text pgs. 6-26]
Week 2- First steps: Black Box, scanning, processing in RAW
Week 3- Landscape: multi-RAW processing
Week 4- Complete
Week 5- Animal(s) - Selective Exposure Control
Week 6- Complete
Week 7- Floral subject matter: using blending modes
Week 8- Complete
Week 9- High Dynamic Range Imaging
Week 10- Complete
Week 11- Focus on DESIGN - Culinary Still Life [study Edward Weston]: Composite
Imagery
Week 12- Complete
Week 13- Colors of the Night: motion and stacking
Week 14-Complete
Week 15-Abstraction: LAB color, blending channels, filters
Week 16- Complete
Evaluation methods Evaluation will be based on a series of projects including, but not limited to, composition,
craftsmanship, effective use of software tools, and application of design elements and
principles. A= Outstanding: expansive investigation of ideas and excellent composition,
completing assignments on time, insightful contributions to critiques and going beyond
minimum requirments. B=Above Average: substantial investigation of concepts and
compositions; excellent craft, all assignments completed on time, insightful contributions to
critiques. C=Average: all assignments completed competently and
on time; strong participation in critiques. D=Marginal: tow or more late projects, limited
investigation of ideas, poor craft or incoherent compositons, or excessive absences. Limited
contribution to critiques. F=Unsatisfactory: course failure due to
minimal idea development, poor craft, disjoiinted compositions, lack of participation, late
assignments, or, excessive absences.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Marvin Gorley
Year 2011 Office AB
Term Spring Phone 903-517-3491
Section 02 email gorley@suddenlink.net

Course ARTS-2356

Title Photography I

Description An introduction to the digital camera, digital software and image printing. Assignments are
designed to implement basic camera controls and compositional techniques.

Textbooks None is required, but “Introduction to Digital Photography” by Joseph Ciaglia is recommended.

Schedule Week 1- Syllabus Discussion and Assignment Review


Week 2- Lecture on Camera Techniques
Week 3- Lab Introduction (Posterizations)
Week 4- Photo Lab
Week 5- Photo Lab
Week 6- Photo Lab
Week 7- Photo Lab
Week 8- Photo Lab
Week 9- Photo Lab
Week 10- Photo Lab
Week 11- Photo Lab
Week 12- Photo Lab
Week 13- Photo Lab
Week 14- Photo Lab
Week 15- Review for Final Exam
Week 16- Portfolio Review and Final Exam

Evaluation methods Grading:


Portfolio (Class Assignments): 75%
Final Exam: 25%
Attendance: Two absences are tolerated, but not recommended. Each absence after 2 incurs a 5
point deduction from the final average.
Photo evaluation is based on focus, color balance, composition and creativity.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Susan A. Moore, M.F.A.
Year 2010-2011 Office Art Building#107
Term Spring 2011 Phone 903-782-0438
Section 01 email smoore@parisjc.edu

Course ARTS 2357

Title Photography II

Description A continuation of Photography I with an emphasis on black and white prints and processes.

Textbooks Creative Black & White Digital Photography: Tips & Techniques, Harold Davis, Wiley
Publishers,

Schedule Week 1- Thinking in Black & White: contrast; implied color; tonal landscape; visual
implication; seeing in b&w; pre-visualization techniques.
Week 2- Project 1: Pure Design [finding monochromatic subjects
Week 3- Cont.
Week 4- Project 2: Portraits in Black and White: emphasis in the absence of color [two
completed images]
Week 5- Cont.
Week 6- Cont.
Week 7- Project 3: Landscape: following the digital b&w roadmap....
Week 8- Cont.
Week 9- Project 4: Architectural Elements: exposure gradients and adjustments
Week 10- Cont.
Week 11- Project 5: Texture, Pattern, Rhythm: blending with black, using channel mixer,
adjustment layers.
Week 12- Cont.
Week 13- Project 6: Abstractions: Creative Black & White Opportunities
Week 14- Cont.
Week 15 Project 7: Selective color; Hand Coloring; Soft Focus; Pinhole Effect
Evaluation methods Grades: A = Outstanding: expansive investigation of ideas and excellent composition. All
assignments completed on time. Insightful contributions to critiques. Going substantially
beyond minimum requirements. B - Above Average: substantial investigation of concepts and
compositions;excellent craft. All assignments completed on time; insightful contributions to
critiques. C - Average: all assignments done competently and completed on time. Strong
participation in critiques. D -Marginal: two or more late projects, limited investigation of
ideas, poor craft, or incoherent compositions, or excessive absences. Limited contribution to
critiques. F - Unsatisfactory: course failure due to minimal idea development, poor craft,
disjointed compositions,lack of participation, late assignments, or excessive absences.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Marvin Gorley
Year 2011 Office AB
Term Spring Phone 903-517-3491
Section 02 email gorley@suddenlink.net

Course ARTS-2357

Title Photography II

Description Further exploration into photography with the digital camera, including experimentation and
refinement of the final print and digital software technology.

Textbooks None is required, but “Introduction to Digital Photography” by Joseph Ciaglia is recommended.

Schedule Week 1- Syllabus Discussion and Assignment Review


Week 2- Lecture on Camera Techniques
Week 3- Photo Lab
Week 4- Photo Lab
Week 5- Photo Lab
Week 6- Photo Lab
Week 7- Photo Lab
Week 8- Photo Lab
Week 9- Photo Lab
Week 10- Photo Lab
Week 11- Photo Lab
Week 12- Photo Lab
Week 13- Photo Lab
Week 14- Photo Lab
Week 15- Review for Final Exam
Week 16- Portfolio Review and Final Exam

Evaluation methods Grading:


Portfolio (Class Assignments): 75%
Final Exam: 25%
Attendance: Two absences are tolerated, but not recommended. Each absence after 2 incurs a 5
point deduction from the final average.
Photo evaluation is based on focus, color balance, composition and creativity.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Susan A. Moore, M.F.A.
Year 2010-2011 Office Art Building#107
Term Spring 2011 Phone 903-782-0438
Section 01 email smoore@parisjc.edu

Course ARTS 2389

Title Academic Co-Op

Description Cotinuation of Painting II with a greater emphasis on personal expression as realized through
mainpulation of technique and content..

Textbooks Painting as a Language: Material, Technique, Form, Content, Jean Robertson & Craig
McDaniel; ISBN # 0-15-505699-X.
Schedule The student and instructor will decide on the body of work to be completed for the duration of
the semester and the time frame for each work, depending on the extent of the projects. The
student is obligated to complete the assignments agreed to as stipulated in the agreement.
Evaluation methods The course grade will consist of the following:
A. Class work . . . . . . . . . . . 85%
B. Note/sketchbook . . . . . . 10%
C. Studio Practices . . . . . . . 5%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Julie Eckhardt
Year 2010-2011 Office Office C
Term Spring Phone 903-885-1232
Section 50 email jeckhardt@parisjc.edu

Course BCIS 1405

Title Business Computer Applications

Description Study of basic hardware, software, operating systems, and current applications in various segments
of society. Current issues such as the effect of computers on society and the history and use of
computers are also studied. Labs may include but are not limited to introductions to operating
systems, the Internet, word processing, spreadsheets, databases, and programming concepts with
emphasis on critical thinking/problem solving. This course is intended for Business and non-
Computer Science majors.
Credits: 4 SCH = 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list

Textbooks Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach (Shelley
Cashman Series)

Schedule Week 1- Introduction to computers


Week 2- Introduction to computers
Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel
Week 13- MS PowerPoint
Week 14- MS PowerPoint
Week 15- MS PowerPoint
Week 16- Final Projects

Evaluation methods This course absolutely requires keyboarding skills.


Grading:
Attendance & Participation: 25%
Final Project: 25%
Quizzes & Assignments: 50%
Grade scale is based on a calculated average: A (90-100); B (80-89); C (70-79); D (60-69); F (0-
59). 25% of the final grade includes attendance and participation. Fifty points are awarded for
acceptable behavior/participation in class and fifty points are awarded for attendance, a total 100
points. A percentage will be calculated of the number of attended class periods divided by total
class periods. This percentage will then be multiplied by the possible 50 points for attendance. The
50 points for behavior/participation are subject to the instructor's decision. 25% of the possible 100
points will then be added to the final grade.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Herron, Jenny
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 141
Term Spring Phone 903 782 0359
Section 65 email jherron@parisjc.edu

Course BCIS 1405

Title Business Computer Applications

Description Overview of computer information systems. Introduces computer hardware, software, procedures,
systems, and human resources and explores their integration and application in business and other
segments in society. The fundamentals of computer problem solving and programming in a higher
level programming language may be discussed and applied.

Textbooks 1. Discovering Computers and Microsoft® Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach, 1st
Ed., Shelly/Vermatt [ISBN: 0-538-47392-4]
2. Microsoft Windows 7 Essentials, 1st Ed. [ISBN: 1439081077]
3. SAM 2007 Assessment 6.0 Printed Access Card, 1st Ed. [ISBN: 0-8400-6774-7]
[ BUNDLE of 3 Items: ISBN: 1111485445]

Schedule Week #1 - ORIENTATION: Course, LMS, web sites


Week #2 - Windows 7 Operating System
Week #3 - Computer Concepts Chapters 1 & 2
Week #4 - Computer Concepts Chapters 4 & 5
Week #5 - EXAM 1 Review and Complete
Week #6 - MS Office Word
Week #7 - MS Office Word
Week #8 - MS Office PowerPoint
Week #9 - MS Office PowerPoint
Week #10 - MS Office Excel
Week #11 - MS Office Excel
Week #12 - EXAM 2 - Hands-On Assessment
Week #13 - MS Office Access
Week #14 - MS Office Access
Week #15 - REVIEW FOR FINAL EXAM
Week #16 - Final EXAM

Evaluation methods 30% EXAMS


30% Lab Assignments
20% Assignments
20% Quizzes
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Julie Eckhardt
Year 2010-2011 Office Office 209
Term Spring Phone 903-457-8716
Section G1 email jeckhardt@parisjc.edu

Course BCIS 1405

Title Business Computer Applications

Description Study of basic hardware, software, operating systems, and current applications in various segments
of society. Current issues such as the effect of computers on society and the history and use of
computers are also studied. Labs may include but are not limited to introductions to operating
systems, the Internet, word processing, spreadsheets, databases, and programming concepts with
emphasis on critical thinking/problem solving. This course is intended for Business and non-
Computer Science majors.
Credits: 4 SCH = 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list

Textbooks Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach (Shelley
Cashman Series)

Schedule Week 1- Introduction to computers


Week 2- Introduction to computers
Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel
Week 13- MS PowerPoint
Week 14- MS PowerPoint
Week 15- MS PowerPoint
Week 16- Final Projects

Evaluation methods This course absolutely requires keyboarding skills.


Grading:
Attendance & Participation: 25%
Final Project: 25%
Quizzes & Assignments: 50%
Grade scale is based on a calculated average: A (90-100); B (80-89); C (70-79); D (60-69); F (0-
59). 25% of the final grade includes attendance and participation. Fifty points are awarded for
acceptable behavior/participation in class and fifty points are awarded for attendance, a total 100
points. A percentage will be calculated of the number of attended class periods divided by total
class periods. This percentage will then be multiplied by the possible 50 points for attendance. The
50 points for behavior/participation are subject to the instructor's decision. 25% of the possible 100
points will then be added to the final grade.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Julie Eckhardt
Year 2010-2011 Office Office 209
Term Spring Phone 903-457-8716
Section G2 email jeckhardt@parisjc.edu

Course BCIS 1405

Title Business Computer Applications

Description Study of basic hardware, software, operating systems, and current applications in various segments
of society. Current issues such as the effect of computers on society and the history and use of
computers are also studied. Labs may include but are not limited to introductions to operating
systems, the Internet, word processing, spreadsheets, databases, and programming concepts with
emphasis on critical thinking/problem solving. This course is intended for Business and non-
Computer Science majors.
Credits: 4 SCH = 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list

Textbooks Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach (Shelley
Cashman Series)

Schedule Week 1- Introduction to computers


Week 2- Introduction to computers
Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel
Week 13- MS PowerPoint
Week 14- MS PowerPoint
Week 15- MS PowerPoint
Week 16- Final Projects

Evaluation methods This course absolutely requires keyboarding skills.


Grading:
Attendance & Participation: 25%
Final Project: 25%
Quizzes & Assignments: 50%
Grade scale is based on a calculated average: A (90-100); B (80-89); C (70-79); D (60-69); F (0-
59). 25% of the final grade includes attendance and participation. Fifty points are awarded for
acceptable behavior/participation in class and fifty points are awarded for attendance, a total 100
points. A percentage will be calculated of the number of attended class periods divided by total
class periods. This percentage will then be multiplied by the possible 50 points for attendance. The
50 points for behavior/participation are subject to the instructor's decision. 25% of the possible 100
points will then be added to the final grade.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Julie Eckhardt
Year 2010-2011 Office Office 209
Term Spring Phone 903-457-8716
Section G3 email jeckhardt@parisjc.edu

Course BCIS 1405

Title Business Computer Applications

Description Study of basic hardware, software, operating systems, and current applications in various segments
of society. Current issues such as the effect of computers on society and the history and use of
computers are also studied. Labs may include but are not limited to introductions to operating
systems, the Internet, word processing, spreadsheets, databases, and programming concepts with
emphasis on critical thinking/problem solving. This course is intended for Business and non-
Computer Science majors.
Credits: 4 SCH = 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list

Textbooks Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach (Shelley
Cashman Series)

Schedule Week 1- Introduction to computers


Week 2- Introduction to computers
Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel
Week 13- MS PowerPoint
Week 14- MS PowerPoint
Week 15- MS PowerPoint
Week 16- Final Projects

Evaluation methods This course absolutely requires keyboarding skills.


Grading:
Attendance & Participation: 25%
Final Project: 25%
Quizzes & Assignments: 50%
Grade scale is based on a calculated average: A (90-100); B (80-89); C (70-79); D (60-69); F (0-
59). 25% of the final grade includes attendance and participation. Fifty points are awarded for
acceptable behavior/participation in class and fifty points are awarded for attendance, a total 100
points. A percentage will be calculated of the number of attended class periods divided by total
class periods. This percentage will then be multiplied by the possible 50 points for attendance. The
50 points for behavior/participation are subject to the instructor's decision. 25% of the possible 100
points will then be added to the final grade.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Julie Eckhardt
Year 2010-2011 Office Office 209
Term Spring Phone 903-457-8716
Section G4 email jeckhardt@parisjc.edu

Course BCIS 1405

Title Business Computer Applications

Description Study of basic hardware, software, operating systems, and current applications in various segments
of society. Current issues such as the effect of computers on society and the history and use of
computers are also studied. Labs may include but are not limited to introductions to operating
systems, the Internet, word processing, spreadsheets, databases, and programming concepts with
emphasis on critical thinking/problem solving. This course is intended for Business and non-
Computer Science majors.
Credits: 4 SCH = 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list

Textbooks Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach (Shelley
Cashman Series)

Schedule Week 1- Introduction to computers


Week 2- Introduction to computers
Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel
Week 13- MS PowerPoint
Week 14- MS PowerPoint
Week 15- MS PowerPoint
Week 16- Final Projects

Evaluation methods This course absolutely requires keyboarding skills.


Grading:
Attendance & Participation: 25%
Final Project: 25%
Quizzes & Assignments: 50%
Grade scale is based on a calculated average: A (90-100); B (80-89); C (70-79); D (60-69); F (0-
59). 25% of the final grade includes attendance and participation. Fifty points are awarded for
acceptable behavior/participation in class and fifty points are awarded for attendance, a total 100
points. A percentage will be calculated of the number of attended class periods divided by total
class periods. This percentage will then be multiplied by the possible 50 points for attendance. The
50 points for behavior/participation are subject to the instructor's decision. 25% of the possible 100
points will then be added to the final grade.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Julie Eckhardt
Year 2010-2011 Office Office 209
Term Spring Phone 903-457-8716
Section G5 email jeckhardt@parisjc.edu

Course BCIS 1405

Title Business Computer Applications

Description Study of basic hardware, software, operating systems, and current applications in various segments
of society. Current issues such as the effect of computers on society and the history and use of
computers are also studied. Labs may include but are not limited to introductions to operating
systems, the Internet, word processing, spreadsheets, databases, and programming concepts with
emphasis on critical thinking/problem solving. This course is intended for Business and non-
Computer Science majors.
Credits: 4 SCH = 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list

Textbooks Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach (Shelley
Cashman Series)

Schedule Week 1- Introduction to computers


Week 2- Introduction to computers
Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel
Week 13- MS PowerPoint
Week 14- MS PowerPoint
Week 15- MS PowerPoint
Week 16- Final Projects

Evaluation methods This course absolutely requires keyboarding skills.


Grading:
Attendance & Participation: 25%
Final Project: 25%
Quizzes & Assignments: 50%
Grade scale is based on a calculated average: A (90-100); B (80-89); C (70-79); D (60-69); F (0-
59). 25% of the final grade includes attendance and participation. Fifty points are awarded for
acceptable behavior/participation in class and fifty points are awarded for attendance, a total 100
points. A percentage will be calculated of the number of attended class periods divided by total
class periods. This percentage will then be multiplied by the possible 50 points for attendance. The
50 points for behavior/participation are subject to the instructor's decision. 25% of the possible 100
points will then be added to the final grade.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Rita J. Pringle
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC1205
Term Spring Phone 903.782.0476
Section P1 email rpringle@parisjc.edu

Course BCIS 1405

Title Microcomputer Applications

Description A study of microcomputer concepts and applications to provide the student an understanding of
computer technology, hardware, software and production of meaningful information through the
use of integrated application software.

Textbooks Discovering Comptuers and Microsoft Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach, 1st
Edition. ISBN-13: 9780538473927

Schedule Week 1- Introduction to Computers


Week 2- Introduction to Computers, continued
Week 3- Microsoft Word Project 1: Creating & Editing a Word Document
Week 4- Microsoft Word Project 2: Creating a Research Paper
Week 5- Test 1: Microsoft Word
Week 6- Microsoft Excel Project 1: Creating a Worksheet & an Embedded Chart
Week 7- Microsoft Excel Project 2: Formulas, Functions, Formatting & Web Queries
Week 8- Test 2: Microsoft Excel
Week 9- Spring Break
Week 10- Microsoft Access Project 1: Creating and Using a Database
Week 11- Microsoft Access Project 2: Querying a Database
Week 12- Test 3: Microsoft Access
Week 13- Microsoft PowerPoint Project 1: Creating & Editing a Presentation
Week 14- Microsoft PowerPoint Project 2: Creating a Presentation with Illustrations & Shapes
Week 15- Open Class/TACE Conference
Week 16- Integrating Office 2007

Evaluation methods Grading Scale: Grade Scale is based ona calculated average: A (90-10); B (80-89); C (70-79); D
(60-69); F (0-59)
40% -- Tests; 30% -- Final Exam; 30% -- Homework

Students are required to submit their homework by Saturday at 11:55 p.m. Late assignments will be
accepted with the following penalties: Late 1 week -- 10 point penalty; Late 2 weeks -- 20 point
penalty; Later than 2 weeks -- assignment not accepted.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Kathy Bush
Year 2010-2011 Office
Term Spring Phone 903-885-1232
Section S1 email kbush@parisjc.edu

Course BCIS 1405

Title Business Computer Applications

Description Study of basic hardware, software, operating systems, and current applications in various segments
of society. Current issues such as the effect of computers on society and the history and use of
computers are also studied. Labs may include but are not limited to introductions to operating
systems, the Internet, word processing, spreadsheets, databases, and programming concepts with
emphasis on critical thinking/problem solving. This course is intended for Business majors.

Textbooks Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach (Shelley
Cashman Series)

Schedule Week 1- Windows 7


Week 2- Windows 7
Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS PowerPoint
Week 7- MS PowerPoint
Week 8- MS Excel
Week 9- MS Excel
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Access
Week 12- MS Access
Week 13- MS Access
Week 14- MS Integrating Office and the World Wide Web
Week 15- MS Integrating Office and the World Wide Web
Week 16- MS Integrating Office and the World Wide Web

Evaluation methods Assignments in Word, Excel, Access, and PowerPoint


4 exams
Quizzes
Internet Research
e-mail
Exams:60%; Assignments, quizzes, research, and discussions 40%
A=90-100; B=80-89; C=70-79; D=60-69; Below 60=F;
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Kathy Bush
Year 2010-2011 Office
Term Spring Phone 903-885-1232
Section S2 email kbush@parisjc.edu

Course BCIS 1405

Title Business Computer Applications

Description Study of basic hardware, software, operating systems, and current applications in various segments
of society. Current issues such as the effect of computers on society and the history and use of
computers are also studied. Labs may include but are not limited to introductions to operating
systems, the Internet, word processing, spreadsheets, databases, and programming concepts with
emphasis on critical thinking/problem solving. This course is intended for Business majors.

Textbooks Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach (Shelley
Cashman Series)

Schedule Week 1- Windows 7


Week 2- Windows 7
Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS PowerPoint
Week 7- MS PowerPoint
Week 8- MS Excel
Week 9- MS Excel
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Access
Week 12- MS Access
Week 13- MS Access
Week 14- MS Integrating Office and the World Wide Web
Week 15- MS Integrating Office and the World Wide Web
Week 16- MS Integrating Office and the World Wide Web

Evaluation methods Assignments in Word, Excel, Access, and PowerPoint


4 exams
Quizzes
Internet Research
e-mail
Exams:60%; Assignments, quizzes, research, and discussions 40%
A=90-100; B=80-89; C=70-79; D=60-69; Below 60=F;
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jason Taylor
Year 2010-2011 Office NS 116b
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0369
Section 01 email jtaylor@parisjc.edu

Course BIOL 1322

Title Nutrition

Description A study of the basic principles of Human Nutrition. The major food groups, minerals, and vitamins
will be studied.

Textbooks Required reading:


Understanding Nutrition, 9th edition by E.N. Whitney and S.R. Rolfes

Schedule Week 1-Chapter 1- An Overview of Nutrition


Week 2-Chapter 2- Recommended Nutrient Intakes and Diet Planning Guides
Week 3-Chapter 3-Digestion, Absorption and Transport
Week 4-Chapter 3-(Cont.)
Week 5-Exam 1 and Chapter 4-The Carbohydrates
Week 6-Chapter 4(Cont.) and Chapter 5- The Lipids
Week 7-Chapter 5(Cont.) and Chapter 6-Protein
Week 8-Chapter 6(Cont) and Exam 2
Week 9-Chapter 7-Metabolism
Week 10-Chapter 8-Energy Balance and Body Composistion
Week 11-Chapter 9-Weight Control
Week 12-Chapter 10-The Water Soluable Vitamins
Week 13-Exam 3 and Chapter 11-The Fat Soluable Vitamins
Week 14-Chapter 12-Water and The Major Minerals
Week 15-Chapter 13-The Trace Minerals
Week 16-Final Exam(Exam 4)

Evaluation methods
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Cheryl D. Anderson
Year 2010 - 2011 Office GC 208
Term Spring Phone 903 454 9333 EXT 717
Section 40 email canderson@parisjc.edu

Course Biology 1322

Title Nutrition and Diet Therapy I

Description Study of the chemical, physical, and sensory properties of food; nutritional quality; and food use
and diet applications.

Textbooks Understanding Nutrition, 9th edition Calculator –basic function


E.N. Whitney & S.R. Rolfes (no cell phone calculators on exams)
ISBN 0-53-462226-7 Pocket folder, pencil

Schedule 1/18& 1/20 Introduction/Syllabus & Ch. 1 An Overview of Nutrition


1/25&1/27 Ch. 1 Cont. & Ch. 2 Planning a Healthy Diet
2/1&2/3 Ch. 2 Cont. & Ch. 3 Digestion, Absorption and Transport
2/8&2/10 Ch. 3 Digestion Cont.
2/15&2/17 TEST 1 (Ch. 1, 2, 3) (Diet History 1 is due!)
2/22&2/24 Ch. 4 The Carbohydrates: Starches, Sugar & Fiber
3/1&3/3 Ch. 5 The Lipids: Triglycerides,Phospholipids,and Sterols
3/8&3/10 Ch. 6 Protein: Amino Acids
3/22&3/24 TEST 2(Ch. 4,5,6) Ch. 7
3/29&3/31 Ch. 7 Metabolism
4/5&4/7 Ch. 8 Energy Balance and Body Composition
4/12&4/14 Ch. 9 Weight Control: Overweight and Underweight
4/19&4/21 TEST 3 (Ch. 7,8,9) (Diet History 2 is due!)
Ch. 10 The Water-Soluble Vitamins: B Vitamins Vitamin C
4/26&4/28 Ch. 11 The Fat-Soluble Vitamins: A,D,E, and K
5/3&5/5 Ch. 12 Water and the Major Minerals
5/10&5/12 TEST 4 (Ch. 10,11,12)

Evaluation methods Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material:

Lecture: 70% Four exams over assigned chapters from text.


20% Diet Histories
10% Quizzes on WebCT & in class over lecture notes
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr. Del Oyler
Year 2011 Office Sulphur Springs Higher Educational C
Term Spring Phone 903-439-6154 Ext. 408
Section 50 email doyler@parisjc.edu

Course NUTRITION

Title BIOLOGY 1322

Description A study of the basic principles of human nutrition. The roles of the nutrient classes and the
biochemistry of energy metabolism will be discussed. The course content will be presented in a
traditional lecture format with additional materials provided that may require internet access.

Textbooks Required Text: Understanding Nutrition 9th Edition Whitney and Rolfes: Wadsworth ISBN # 0-
534-59004-7

Schedule Week 1-Orientation and Overvew of Nutrition


Week 2-Planning a Healthy Diet
Week 3-Comparison of Food Guide Pyramids
Week 4-Anatomy of the Digestive System, Exam
Week 5-Carbhydrates
Week 6-Lipida
Week 7-Proteins, Exam
Week 8-Metabolism and Energy Production
Week 9- Energy Balance and Body Composition
Week 10-Weight Management: Overweight & Underweight, Exam
Week 11-Research & the Science of Nutrition
Week 12-Water Soluble Vitamins
Week 13-Fat Soluble Vitamins
Week 14-Water and Major Minerals
Week 15-Trace Minerals
Week 16-Final exam

Evaluation methods The course grade will be derived from the accumulation of total points.

A 90 - 100%
B 89 - 80%
C 79 - 70%
D 69 - 60%
F Below 59%

Points maybe accumulated as follows:

Four test 100 400


Written assignments 20 100

TOTAL 500
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jason Taylor
Year 2010-2011 Office NS 116b
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0369
Section 65 email jtaylor@parisjc.edu

Course BIOL 1322

Title Nutrition

Description A study of the basic principles of Human Nutrition. The major food groups, minerals, and vitamins
will be studied.

Textbooks Required reading:


Understanding Nutrition, 9th edition by E.N. Whitney and S.R. Rolfes

Schedule Week 1-Chapter 1- An Overview of Nutrition


Week 2-Chapter 2- Recommended Nutrient Intakes and Diet Planning Guides
Week 3-Chapter 3-Digestion, Absorption and Transport
Week 4-Chapter 3-(Cont.)
Week 5-Exam 1 and Chapter 4-The Carbohydrates
Week 6-Chapter 4(Cont.) and Chapter 5- The Lipids
Week 7-Chapter 5(Cont.) and Chapter 6-Protein
Week 8-Chapter 6(Cont) and Exam 2
Week 9-Chapter 7-Metabolism
Week 10-Chapter 8-Energy Balance and Body Composistion
Week 11-Chapter 9-Weight Control
Week 12-Chapter 10-The Water Soluable Vitamins
Week 13-Exam 3 and Chapter 11-The Fat Soluable Vitamins
Week 14-Chapter 12-Water and The Major Minerals
Week 15-Chapter 13-The Trace Minerals
Week 16-Final Exam(Exam 4)

Evaluation methods
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jason Taylor
Year 2010-2011 Office NS 116b
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0369
Section 66 email jtaylor@parisjc.edu

Course BIOL 1322

Title Nutrition

Description A study of the basic principles of Human Nutrition. The major food groups, minerals, and vitamins
will be studied.

Textbooks Required reading:


Understanding Nutrition, 9th edition by E.N. Whitney and S.R. Rolfes

Schedule Week 1-Chapter 1- An Overview of Nutrition


Week 2-Chapter 2- Recommended Nutrient Intakes and Diet Planning Guides
Week 3-Chapter 3-Digestion, Absorption and Transport
Week 4-Chapter 3-(Cont.)
Week 5-Exam 1 and Chapter 4-The Carbohydrates
Week 6-Chapter 4(Cont.) and Chapter 5- The Lipids
Week 7-Chapter 5(Cont.) and Chapter 6-Protein
Week 8-Chapter 6(Cont) and Exam 2
Week 9-Chapter 7-Metabolism
Week 10-Chapter 8-Energy Balance and Body Composistion
Week 11-Chapter 9-Weight Control
Week 12-Chapter 10-The Water Soluable Vitamins
Week 13-Exam 3 and Chapter 11-The Fat Soluable Vitamins
Week 14-Chapter 12-Water and The Major Minerals
Week 15-Chapter 13-The Trace Minerals
Week 16-Final Exam(Exam 4)

Evaluation methods
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jason Taylor
Year 2010-2011 Office NS 116b
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0369
Section 67 email jtaylor@parisjc.edu

Course BIOL 1322

Title Nutrition

Description A study of the basic principles of Human Nutrition. The major food groups, minerals, and vitamins
will be studied.

Textbooks Required reading:


Understanding Nutrition, 9th edition by E.N. Whitney and S.R. Rolfes

Schedule Week 1-Chapter 1- An Overview of Nutrition


Week 2-Chapter 2- Recommended Nutrient Intakes and Diet Planning Guides
Week 3-Chapter 3-Digestion, Absorption and Transport
Week 4-Chapter 3-(Cont.)
Week 5-Exam 1 and Chapter 4-The Carbohydrates
Week 6-Chapter 4(Cont.) and Chapter 5- The Lipids
Week 7-Chapter 5(Cont.) and Chapter 6-Protein
Week 8-Chapter 6(Cont) and Exam 2
Week 9-Chapter 7-Metabolism
Week 10-Chapter 8-Energy Balance and Body Composistion
Week 11-Chapter 9-Weight Control
Week 12-Chapter 10-The Water Soluable Vitamins
Week 13-Exam 3 and Chapter 11-The Fat Soluable Vitamins
Week 14-Chapter 12-Water and The Major Minerals
Week 15-Chapter 13-The Trace Minerals
Week 16-Final Exam(Exam 4)

Evaluation methods
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jason Taylor
Year 2010-2011 Office NS 116b
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0369
Section 68 email jtaylor@parisjc.edu

Course BIOL 1322

Title Nutrition

Description A study of the basic principles of Human Nutrition. The major food groups, minerals, and vitamins
will be studied.

Textbooks Required reading:


Understanding Nutrition, 9th edition by E.N. Whitney and S.R. Rolfes

Schedule Week 1-Chapter 1- An Overview of Nutrition


Week 2-Chapter 2- Recommended Nutrient Intakes and Diet Planning Guides
Week 3-Chapter 3-Digestion, Absorption and Transport
Week 4-Chapter 3-(Cont.)
Week 5-Exam 1 and Chapter 4-The Carbohydrates
Week 6-Chapter 4(Cont.) and Chapter 5- The Lipids
Week 7-Chapter 5(Cont.) and Chapter 6-Protein
Week 8-Chapter 6(Cont) and Exam 2
Week 9-Chapter 7-Metabolism
Week 10-Chapter 8-Energy Balance and Body Composistion
Week 11-Chapter 9-Weight Control
Week 12-Chapter 10-The Water Soluable Vitamins
Week 13-Exam 3 and Chapter 11-The Fat Soluable Vitamins
Week 14-Chapter 12-Water and The Major Minerals
Week 15-Chapter 13-The Trace Minerals
Week 16-Final Exam(Exam 4)

Evaluation methods
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jack Brown
Year 2011 Office NS 105
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0319
Section 01 email jbrown@parisjc.edu

Course Biol 1407

Title Majors Biology

Description Designed for the science major or minor. Emphasis will be placed on evolutionary biology. Topics
will include evolution, phylogeny and systematics, the origins of life, comprehensive studies of the
major phyla in life, studies of animal systems, ecology, and behavior

Textbooks Campbell/Reece Biology 8th ed ISBN: 0-0853-6844-2

Supplemental Text-“The Making of the Fittest: DNA and the Ultimate Forensic Record of
Evolution Sean B. Carroll” ISBN: 9780393330519

Schedule Week 1-Introduction/Evolution


Week 2-Evolution/Evolution of Populations
Week 3-Exam 1/ Origin of Species
Week 4-Phylogeny and Systematics
Week 5-Exam 2/ Origin of Life
Week 6-Prokaryotes/ Protista
Week 7-Exam 3/ Plants
Week 8-Spring Break
Week 9-Exam 4/ Fungi
Week 10-Invetebrates
Week 11-Vertebrates/ Exam 5
Week 12-Animal Form and Function
Week 13-Circulation and Gas Exchange/ Immunity
Week 14-Hormones and Endocrine/ Nervous
Week 15-Nervous/ Exam 6
Week 16- Final Exam

Evaluation methods There will be 5-6 major exams and 1 comprehensive final exam during the course of the semester.
These exams will count 80% of your lecture grade. A comprehensive review of the book “The
Making of the Fittest: DNA and the Ultimate Forensic Record of Evolution / Sean B. Carroll” will
count as 20% of your lecture grade. The test average, quizzes and homework grades will be
weighted and averaged to produce your lecture grade, which accounts for 75% of the total course
grade. Laboratory work accounts for 25% of your course grade. The lecture exams may include
both objective (multiple choice, true-false, matching) and subjective questions over notes and text
material and any additional outside reading that may be assigned. At least 50% of the points
awarded on you exams will come from subjective questioning (essay, short answer, completion
ect…)
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Beverly L. Cochran
Year 2010-2011 Office Sulphur Springs Center
Term Spring Phone 903-885-1232
Section .50 email bcochran@parisjc.edu

Course BIOL 1408

Title General Biology I

Description Fundamental principles of living organisms including physical and chemical properties of life,
organization, function, evolutionary adaptation, and classifications. Concepts of reproduction,
genetics, ecology, and the scientific method are included. Lab required.

Textbooks Mader, S. Inquiry into Life 13th edition, McGraw-Hill. ISBN#978-0-07-298675-4

Schedule Week 1-Introductions; Ch. 1 The Study of Life


Week 2-Ch. 27 Evolution of Life lecture & lab
Week 3-Test 1
Week 4-Ch. 28 Microbioloy lecture & lab
Week 5-Ch. 29 Plants lecture & lab; Test 2
Week 6-Ch. 30 Animals Part I lecture & lab
Week 7-Ch. 31 Animals Part II lecture & lab
Week 8-Test 3
Week 9-Ch. 32 Animal Behavior lecture & lab
Week 10-Ch. 33 Populations lecture & lab
Week 11-Test 4
Week 12-Ch. 34 Ecosystems lecture & lab
Week 13-Ch. 35 Biosphere lecture & lab
Week 14-Ch. 36 Evnironment lecture & lab
Week 15-Test 5
Week 16-Comprehensive Final Exam

Evaluation methods Attendance 10%


Exams (five @ 10% each) 50%
Final Exam 20%
Lab grade (70% lab work + 30% presentation) 20%

Final grades will be based upon the following: A=90-100%, B=80-89%, C=70-79%, D=50-69%,
F=49% and below.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Robert Fenton
Year 2010-2011 Office SSC
Term Spring Phone 903-885-1232
Section 51 email rfenton@parisjc.edu

Course BIOL 1408

Title General Biology I (Non-Majors)

Description Biology 1408 is a laboratory science course that studies the scientific method, chemistry of life, the
cell, cell membranes, cell division, cellular respiration, Mendelian genetics, chromosome
inheritance patterns, and DNA and RNA structure and function.

Textbooks Inquiry Into Life, Mader, McGraw-Hill, 13th. Edition, 978-0-07-340433-1

Schedule Week 1, Chapter 1 - The Study of Life.


Week 2, Chapter 2 - The Molecules of Cells.
Week 3, Chapter 2 - The Molecules of Cells.
Week 4, Chapter 3 - Cell Structure and Function.
Week 5, Chapter 4 - Membrane Structure and Function.
Week 6, Chapter 5 - Cell Division.
Week 7, Chapter 6 - Metabolism: Energy and Enzymes.
Week 8, Chapter 6 - Metabolism: Energy and Enzymes.
Week 9, Chapter 7 - Cellular Respiration.
Week 10, Chapter 8 - Photosynthesis.
Week 11, Chapter 23 - Patterns of Gene Inheritance.
Week 12, Chapter 24 - Chromosomal Basis of Inheritance.
Week 13, Chapter 25 – DNA Structure and Control of Gene Expression
Week 14, Chapter 26 – Biotechnology and Genomics

Evaluation methods Students should complete all assignments by their assigned dates and participate in discussion
topics when assigned. All exams assigned to the course must be completed in a timely manner as
well. All students enrolled in the course must have access to a computer and must also be computer
literate.

Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material.
Lecture - exams (4-6), 50%, 25% daily grades (reviews, discussions, etc.) Laboratory – 25%.
Grades will be posted on the WebCt Gradebook. Current averages will be available.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jack Brown
Year 2011 Office NS 105
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0319
Section 65 email jbrown@parisjc.edu

Course Biol 1408

Title Biology 1 (Nonmajors)

Description An introduction to the biological sciences for students who need to fulfill the laboratory science
requirement for majors other than science. This is a not a science majors course and will not
transfer as such!. This course emphasizes the molecular basis of life, cellular organization,
bioenergetics, genetics and evolution.

Textbooks Mader, Sylvia: Inquiry into Life; 13th edition McGraw Hill With Connect
ISBN: 978-0-07-340344-1

Schedule Week 1-Blood


Week 2-Cell Chemistry
Week 3-The Cell
Week 4-Exam 1
Week 5-Cell Membrane
Week 6-Cell Division
Week 7-Exam 2
Week 8-Introduction to Metabolism
Week 9-Cell Respiration
Week 10-Photosynthesis
Week 11-Exam 3
Week 12-Inheritance
Week 13-Chromosomal Inheritance
Week 14-DNA Biology
Week 15-Exam 4
Week 16- Final Exam

Evaluation methods Methods of Evaluation:

Tests – 40% (At least 2 will be proctored)


Labs/Projects - 20%
Homework - 20%
Quiz - 20%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty MICHEL BARNETT
Year 2010-2011 Office NS 113/123
Term SPRING Phone 902 782 0481
Section 01 email mbarnett@parisjc.edu

Course BIOL1409

Title GENERAL BIOLOGY II

Description Biology 1409 is a traditional delivery laboratory science course that studies human
organization, the cardiovascular system, the lymphatic and immune systems, the respiratory
system, the urinary system and excretion, the nervous system, the senses, the musculoskeletal
system, the endocrine system, the reproductive system, development and aging.

Textbooks Inquiry Into Life, Sylvia S. Mader, McGraw - Hill, 13th, 978-0-07-340344-1

Schedule Lesson 1, Chapter 11 - Human Organization Lesson 2, Chapter 12 - Cardiovascular System


Lesson 3, Chapter 13 - Lymphatic and Immune systems Lesson 4, Chapter 15 - Respiratory
System Lesson 5, Chapter 16 - Urinary System and Excretion Lesson 6, Chapter 17 - Nervous
System Lesson 7, Chapter 18 - Senses Lesson 8, Chapter 19 - Musculoskeletal System Lesson
9, Chapter 20 - Endocrine System Lesson 10, Chapter 21 - Reproduction Lesson 11, Chapter
22 - Development and Aging

Evaluation methods Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material.
Lecture - exams, - 50%, daily grades (quizzes, discussions, etc) - 25% Laboratory – 25%
ALL POLICIES, PROCEDURES AND SCHEDULES ABOVE ARE SUBJECT TO
CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty MICHEL BARNETT
Year 2010-2011 Office NS 113/123
Term SPRING Phone 902 782 0481
Section 02 email mbarnett@parisjc.edu

Course BIOL1409

Title GENERAL BIOLOGY II

Description Biology 1409 is a traditional delivery laboratory science course that studies human
organization, the cardiovascular system, the lymphatic and immune systems, the respiratory
system, the urinary system and excretion, the nervous system, the senses, the musculoskeletal
system, the endocrine system, the reproductive system, development and aging.

Textbooks Inquiry Into Life, Sylvia S. Mader, McGraw - Hill, 13th, 978-0-07-340344-1

Schedule Lesson 1, Chapter 11 - Human Organization Lesson 2, Chapter 12 - Cardiovascular System


Lesson 3, Chapter 13 - Lymphatic and Immune systems Lesson 4, Chapter 15 - Respiratory
System Lesson 5, Chapter 16 - Urinary System and Excretion Lesson 6, Chapter 17 - Nervous
System Lesson 7, Chapter 18 - Senses Lesson 8, Chapter 19 - Musculoskeletal System Lesson
9, Chapter 20 - Endocrine System Lesson 10, Chapter 21 - Reproduction Lesson 11, Chapter
22 - Development and Aging

Evaluation methods Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material.
Lecture - exams, - 50%, daily grades (quizzes, discussions, etc) - 25% Laboratory – 25%
ALL POLICIES, PROCEDURES AND SCHEDULES ABOVE ARE SUBJECT TO
CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Earl Baggerley
Year 2011 Office Room 2207 Paris High
Term Spring Phone 903-737-7400
Section 31 email jbaggerley@parisisd.net

Course BIOL 1409

Title Dual Credit Biology

Description This is an introductory Biology laboratory course. Topics include social implications of genetric
engineering, as well as basic evolution. Topics in clude a survey of the vertibratres and
invertibrates, the major human body systems and a brief survey of plant structure and function.

Textbooks Mader, Sylvia: Inquiry into Life: 13th edition McGraw Hill ISBN : 0-679-36070-9

Schedule Week 1- Social implications of genetic engineering: Pre Lab 1- PGLO lab
Week 2- Chapter 26.4 Genetic engineering: PGLO lab
Week 3- Evolution Chapter 27: Lab 2 Techniques of radiometric dating
Week 4- Evidence of evolution: Lab 3 Cladogram construction
Week 5- Test Chapter 28: Microbiology
Week 6- Pathogenic bacteria of medical importance. Lab 4 Microbiology techniques
Week 7- Microbiology Lab 5 Identification of pathogens
Week 8- Test Vertebrates Lab: Cladograms of vertebrates
Week 9- Chapter 29. Lab 6: Life Cycles of lower plants
Week 10- Chapter 9,10 Structure of Plants Lab 7 Structure of plant tissue
Week 11- Test Chapter 30 Animals: Lab8: Parasitic worms
Week 12- Animals Lab 9: Development of higher animals
Week 13- Chapter 31
Week 14- Test -Chapter 11 Body Tissue : Lab10: Body tissue
Week 15- Chapter 12 Circulatory system Lab 11: Blood Pressure
Week 16- Chapter 13 Lymphatic and immune Lab 12: Type of Lymphocytes
Week 17 Chapters 14/15 Digestive/Respiratory systems Lab13: Respiration rates/ critical capacity
Week 18 Final Test

Evaluation methods Grading: Major test will be 66 2/3% of grade total grade.
Labs, Class participation, special projects, writing assignments and lab quizes will count 33
1/3% of homework grade in accordance with the Paris High School handbook. The final will count
1/4 of the semester score. There are no exemptions from the final exam.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Teresa Bussell
Year 2010-2011 Office North Lamar High School rm 213
Term Spring Phone 903-737-2011
Section 36 email tbussell@northlamar.net

Course Biology 1409

Title General Biology

Description An Introduction to the biological sciences for students who need to fulfill the laboratory science
requirement for majors other than science. This course is 4 credit hours and follows Biology 1408.
Topics include microbiology, kingdoms of life, ecology, and body systems.

Textbooks Inquiry Into Life by Sylvia S Mader ISBN: 978-0-07-728010-9

Schedule Week 1- Evolution Ch 27


Week 2: Evolution
Week 3-Mivrobiology Ch 28-Bacteria, Protists, Fungi, Viruses-Exam Ch 28
Week 4-Plants
Week 5-Animals Part I
Week 6-Animals Part II, Exam Ch 29-31
Week 7-Behavioral Ecology, Population Ecology
Week 8-Nature of Ecosystems, Exam 3 Ch 32-34
Week 9-Major Ecosystems of the Biosphere, Conservation Biology
Week 10-Exam 4 Ch 35-36
Week 11-Human Organization, Cardiovascular System, Lymphatic and Immune System
Week 12- Digestive System and Nutrition, Exam Ch 11-14
Week 13 Respiratory System, Urinary System and Excretion,
Week 14-Nervous System and Senses, Exam 6 Ch 15-18
Week 15- Musculoskeletal System, Endocrine System, Exam 7-Ch 19-20
Week 16-Final Review, Final Exam

Evaluation methods Test Grades(lab reports, essay, tests over course content, comprehensive final exam= 2/3, Daily
work( homework assignments, article-summaries, class/lab assignments= 1/3, Total/3 = Semester
ave
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jacky Leinart
Year 2010-2011 Office G.C. 201
Term Spring Phone 903-454-9333
Section 40 email jleinart@parisjc.edu

Course Biology 1409

Title General Biology II

Description Fundamental principles of living organisms including chemical and physical properties of life,
organization, function, evolutionary adaptation and classification. Concepts of reproduction,
genetics, ecology and the scientific method are included.

Textbooks Inquiry Into Life by Sylvia Mader McGraw-Hill ISBN # 978-0-07-298675-4

Schedule Week 1-Chap. 11 Human Organization


Week 2-Chap. 12 Cardiovascular System
Week 3-Chap. 13 Lymphatic and Immune System
Week 4-EXAM # 1
Week 5-Chap. 14 Digestive System and Nutrition
Week 6-Chap. 15 Respiratory System
Week 7-Chap. 16 Urinary System and Excretion
Week 8-EXAM # 2
Week 9-Chap. 17 Nervous System
Week 10-Chap. 18 Senses
Week 11-Chap. 19 Musculoskeletal System
Week 12-EXAM # 3
Week 13-Chap. 20 Endocrine System
Week 14-Chap. 21 Reproductive System
Week 15-Chap. 22 Development and Aging
Week 16-EXAM # 4

Evaluation methods
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Kathy Miller
Year 2010-2011 Office Greenville HS 2204
Term Spring '11 Phone 903-453-3689
Section 48 email millerk@greenvilleisd.com

Course Biology 1409

Title General Biology (Non-Majors)

Description Biology 1409 is a laboratory science course that studies the fundamental principles of living
organisms including physical and chemical properties of life, organization, function, evolutionary
adaptation and classifications. Concepts of reproduction, genetics, ecology and the scientific
method are included.

Textbooks Mader, Sylvia S., Inquiry Into Life, 13th edition


McGraw-Hill Publishers. ISBN 978-0-07-340344-1
Schedule Week 1-Human Organization
Week 2-Cardiovascular System
Week 3-Lymphatic and Immune Systems
Week 4-Digestive System and Nutrition
Week 5-Respiratory System
Week 6-Urinary System and Excretion
Week 7-Nervous System
Week 8-Senses
Week 9-Musculosketal System
Week 10-Endocrine System
Week 11-Reproductive System
Week 12-Anatomy Review
Week 13-Anatomy Review and Lab Practical
Week 14-Development and Aging
Week 15-Evollution of Life
Week 16-Population Growth and Regulation
Evaluation methods Each student will spend at least three hours/week outside class per one hour/week preparing for this
course.
Students will have punctual attendance in this class.
Students are expected to contact the instructor within one class day of an absence.
Students will not disrupt the learning environment.
Assignments are due at the scheduled beginning of class on the designated date.
LATE ASSIGNMENTS WILL NOT BE GRADED.
Students are expected to provide their own supplies.
Students are expected to turn off the sound of any telecommunications device brought to class.
Students are expected to finish exams in a timely manner. (55 minutes will be allowed per exam.
Students (or their service's assistants) are expected to be able to mark and erase the scantron sheets.
No credit will be given for mismarked or poorly erased answers on scantron tests.ng
Students should check to be sure they received all pages of an exam and have answered all
questions before submitting a test to the instructor.
Students will be required to electronically submit video quizes, multiple choice chapter quizzes and
virtual labs to the instructor.

Course Evaluation:
Lecture Exams 75%
Lab/Daily Assignments 25%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Robert Fenton
Year 2010-2011 Office SSC
Term Spring Phone 903-885-1232
Section 50 email rfenton@parisjc.edu

Course BIOL 1409

Title General Biology II (Non-Majors)

Description A continuation of BIOL 1408. Fundamental principles of living organisms including physical and
chemical properties of life, organization, function, evolutionary adaptation, and classifications.
Concepts of reproduction, genetics, ecology, and the scientific method are included.

Textbooks Inquiry Into Life, Mader, McGraw-Hill, 13th. Edition, 978-0-07-340433-1

Schedule Week 1, Chapter 28 - Microbiology.


Week 2, Chapter 29 - Plants.
Week 3, Chapter 9 – Plant Organization and Function.
Week 4, Chapter 10 – Plant Reproduction and Responses.
Week 5, Chapter 30 – Animals: Part I.
Week 6, Chapter 31 – Animals: Part II.
Week 7, Chapter 11 – Human Organization.
Week 8, Chapter 12 - Cardiovascular System.
Week 9, Chapter 13 – Lymphatic and Immune Systems.
Week 10, Chapter 14 – Digestive System and Nutrition.
Week 11, Chapter 15 – Respiratory System.
Week 12, Chapter 16 – Urinary System and Excretion
Week 13, Chapter 17 – Nervous System
Week 14, chapter 18 – Senses

Evaluation methods Students should complete all assignments by their assigned dates and participate in discussion
topics when assigned. All exams assigned to the course must be completed in a timely manner as
well. All students enrolled in the course must have access to a computer and must also be computer
literate.

Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material.
Lecture - exams (4-6), 50%, 25% daily grades (reviews, discussions, etc.) Laboratory – 25%.
Grades will be posted on the WebCt Gradebook. Current averages will be available.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Beth Burkhalter
Year 2010-2011 Office WR
Term Spring Phone (903) 885-1232
Section 51 email bburkhalter@parisjc.eduInquiry

Course Biology 1409

Title Non-Majors Biology

Description
This program is aligned with Paris Junior College Biology 1408.51.
It is designed for non majors of Biology .This course covers gene inheritance, genetics with
emphasis on Mendelian concepts as well as molecular genetics of DNA/ RNA structure and
function. . Students will learn about human body organs systems , microbiology, and animal

Textbooks Course Description


This program is aligned with Paris Junior College Biology 1408.51.
It is designed for non majors of Biology .This course covers animal behavior concepts, genetics
with emphasis on Mendelian concepts as well as molecular genetics of DNA/ RNA structure and
function. Processes such DNA replication , transcription, and , translation. Students will learn
about human body organs systems , microbiology, and animal diversity.
As an open door community college the mission of Paris Junior College is to provide a
comprehensive college experience with national and international involvement meeting the
education and cultural needs of all students by offering quality general education for freshman and
sophomores leading to associate degrees or certificate
Schedule Inquiry Into Life by Sylvia Mader 13th Edition Publisher :McGraw Hil ISBN# 978-0-07-340344-
1-19-11 32 Syllabus/ Ch.32
1-26-11 23 Lecture Gene Inheritance
2-02-11 Exam 1 ( chap.23 and 32)
Lab Genetics and Human Traits

2-09-11 11 Human Organization Lecture


2-16-11 12 Cardiovascular System
2-23-11 Exam 2 ( Chapters 11,12 and 24)
Lab Human Cells-Microscopes

3-02-11 28 Microbiology
3-09-11 13 Lymphatic system.

YOU MUST TURN IN PACKET #1 CONSISTING OF CHAPTERS 32,23,11,12 AND 28 AT


THE START OF THE CLASS ON
3-9-11 FOR IT TO BE CONSIDERED “ON TIME”.

**************** SPRING BREAK March 14-18**********************

3-23-11 EXAM 3 ( Chapters 13 , 28)


Lab Microbiology Cells-(Kinds of bacteria)
3-30-11 15 Respiratory System-Power Poi
4-06-11 19 Musculoskeletal System4-13-11 EXAM 4
(Chapters 15,19, )
Lab Human Body Systems video and Quiz

4-20-11 34 Ecosystems-
_____________________________________________________________
4-27-11 30 Animal Diversity Part 1
YOU MUST TURN IN PACKET #2 CONSISTING OF CHAPTERS 13,15,19,34 AND 30 AT
Evaluation methods Evaluation
Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material.
Lecture: 50% there will be 5 lecture exams consisting of multiple and matching questions. Make
–up exams will be different from the tests taken at scheduled times.
Laboratory :25% Students will perform laboratory experiments/ activities and will be expected to
answer topic questions following each lab in the form of quizzes or worksheets. At the conclusion
of the course the students will be assessed with a” Lab Practical” of information covered during
labs.
Worksheet Packets: 25% Worksheets are designed to assess students knowledge of each chapter
with topic questions . Material covered in lecture and in the reading of content of each assigned
chapter will assist student in answering the questions. It should be noted that if the packets are not
turned in at the start of the class on the days listed above then they
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty MICHEL BARNETT
Year 2010-2011 Office NS 113/123
Term SPRING Phone 902 782 0481
Section 65 email mbarnett@parisjc.edu

Course BIOL1409

Title GENERAL BIOLOGY II

Description Biology 1409 is a internet delivery laboratory science course that studies human organization,
the cardiovascular system, the lymphatic and immune systems, the respiratory system, the
urinary system and excretion, the nervous system, the senses, the musculoskeletal system, the
endocrine system, the reproductive system, development and aging.

Textbooks Inquiry Into Life, Sylvia S. Mader, McGraw - Hill, 13th, 978-0-07-340344-1

Schedule Lesson 1, Chapter 11 - Human Organization Lesson 2, Chapter 12 - Cardiovascular System


Lesson 3, Chapter 13 - Lymphatic and Immune systems Lesson 4, Chapter 15 - Respiratory
System Lesson 5, Chapter 16 - Urinary System and Excretion Lesson 6, Chapter 17 - Nervous
System Lesson 7, Chapter 18 - Senses Lesson 8, Chapter 19 - Musculoskeletal System Lesson
9, Chapter 20 - Endocrine System Lesson 10, Chapter 21 - Reproduction Lesson 11, Chapter
22 - Development and Aging

Evaluation methods Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material.
Lecture - exams, - 50%, daily grades (quizzes, discussions, etc) - 25% Laboratory – 25%
ALL POLICIES, PROCEDURES AND SCHEDULES ABOVE ARE SUBJECT TO
CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Karl Bush
Year 2010-2011 Office PHS Sci 3
Term Spring Phone 903-652-5681
Section 84 email kbush@prairiland.net

Course BIOL 1409

Title General Biology II (Non-majors)

Description Continuation of BIOL 1408. Fundamental principles of organisms including physical and
chemical properties of life, organization, function, adaptation, and classification. Reproduction,
genetics, ecology, and scientific method are included. A survey of the major kingdoms will be
conducted. Lab required. Fee charged. Class times are 12:30-1:15 pm and 2:35-3:25 MTWThF
comprising 3 hours lecture and 1 hour laboratory. TSI requirement: M3, R3,W2.

Textbooks Inquiry into Life (13th edition) by Sylvia Mader with appropriate materials for lecture notes.
Schedule Week 1-viruses, prions, viroids
Week 2- bacteria and related microbe
Week 3-protists
Week 4-protists continued
Week 5-fungi
Week 6-plants
Week 7-continued
Week 8-poriferates, cnidarians
Week 9-worms, molluscs,echinoderms
Week 10-continued
Week 11-arthropods
Week 12-vertebrates, fish
Week 13-amphibians, reptiles
Week 14-birds
Week 15-mammals
Week 16-continued
Evaluation methods There will be four major examinations given. The average of these four examinations will count
for 80% of the overall grade. No make-up exams will be given unless prearranged with the
instructor. In case of extreme illness, official school activity, family tragedy, or other mitigating
circumstances beyond the student's control, a make-up exam (not identical to the original exam)
will be given. Laboratory reports and other work will count for 20% of the overall grade. The
student must complete all work in an honest manner. Cheating on a major examination or
laboratory assignment will result in a grade of "F" for the semester.

Grade scale: 100-90 = A 89-80 = B 79-70 = C 69-60 = D 59-0 = F


Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Kim Smith
Year 2010 - 2011 Office Chisum HS, science room # 3
Term Spring Phone (903) 737- 2800
Section 86 email ksmith@chisumisd.org

Course Biol 1409

Title General Biology (Non-Majors)

Description Biology 1409 is a laboratory science course that studies the cell - its structure and function; cellular
molecules, division and respiration; animal evolution, anatomy and behavior; human organization,
and the systems of the human body. Biology 1409 is the second part of a two-semester class.
Credit: Four semester credit hours. This class is a dual credit class and will meet every day for
lecture and /or lab.

Textbooks Inquiry into Life, 12th edition, by Sylvia S. Mader

Schedule Week 1- Urinary System and Excretion


Week 2-Nervous System
Week 3-Senses
Week 4-Musculoskeletal System
Week 5-Endocrine System
Week 6-Reproductive System
Week 7-Development and Aging
Week 8-Patterns of Inheritance
Week 9-Evolution of Life
Week 10-Plants
Week 11-Photosynthesis
Week 12-Plant Organization and Function
Week 13-Plant Reproduction and Respons
Week 14-Environmental Concerns

Evaluation methods Students must complete all assignments by their assigned dates. Students must come to class
prepared and on time. Daily grades will count as 50% of the student grade. This includes labs,
quizzes and attendance. The other 50% will come from test and projects. 90 - 100 = A; 80 - 89 =
B; 70 - 79 = C; 60 - 69= D; less than 60 = F
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Kyle Hutchings
Year 2010-2011 Office HGHS Room 119
Term Spring 2011 Phone 903-378-2264 ext. 319
Section 87 email kwhutchings@hgisd.net

Course Biology 1409

Title Non-Major's Biology

Description This is a 4 credit hour (lecture 3, lab 1) non-major's biology course which follows Bio. 1408, for
Non-Science majors. Topics include microbiology, plants, ecology, and body systems.

Textbooks Inquiry into Life 13th edition by Sylvia S. Mader. ISBN 978-0-07-340344-1

Schedule 18 January 2011-----03 June 2011


Chapters 28 Microbiology
29 Plants
30 Animals Part I
31 Animals Part II
32 Behavioral Ecology
33 Population Ecology
34 Nature of Ecosystems
35 Major Ecosystems of the Biosphere
36 Conservation Biology
11 Human Organization
12 Cardiovascular System
13 Lymphatic and Immune System
14 Digestive System and Nutrition
15 Respiratory System
16 Urinary System and Excretion
17 Nervous System
18 Senses
19 Musculoskeletal System
20 Endocrine System

Evaluation methods Grade Scale: 100-90 = A 89-80 = B 79-70 = C 69-60 = D 59-0 = F


Exams = 80% of grade
Labs/Daily = 20% of grade
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Beth Burkhalter
Year 2010-2011 Office Room 9 in LOHS building
Term Spring Phone (903)662-0980
Section 92 email bburkhalter@parisjc.edu

Course Biology 1409

Title General Biology ( Non-Majors)

Description This program is aligned with Paris Junior College Biology 1408.51.
It is designed for non majors of Biology .This course covers animal behavior concepts, genetics
with emphasis on Mendelian concepts as well as molecular genetics of DNA/ RNA structure and
function. Processes such DNA replication , transcription, and , translation. Students will learn
about human body organs systems , microbiology, and animal diversity.

Textbooks Inquiry into Life by Sylvia Mader 13thth Edition.


Publisher :McGraw Hill ISBN# 978-0-07-340344-1
Schedule 1-04-11 32 Syllabus/ Ch.32
1-06-11 32 Power Point Lecture/worksheet
1-10-11 32 Animal Behavior-Lecture/study questions

1-12-11 23 Lecture Gene Inheritance


1-14-11 Lab

1-19-11 23 Power Point Lecture/Study


questions

1-21-11 23 Continuation of Ch.23 Lecture Gene Inheritance


Due date for rough draft of Lab 1.
1-25-11 Exam 1 ( chap.23 and 32)

1-27-11 11 Human Organization Lecture


1-31-11 11 Continue Lecture over Ch. 11 / study quest.

***You will get a grading rubric for a Power Point TEST project that will be due first week of
March. During regular scheduled class date.***

2-02-11 24 DNA Biology and Technology


2-04-11 24 Lecture and Notes
2-08-11 24 Finish Power Point / study questions
2-10-10 Sam RHINE –Genetics Seminar ,Paris-Tx
2- 14-11 12 Power Point Lecture-Cardiovascular .
2-16-11 12 Cardiovascular System-Lecture
Study questions
2-18-11 Exam 2 ( Chapters 11,12 and 24)
Evaluation methods Evaluation
Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material.
Lecture: 50% there will be 5 lecture exams consisting of multiple and matching questions. Make
–up exams will be different from the tests taken at scheduled times.
Laboratory :25% Students will perform laboratory experiments/ activities and will be expected to
answer topic questions following each lab in the form of quizzes or worksheets. At the conclusion
of the course the students will be assessed with a” Lab Practical” of information covered during
labs.
Worksheet Packets: 25% Worksheets are designed to assess students knowledge of each chapter
with topic questions . Material covered in lecture and in the reading of content of each assigned
chapter will assist student in answering the questions.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Billy Walker
Year 2010-2011 Office GCS G-8
Term Fall Phone 903-454-1111
Section 96 email bwalker@greenvillechristian.org

Course Biol 1409

Title Non-majors Biology

Description Fundamental principles of living organisms including physical and chemical properties of life,
organization, function, evolutionary adaptation, and classification. Concepts of reproduction,
genetics, ecology, the scientific method are included. Topics such as the scientific method,
metabolism, and plant biology are included in BIOL 1409.

Textbooks Mader, Sylvia S. Inquiry Into Life. 13th edition. 2010 ISBN-10:007280105
Schedule Week 1-Plant Reproduction
Week 2-Plant Reproduction
Week 3-Genetics
Week 4-Genetics
Week 5-Chromosomes
Week 6-DNA and RNA
Week 7-DNA and RNA
Week 8-Human Reproduction and Development
Week 9-Human Reproduction and Development
Week 10-Biotechnology
Week 11-Biotechnology
Week 12-Biotechnology
Week 13-Animals (Protostomes)
Week 14-Animals (Protostomes)
Week 15-Animals (Deuterostomes)
Week 16-Animals (Deuterostomes)
Evaluation methods Lecture: 80% Lecture exams will consist of multiple choice and matching questions.
Laboratory: 20% Students will perform laboratory experiments and write reports or take lab
quizzes.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Phyllis Ballard
Year 2010-2011 Office RHS Rm 118
Term Spring Phone 903-632-5204
Section 99 email pballard@rivercrestisd.net

Course Biol 1409

Title College Biology

Description Biology 1409 is an introduction to the biological sciences for students needing to fulfill the
laboratory science requirement of other majors.
This course will help students to develop a clear understanding of how science inquiry is used and
how technology benefits from scientific discoveries.
This course will help students to develop an understanding of biology to everyday life.

Textbooks Sylvia Mader: Inquiry Into Life, 13th Edition, McGraw Hill, ISBN: 978-0-07-340344-1
Schedule Week 1- Chapter 27 - Evidence of evolution
Week 2- Chapter 27 - Processes of evolution
Week 3- Chapter 28 - Bacteria
Week 4- Chapter 28 - Protista
Week 5- Chapter 28 - Fungi and Viruses
Week 6- TESTING
Week 7- Chapter 29 - Evolutionary History of Plant
Week 8- Chapter 29 - Nonvascular & Vascular Plants
Week 9- TESTING
Week 10- Chapter 30 - Evolutionary History of Animals
Week 11- Chapter 30- Invertebrates
Week 12- Chapter 31 - Echinoderms 7 Chordates
Week 13- Chapter 31 - Vertebrate characteristics
Week 14- Chapter 32 - Behavioral Ecology
Week 15- Chapter 33- Population Ecology - TESTING
Week 16- FINALS
Evaluation methods Grading will consist of major test, daily quizzes and assignments, lab reports, and a comprehensive
final exam
Exams 50%
Lab reports, Daily grades 25%
Final exam 25%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Cheryl D. Anderson
Year 2010-2011 Office GC 208
Term Spring Phone 903 454-9333 EXT 717
Section G1 email canderson@parisjc.edu

Course Biology 1409

Title General Biology for Non-Majors II

Description Fundamental principles of living organisms including physical and chemical properties of life,
organization, function, evolutionary adaptation, and classification. Concepts of reproduction,
genetics, ecology, and the scientific method are included.

Textbooks Inquiry Into Life, Sylvia S. Mader, 13th edition


ISBN 978-0-07-340344-1 McGraw-Hill

Schedule Week 1 1/18, 1/20 Ch. 11 Human Organization


Week 2 1/25,1/27 Ch. 12 Cardiovascular System
Week 3 2/1,2/3 Ch. 15 Respiratory System; Ch. 11 &12 TEST
Week 4 2/8,2/10 Ch. 15 continued
Week 5 2/15,2/17 Ch. 13 Lymphatic and Immune System
Week 6 2/22,2/24 Ch. 13 continued; Ch. 15 & 13 TEST
Week 7 3/1,3/3 Ch. 14 Digestive System and Nutrition
Week 8 3/8,3/10 Ch. 16Urinary System and Excretion

3/14 – 3/18 SPRING BREAK!!!!!

Week 9 3/22, 3/24 TEST Ch. 14 & 16; Begin Ch. 17 Nervous System
Week 10 3/29,3/31 Ch. 17 Nervous System
Week 11 4/5, 4/7 Ch. 18 Senses
Week 12 4/12, 4/14 Ch. 18 cont.; Ch. 17 & 18 TEST
Week 13 4/19,4/21 Ch. 19 Musculoskeletal System
Week 14 4/26, 4/28 Ch. 20 Endocrine System
Week 15 5/3, 5/5 Ch. 21 Reproductive System
Week 16 5/10, 5/12 Final Exam Ch. 19, 20, 21

Evaluation methods Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material:

Lecture: 60% exams over assigned chapters


10% quizzes over lecture material on WebCT, writing assignments

Laboratory: 15% lab manual assignments


15% lab quizzes taken on WebCT
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Barnett, Michael
Year 2010 - 2011 Office NS 113
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0481
Section L01 email mbarnett@parisjc.edu

Course BIOL 1409 Lab

Title Biology for Non-Science Majors - Laboratory

Description Laboratory component for BIOL 1409 - Biology for Non-Science Majors

Textbooks N/A Lab assignments and worksheets will be provided in the lab.

Schedule Week 1- Introduction


Week 2- Set 50 - Animal Tissues
Week 3- Set 51 - Animal Tissues
Week 4- Set 57 - Skin
Week 5- Set 249 - Basic Histology
Week 6- Set 67 - Digestion & Set 95 - Human Blood
Week 7- Set 68 - Cardiovascular System & Set 204 - Body Defenses Against Disease
Week 8- Set 229 - Immunity & Set 240 - Human Disease
Week 9- Set 72 - Respiratory System & Set 52 - Excretion
Week 10- Set 69 - Central Nervous System & Set 221 - Nerve and Muscle Action
Week 11- Set 70 - Reflex Arc
Week 12- Set 99 - Senses
Week 13- Set 223 - Skeletal System
Week 14- Set 71 - Endocrine System
Week 15- Set 62 - Reproduction
Week 16- Set 94 - Veneral Disease

Evaluation methods All laboratory exercises must be completed by due date.


No late labs will be accepted.
No make-up labs.
All laboratory materials must remain in the lab.
Turn off cell phones and any other electronic devices before entering lab.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Barnett, Michael
Year 2010 - 2011 Office NS 113
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0481
Section L02 email mbarnett@parisjc.edu

Course BIOL 1409 Lab

Title Biology for Non-Science Majors - Laboratory

Description Laboratory component for BIOL 1409 - Biology for Non-Science Majors

Textbooks N/A Lab assignments and worksheets will be provided in the lab.

Schedule Week 1- Introduction


Week 2- Set 50 - Animal Tissues
Week 3- Set 51 - Animal Tissues
Week 4- Set 57 - Skin
Week 5- Set 249 - Basic Histology
Week 6- Set 67 - Digestion & Set 95 - Human Blood
Week 7- Set 68 - Cardiovascular System & Set 204 - Body Defenses Against Disease
Week 8- Set 229 - Immunity & Set 240 - Human Disease
Week 9- Set 72 - Respiratory System & Set 52 - Excretion
Week 10- Set 69 - Central Nervous System & Set 221 - Nerve and Muscle Action
Week 11- Set 70 - Reflex Arc
Week 12- Set 99 - Senses
Week 13- Set 223 - Skeletal System
Week 14- Set 71 - Endocrine System
Week 15- Set 62 - Reproduction
Week 16- Set 94 - Veneral Disease

Evaluation methods All laboratory exercises must be completed by due date.


No late labs will be accepted.
No make-up labs.
All laboratory materials must remain in the lab.
Turn off cell phones and any other electronic devices before entering lab.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Barnett, Michael
Year 2010 - 2011 Office NS 113
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0481
Section L03 email mbarnett@parisjc.edu

Course BIOL 1409 Lab

Title Biology for Non-Science Majors - Laboratory

Description Laboratory component for BIOL 1409 - Biology for Non-Science Majors

Textbooks N/A Lab assignments and worksheets will be provided in the lab.

Schedule Week 1- Introduction


Week 2- Set 50 - Animal Tissues
Week 3- Set 51 - Animal Tissues
Week 4- Set 57 - Skin
Week 5- Set 249 - Basic Histology
Week 6- Set 67 - Digestion & Set 95 - Human Blood
Week 7- Set 68 - Cardiovascular System & Set 204 - Body Defenses Against Disease
Week 8- Set 229 - Immunity & Set 240 - Human Disease
Week 9- Set 72 - Respiratory System & Set 52 - Excretion
Week 10- Set 69 - Central Nervous System & Set 221 - Nerve and Muscle Action
Week 11- Set 70 - Reflex Arc
Week 12- Set 99 - Senses
Week 13- Set 223 - Skeletal System
Week 14- Set 71 - Endocrine System
Week 15- Set 62 - Reproduction
Week 16- Set 94 - Veneral Disease

Evaluation methods All laboratory exercises must be completed by due date.


No late labs will be accepted.
No make-up labs.
All laboratory materials must remain in the lab.
Turn off cell phones and any other electronic devices before entering lab.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Barnett, Michael
Year 2010 - 2011 Office NS 113
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0481
Section L04 email mbarnett@parisjc.edu

Course BIOL 1409 Lab

Title Biology for Non-Science Majors - Laboratory

Description Laboratory component for BIOL 1409 - Biology for Non-Science Majors

Textbooks N/A Lab assignments and worksheets will be provided in the lab.
Schedule Week 1- Introduction
Week 2- Set 50 - Animal Tissues
Week 3- Set 51 - Animal Tissues
Week 4- Set 57 - Skin
Week 5- Set 249 - Basic Histology
Week 6- Set 67 - Digestion & Set 95 - Human Blood
Week 7- Set 68 - Cardiovascular System & Set 204 - Body Defenses Against Disease
Week 8- Set 229 - Immunity & Set 240 - Human Disease
Week 9- Set 72 - Respiratory System & Set 52 - Excretion
Week 10- Set 69 - Central Nervous System & Set 221 - Nerve and Muscle Action
Week 11- Set 70 - Reflex Arc
Week 12- Set 99 - Senses
Week 13- Set 223 - Skeletal System
Week 14- Set 71 - Endocrine System
Week 15- Set 62 - Reproduction
Week 16- Set 94 - Veneral Disease
Evaluation methods All laboratory exercises must be completed by due date.
No late labs will be accepted.
No make-up labs.
All laboratory materials must remain in the lab.
Turn off cell phones and any other electronic devices before entering lab.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Maness, Justin
Year 2010 - 2011 Office HC 102
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0675
Section L05 email jmaness@parisjc.edu

Course BIOL 1409 Lab

Title Biology for Non-Science Majors - Laboratory

Description Laboratory component for BIOL 1409 - Biology for Non-Science Majors

Textbooks N/A Lab assignments and worksheets will be provided in the lab.

Schedule Week 1- Introduction


Week 2- Set 50 - Animal Tissues
Week 3- Set 51 - Animal Tissues
Week 4- Set 57 - Skin
Week 5- Set 249 - Basic Histology
Week 6- Set 67 - Digestion & Set 95 - Human Blood
Week 7- Set 68 - Cardiovascular System & Set 204 - Body Defenses Against Disease
Week 8- Set 229 - Immunity & Set 240 - Human Disease
Week 9- Set 72 - Respiratory System & Set 52 - Excretion
Week 10- Set 69 - Central Nervous System & Set 221 - Nerve and Muscle Action
Week 11- Set 70 - Reflex Arc
Week 12- Set 99 - Senses
Week 13- Set 223 - Skeletal System
Week 14- Set 71 - Endocrine System
Week 15- Set 62 - Reproduction
Week 16- Set 94 - Veneral Disease

Evaluation methods All laboratory exercises must be completed by due date.


No late labs will be accepted.
No make-up labs.
All laboratory materials must remain in the lab.
Turn off cell phones and any other electronic devices before entering lab.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jack Brown
Year 2011 Office NS 105
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0319
Section 01 email jbrown@parisjc.edu

Course Biol 2401

Title Anatomy and Physiology 1

Description This course will consist of a study of structures and functions of human organ systems and how
these organ systems interact to create a functional organism. We will also discuss how various
diseases and disorder can disrupt the proper functioning of the organ systems of the human body.

Textbooks Marieb, Elaine, Hoehn, Katja; Human Anatomy and Physiology, 8th Ed. Pearson 2010.
ISBN 978-0-8053-9569-3

Schedule Week 1-Introduction


Week 2-Chemistry of Life
Week 3-The Cell
Week 4-Exam 1
Week 5-Tissues
Week 6-Integumentary System
Week 7-Bone Tissue/Joints
Week 8-Joints/Exam 2
Week 9-Muscular
Week 10-Nervous
Week 11-Nervous
Week 12-Exam 3/ Senses
Week 13-Senses/Endocrine
Week 14-Endocrine/Exam 4
Week 15-Final Exam Review
Week 16- Final Exam

Evaluation methods The lecture exams may include both objective (multiple choice, true-false, matching) and subjective
questions over notes and text material and any additional outside reading that may be assigned.

A. Several major tests will be given 50% of grade


B. One Comprehensive Final 15%
65%

III. Final Evaluation

Lecture 50%
Daily Grade 10%
Lab 25%
Comprehensive Final 15%
100%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jason Taylor
Year 2010-2011 Office NS 116b
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0369
Section 02 email

Course Biol 2401

Title Human Anatomy and Physiology

Description A study of the structure and function of the organ systems of the human body. Particular emphasis
will be placed on physiology in lecture. Lab required.

Textbooks Required reading: Human Anatomy & Physiology, 8th edition by Marieb and Hoehn.
ISBN# 13: 978-0-8053-9569-3

Schedule Week 1-Chapter 1 Orientation and Introduction to Anatomy and Physiology


Week 2-Chapter 2-Chemistry/ Start Bone Coverage Chapter 7-In Lab
Week 3-Chapter 3-Cells/ Exam 1
Week 4-Chapter 4-Tissues
Week 5-Chapter 5-Integument
Week 6-Chapter 6-Bone Tissue
Week 7-Chapter 8-Joints
Week 8-Chapter 9-Muscles and Muscle Tissue/ Exam 2
Week 9-Chapter 11-Fundamentals of the Nervous System/ Bone Test in Lab over Chapter 7
Week 10-Chapter 12-The Central Nervous System/ Start Muscle Coverage in Lab Chapter 10
Week 11-Chapter 13-The Peripheral Nervous System and Reflex Activity
Week 12-Chapter 14-The Autonomic Nervous System/ Exam 3
Week 13-Chapter 15-The Special Senses/ Start Chapter 15 Coverage in Lab on Models
Week 14-Chapter 16-The Endocrine System
Week 15-Chapter 16-(Cont.) Muscle and Special Senses Test in the Lab
Week 16-Final Exam (Exam 4)

Evaluation methods
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Cheryl D. Anderson
Year 2010-2011 Office GC 208
Term Spring Phone 903 454-9333 EXT 717
Section 40 email canderson@parisjc.edu

Course Biology 2401

Title Human Anatomy and Physiology I

Description A study of the structure and function of the organ systems of the human body. Particular emphasis
will be placed on physiology. Lab required. Fee charged. Core curriculum satisfied for Natural
Lab Sciences.

Textbooks Human Anatomy and Physiology, 8th edition, Elaine N. Marieb and Katja Hoehn
McGrawHill Publishing Company
ISBN-10: 0-8053-9569-5

Schedule Jan. 19 Syllabus & Ch. 1 Introduction to A&P


Jan. 24 & 26 Ch. 1 / Ch. 4 Tissues
Jan. 31 & Feb. 2 Ch. 4/ Ch. 3 Cells
Feb. 7 & 9 Ch. 3 Cells/ Ch. 2 Chemistry
Feb. 14 & 16 Ch. 2 Chemistry/Exam 1
Feb. 21 & 23 Ch. 5 Integumentary System/Ch. 6 Bones & Skeletal Tissue
Feb. 28 & Mar. 2 Ch. 6 / Ch. 8 Joints
Mar. 7 & 9 Ch. 8 Joints/ Exam 2
Mar. 14-18 SPRING BREAK!!!!!
Mar. 21 & 23 Ch. 9 Muscular System (Article 1 Due)
Mar. 28 & 30 Ch. 9/ Ch. 11 Nervous System
April 4 & 6 Ch. 11/ Ch. 12 Central Nervous System
April 11 & 13 Ch 12/ Ch. 14 The Autonomic Nervous System
April 18 & 20 Exam 3/ Ch. 15 Special Senses (Article 2 Due)
April 25 & 27 Ch. 15/Ch. 16 The Endocrine System
May 2 & 4 Ch. 16 The Endocrine System/Exam 4
May 11 Comprehensive Final Exam

Evaluation methods Lecture: 50% Four lecture exams over assigned chapters (12.5% each)
5% Quizzes over lecture material (in class & online)
5% Two article summaries (APA format) (2.5% each)
10% Comprehensive Final Exam
Laboratory 30% Four exams (7.5% each)
Lecture: 50% Four lecture exams over assigned chapters (12.5% each)
5% Quizzes over lecture material (in class & online)
5% Two article summaries (APA format) (2.5% each)
10% Comprehensive Final Exam
Laboratory 30% Four exams (7.5% each)
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr Daniel Reinboldt
Year 2011 Office PJC-Greenville campus-adjunctive
Term Spring Phone 903-454-9333
Section 41 email dreinboldt@parisjc.edu

Course Biol 2401

Title Human Anatomy & Physiology I

Description Upon successful completion of the course, students will have demonstrated proficiency in the
following areas: 1) Practical and working knowledge of basic human anatomy 2) Understanding of
the inter-relations of the human body systems 3) Basic physiology of each human body system.

Textbooks Human Anatomy & Physiology Packet (book, atlas, PAL DVD and access number) 8th edition by
Elaine Marieb with Pearson Benjamin Cummings Publishing. Website:
www.masteringAandP.com SBN: 978-0-8053-9569-3. Course ID #: Spring2401Reinboldt2011

Schedule Week 1- Human Body Orientation


Week 2- Tissues
Week 3- Chemistry
Week 4- Cells
Week 5- Integumentary System
Week 6- Skeletal System
Week 7- The Skeleton
Week 8- Joints of the Skeletal System
Week 9- Spring Break
Week 10- Muscle Tissue
Week 11- Muscular System
Week 12- Fundamentals of the Nervous System
Week 13- Central Nervous System
Week 14- Peripheral Nervous System
Week 15- Autonomic Nervous System
Week 16- Special Senses

Evaluation methods Grading: 60% of overall grade will be determined by 4 lecture tests consisting of 100 questions
each. 20% of overal grade will be determined by 4 laboratory tests consisting of 50 questions
each. 10% of the overal grade will be determined by 15 weekly quizzes that will be completed
online. 5% of the overal grade will be determined by 15 weekly homework assignments that will
be completed online. The remaining 5% of the grade will be determined by 15 in class review quiz
shows. Students must attend 90% of the scheduled class - excessive misses will result in
deductions from their overall grade. Extra credit opportunities are available for community
service, blood donation and successful completion of chapter review exercises.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr. Del Oyler
Year 2011 Office Sulphur Springs Higher Ed Center D
Term Spring Phone 903-439-6154 Ext. 408
Section 50 email doyler@parisjc.edu

Course BIOL 2401

Title Human Anatomy & Physiology

Description A study of the structure and function of the organ systems of the human body. Particular emphasis
will be placed on physiology in lecture. The course content will be presented in a traditional
lecture format with additional materials provided that may require internet access. A laboratory
time is also required.

Textbooks Human Anatomy & Physiology , Elaine Marieb and Katja Hoehn, Pearson, 8th Edition, 978-0-8053-
9569-3. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed CD 2.0, McGraw Hill, 2008
Workbook to Accompany Anatomy & Physiology Revealed CD 2.0, Robert Broyles Jr., McGraw
Hill, 2009, 978-0-07-337814-5

Schedule Week 1- Introduction to A & P


Week 2- Chemical Basis of Life
Week 3-Cells, Lab
Week 4-Cellular Metabolism, Lab
Week 5-Tissues, Lab
Week 6-Exam, Lab
Week 7-Skin & Integumentary System, Lab
Week 8-Skeletal System, Lab
Week 9-Joints, Lab
Week 10-Muscular System, Lab
Week 11-Exam, Lab
Week 12-Nervous System I, Bones Identification Quiz
Week 13-Nervous System II, Lab
Week 14-The Senses, Lab
Week 15-Endocrine System, Muscle Identification Quiz
Week 16-FINAL

Evaluation methods The course grade will be derived from a percentage of possible points earned through lecture exams
and laboratory assignments.

A 90 –100 %
B 80 - 89
C 70 - 79
D 60 - 69
F Below 60

Lecture exams will count 75% and the laboratory assignments and lab test will count 25% towards
the final grade.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Billy Walker
Year 2010-2011 Office
Term Spring Phone 903-885-1232
Section 51 email bwalker@parisjc.edu

Course Biol 2401

Title Anatomy and Physiology 2

Description Study of the structue and function of human anatomy, including the neuroendocrine, integumentary,
musculoskeletal, digestive, and urinary systems.A study of the structue and function of major
organs and systems of the body and their relationship to health and disease. This course is planned
to meet the requirements of Kinesiology majors, pre-professional (especially nursing) majors and
Biology major and minors, or may be taken as an elective.

Textbooks Marieb, Elain N. and Katja Hoehn. Human Anatomy and Physiology, Eighth Edition. Pearson
Education, 2010. ISBN #978-0-8053-9569-3
Schedule Week 1-Introduction
Week 2-Chemistry
Week 3-Cells
Week 4-Tissues
Week 5-The Integumentary System
Week 6-Skeletal Tissues
Week 7-Joints
Week 8-Muscle Tissues
Week 9-The Muscular System
Week 10-Nervous Tissue
Week 11-The Central Nervous System
Week 12-The Peripheral Nervous System
Week 13-The Autonomic Nervous System
Week 14-Special Senses
Week 15-The Endocrine System
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods Lecture Exams:75% There will be 4 lecture exams will consisting of multiple choice and matching
questions and one comprehensive final exam which will come from lectures and the textbook.
Laboratory tests: 25% There will be 2 laboratory tests. They will be averaged together for 25% of
the over-all grade.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr. Del Oyler
Year 2011 Office Sulphur Springs Higher Ed Center D
Term Spring Phone 903-439-6154 Ext. 408
Section 65 email doyler@parisjc.edu

Course BIOL 2401

Title Human Anatomy & Physiology

Description A study of the structure and function of the organ systems of the human body. Particular emphasis
will be placed on physiology of the systems in the course content. This is an on line course with
course information, content and laboratory exercises presented over the internet and CD's. 3 hrs
lecture, 1 hr

Textbooks Human Anatomy & Physiology , Elaine Marieb and Katja Hoehn, Pearson, 8th Edition, 978-0-8053-
9569-3. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed CD 2.0, McGraw Hill, 2008
Workbook to Accompany Anatomy & Physiology Revealed CD 2.0, Robert Broyles Jr., McGraw
Hill, 2009, 978-0-07-337814-5

Schedule Week 1- Introduction to A & P


Week 2- Chemical Basis of Life, Lab
Week 3-Cells, Lab
Week 4-Cellular Metabolism, Lab
Week 5-Tissues, Lab
Week 6-Exam
Week 7-Skin & Integumentary System, Lab, A&P Revealed 1
Week 8-Skeletal System, A&P Revealed 2
Week 9-Joints, Lab
Week 10-Muscular System, A&P Revealed 3
Week 11-Exam
Week 12-Nervous System I, Lab, A&P Revealed 4
Week 13-Nervous System II, Lab
Week 14-The Senses, Lab, A&P Revealed 5
Week 15-Endocrine System, A&P Revealed 6
Week 16-FINAL

Evaluation methods The course grade will be determined by the accumulation of total points. 90-100% = A, 80-89% =
B, 79- 70% = C, 69-60% = D, 59% & Below = F.

There are 8 lab assignments using the CD you were mailed, each worth 15 points. There are 6
assignments worth 15 points each that must be completed using the A&P Revealed CD and
workbook. There are 11 quizzes that cover the course content and material in the text worth 20
points each. They are to be completed in order in the alloted time and be submitted by the due date.
There are three exams and a final. The exams are worth 200 points each and the final is worth 500
points.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Karla Clifton
Year 2011 Office
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0436
Section 66 email kclifton@parisjc.edu

Course BIOL 2401

Title Human Anatomy and Physiology I

Description A study of the structure and function of the organ system of the human body, including cell
structure, tissues, endocrinology, muscles, sleletal, joint and nervous systems. Particular emphasis
will be placed on physiology in lecture. Laboratory protion will be comprised of a virtual cadaver
dissection as well as written labs to be completed.

Textbooks Human Anatomy and Physiology, 8th Edition, Marieb and Hoehn, Pearson Publishing, ISBN: 978-
0-8053-9569-3
Human Anatomy and Physiology Revealed 2.0 CD ROM, Published by McGraw Hill ISBN: 978-0-
07-337807-7
Schedule Week 1- course orientation chat
Week 2- Chapter # 1 and Chapter #2, Review, Discussion, Lab and Quiz
Week 3- Chapter # 3 and Chapter #4 Review, Discussion, Quiz and Lab for Chapter # 3
Week 4- Chapter # 5 Review, Discussion, Quiz and Lab # 4 and 5. Review Chat, Exam 1 and
Tissue Lab Exam
Week 5-Chapter # 6 and Chapter # 7 Review, Discussion, Lab and Quiz
Week 6- Chapter # 8 and Chapter # 9 Review, Discussion, Quiz and Lab for Chapter # 8
Week 7- Chapter # 10 Review, Discussion and Quiz. Mini Lab Exams and Review Chat
Week 8- Chapter #9 and 10 Lab, Exam # 2 and Skeletal and Muscular Lab Exams
Week 9- Chapter # 11 and Chapter # 12 Review, Discussion, Quiz and Chapter #11 Lab
Week 10- Chapter # 13 Review, Discussion and Quiz
Week 11-Chapter # 14 Review, Discussion, Quiz and Chapter 12.13.14 Lab
Week 12-Review Chat, Exam # 3, Nervous System Lab Exam
Week 13- Chapter # 15 Review, Discussion, Lab and Quiz
Week 14- Chapter # 16 Review, Discussuin, Lab and Quiz
Week 15- Chat Review, Exam # 4, Endocrine Lab Exam
Week 16- Final Chat, Final Exam
Evaluation methods 4 lecture exams 100 points each 400
16 Chapter Reviews 160
16 Chapter Quizzes 160
16 Lecture Discussions 160
5 Lab Quizzes 544
4 Lab Exams 365
2 Mini Lab Exams 14
4 Chat Sessions 100
Comprehensive Final Exam 200
Completion of 90% or above of total points will equal a grade of A, 80% to 89%will equal a grade
of B, 70% to 79% will equal a grade of C, 60% to 69% will equal a grade of D, less than 60 % will
equal a grade of F.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr. Kathy Baxter
Year 2010-2011 Office Online
Term Spring Phone 903-785-7661
Section 67 email kbaxter@parisjc.edu

Course BIOL2401

Title Anatomy & Physiology

Description A study of the structure and function of the organ systems of the human body, including cell
structure, tissues, endocrinology, muscles, skeletal, joint and nervous systems. Particular emphasis
will be placed on physiology in lecture. Laboratory portion will be comprised of a virtual cadaver
dissection as well as written labs to be completed.

Textbooks Required Textbook: Human Anatomy & Physiology 8th edition


Elaine N. Marieb; Katja Hoehn
ISBN: 978-0-8053-9569-3
Required Lab Manual: Workbook to Accompany Anatomy and Physiology Revealed 2.0, Robert B.
Broyles. ISBN: 978-0-07-337814-5
Required Lab CD: Anatomy and Physiology Revealed 2.0 CD ROM. ISBN #978-0-07-337807-7

Schedule Week 1-Jan 20: Lecture 1 Due – Textbook Ch.’s 1&2 – Human Body & Chemistry
Week 1-Jan 23: Lab 1 Due – Workbook Chapter 1 – Becoming Familiar w/A&P Revealed
Week 2-Jan 27: Lecture 2 Due – Textbook Chapter 3 – Cells
Week 2-Jan 30: Lab 2 Due – Workbook Chapter 2 – Integumentary System
Week 3-Feb 3: Lecture 3 Due – Textbook Ch.’s 4&5 – Tissue & Integumentary
Week 4-Thru Feb 10: Exam 1 covers chapters 1-5
Week 4-Feb 13: Lab 3 – First 1/3 Due – Workbook Chapter 3 – The Skeletal System
Week 5-Feb 17: Lecture 4 Due – Textbook Ch.’s 6&8 – Bones and Skeletal Tissue & Joints
Week 5-Feb 20: Lab 4 – 2nd 1/3 Due – Workbook Chapter 3 – The Skeletal System
Week 6-Feb 24: Lecture 5 Due – Textbook Chapter 7 – The Skeleton
Week 6-Feb 27: Lab 5 – 3rd 1/3 Due – Workbook Chapter 3 – The Skeletal System
Week 7-Thru Mar 4: Exam 2 covers chapters 6-8
Week 7-Mar 6: Lab 6 – 1st ½ Due – Workbook Chapter 4 – Muscular
Week 8-Mar 10: Lecture 6 Due – Textbook Chapter 9 – Muscles and Muscle Tissue
Mar 13-20 Spring Break
Week 9-Mar 24: Lecture 7 Due – Textbook Chapter 10 – Muscular System
Week 9-Mar 27: Lab 7 – 2nd ½ Due – Workbook Chapter 4 – Muscular System
Week 10-Mar 31: Lecture 8 Due – Textbook Chapter 11
Week 11-Thru Apr 8: Exam 3 covers chapters 9-11
Week 11-Apr 10: Lab 8 – 1st 1/3 Due – Workbook Chapter 5 – The Nervous System
Week 12-Apr 14: Lecture 9 Due – Textbook Chapter 12 – The Central Nervous System
Week 13-Apr 21: Lab 9 – 2nd 1/3 Due – Workbook Chapter 5 – The Nervous System
Week 14-Apr 28: Lecture 10 Due – Textbook Chapter 13 – PNS and Reflex Activity and
Week 14-May 1: Chapter 14 – Nervous System and Tissue, ANS
Week 15-May 1: Lab 10 – 3rd 1/3 Due – Workbook Chapter 5 – The Nervous System
Week 15-May 5: Lecture 11 Due – Textbook Chapter 15 – The Special Senses
Week 16-Thru may 12: Final Exam covers chapters 11-15
Evaluation methods Overall Grading Policy: Students are graded primarily on the degree to which they meet learning
outcomes, not just how much time and effort is put forth in the course. One grade will be given for
both the lecture and the laboratory portions of the course. The material in each section is equally
valuable. The final course grade will be based on the total points earned in both lecture and lab, as
well as on the exams. There will be total of 10 Lab assignments and 11 Lecture assignments. All
assignments will be due on the assigned due date that can be found on the course content calendar
in WebCT. Assignment instructions are found in the Assignments section of WebCT. Point
deductions for late assignments will be as follows: lecture assignments – 2 points deducted for each
day late, lab assignments – 4 points deducted for each day late. You will not receive credit for
assignments submitted more than 10 days late, but it is in your best interest to complete all
assignments. Please communicate with your instructor if you have extenuating circumstances that
you would like to have considered regarding the late policy. Exceptions to this policy are at the
discretion of the instructor and will be made on an individual basis.
Each of the 4 Exams is worth 100 points each for a total of 400 pts.
Each of the 11 Lecture Assignments is worth 20 points each for a total of 220 pts.
Each of the 10 Lab assignments is worth 30 points each for a total of 300 pts.
Total points available for the course: 920 pts.
828 or > = A
736 to 827 = B
644 to 735 = C
552 to 643 = D
551 or < = F
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr. Kathy Baxter
Year 2010-2011 Office Online
Term Spring Phone 903-785-7661
Section 68 email kbaxter@parisjc.edu

Course BIOL2401

Title Anatomy & Physiology

Description A study of the structure and function of the organ systems of the human body, including cell
structure, tissues, endocrinology, muscles, skeletal, joint and nervous systems. Particular emphasis
will be placed on physiology in lecture. Laboratory portion will be comprised of a virtual cadaver
dissection as well as written labs to be completed.

Textbooks Required Textbook: Human Anatomy & Physiology 8th edition


Elaine N. Marieb; Katja Hoehn
ISBN: 978-0-8053-9569-3
Required Lab Manual: Workbook to Accompany Anatomy and Physiology Revealed 2.0, Robert B.
Broyles. ISBN: 978-0-07-337814-5
Required Lab CD: Anatomy and Physiology Revealed 2.0 CD ROM. ISBN #978-0-07-337807-7

Schedule Week 1-Jan 20: Lecture 1 Due – Textbook Ch.’s 1&2 – Human Body & Chemistry
Week 1-Jan 23: Lab 1 Due – Workbook Chapter 1 – Becoming Familiar w/A&P Revealed
Week 2-Jan 27: Lecture 2 Due – Textbook Chapter 3 – Cells
Week 2-Jan 30: Lab 2 Due – Workbook Chapter 2 – Integumentary System
Week 3-Feb 3: Lecture 3 Due – Textbook Ch.’s 4&5 – Tissue & Integumentary
Week 4-Thru Feb 10: Exam 1 covers chapters 1-5
Week 4-Feb 13: Lab 3 – First 1/3 Due – Workbook Chapter 3 – The Skeletal System
Week 5-Feb 17: Lecture 4 Due – Textbook Ch.’s 6&8 – Bones and Skeletal Tissue & Joints
Week 5-Feb 20: Lab 4 – 2nd 1/3 Due – Workbook Chapter 3 – The Skeletal System
Week 6-Feb 24: Lecture 5 Due – Textbook Chapter 7 – The Skeleton
Week 6-Feb 27: Lab 5 – 3rd 1/3 Due – Workbook Chapter 3 – The Skeletal System
Week 7-Thru Mar 4: Exam 2 covers chapters 6-8
Week 7-Mar 6: Lab 6 – 1st ½ Due – Workbook Chapter 4 – Muscular
Week 8-Mar 10: Lecture 6 Due – Textbook Chapter 9 – Muscles and Muscle Tissue
Mar 13-20 Spring Break
Week 9-Mar 24: Lecture 7 Due – Textbook Chapter 10 – Muscular System
Week 9-Mar 27: Lab 7 – 2nd ½ Due – Workbook Chapter 4 – Muscular System
Week 10-Mar 31: Lecture 8 Due – Textbook Chapter 11
Week 11-Thru Apr 8: Exam 3 covers chapters 9-11
Week 11-Apr 10: Lab 8 – 1st 1/3 Due – Workbook Chapter 5 – The Nervous System
Week 12-Apr 14: Lecture 9 Due – Textbook Chapter 12 – The Central Nervous System
Week 13-Apr 21: Lab 9 – 2nd 1/3 Due – Workbook Chapter 5 – The Nervous System
Week 14-Apr 28: Lecture 10 Due – Textbook Chapter 13 – PNS and Reflex Activity and
Week 14-May 1: Chapter 14 – Nervous System and Tissue, ANS
Week 15-May 1: Lab 10 – 3rd 1/3 Due – Workbook Chapter 5 – The Nervous System
Week 15-May 5: Lecture 11 Due – Textbook Chapter 15 – The Special Senses
Week 16-Thru may 12: Final Exam covers chapters 11-15
Evaluation methods Overall Grading Policy: Students are graded primarily on the degree to which they meet learning
outcomes, not just how much time and effort is put forth in the course. One grade will be given for
both the lecture and the laboratory portions of the course. The material in each section is equally
valuable. The final course grade will be based on the total points earned in both lecture and lab, as
well as on the exams. There will be total of 10 Lab assignments and 11 Lecture assignments. All
assignments will be due on the assigned due date that can be found on the course content calendar
in WebCT. Assignment instructions are found in the Assignments section of WebCT. Point
deductions for late assignments will be as follows: lecture assignments – 2 points deducted for each
day late, lab assignments – 4 points deducted for each day late. You will not receive credit for
assignments submitted more than 10 days late, but it is in your best interest to complete all
assignments. Please communicate with your instructor if you have extenuating circumstances that
you would like to have considered regarding the late policy. Exceptions to this policy are at the
discretion of the instructor and will be made on an individual basis.
Each of the 4 Exams is worth 100 points each for a total of 400 pts.
Each of the 11 Lecture Assignments is worth 20 points each for a total of 220 pts.
Each of the 10 Lab assignments is worth 30 points each for a total of 300 pts.
Total points available for the course: 920 pts.
828 or > = A
736 to 827 = B
644 to 735 = C
552 to 643 = D
551 or < = F
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jack Brown
Year 2011 Office NS 105
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0319
Section P1 email jbrown@parisjc.edu

Course Biol 2401

Title Anatomy and Physiology 1

Description This course will consist of a study of structures and functions of human organ systems and how
these organ systems interact to create a functional organism. We will also discuss how various
diseases and disorder can disrupt the proper functioning of the organ systems of the human body.

Textbooks Marieb, Elaine, Hoehn, Katja; Human Anatomy and Physiology, 8th Ed. Pearson 2010.
ISBN 978-0-8053-9569-3

Schedule Week 1-Introduction


Week 2-Chemistry of Life
Week 3-The Cell
Week 4-Exam 1
Week 5-Tissues
Week 6-Integumentary System
Week 7-Bone Tissue/Joints
Week 8-Joints/Exam 2
Week 9-Muscular
Week 10-Nervous
Week 11-Nervous
Week 12-Exam 3/ Senses
Week 13-Senses/Endocrine
Week 14-Endocrine/Exam 4
Week 15-Final Exam Review
Week 16- Final Exam

Evaluation methods The lecture exams may include both objective (multiple choice, true-false, matching) and subjective
questions over notes and text material and any additional outside reading that may be assigned.

A. Several major tests will be given 50% of grade


B. One Comprehensive Final 15%
65%

III. Final Evaluation

Lecture 50%
Daily Grade 10%
Lab 25%
Comprehensive Final 15%
100%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jason Taylor
Year 2010-2011 Office NS 116b
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0369
Section 01 email jtaylor@parisjc.edu

Course Biol 2402

Title Human Anatomy and Physiology

Description Continuation of Biology 2401. A study of the structure and function of the organ systems of the
human body. Particular emphasis will be placed on physiology in lecture. Lab required.

Textbooks Required Reading: Human Anatomy & Physiology, 8th edition by Marieb and Hoehn.
ISBN# 13: 978-0-8053-9569-3

Schedule Week 1-Orientation and Chapter 17-Blood


Week 2-Chapter 18-The Heart/Lab 1
Week 3-Chapter 19-Blood Vessels/ Exam 1/Lab 2
Week 4-Chapter 20-The Lymphatic System/Lab 3
Week 5-Chapter 21-The Immune System/Lab 4
Week 6-Chapter 22-The Respiratory System/Lab 5
Week 7-Chapter 23-The Digestive System/ Exam 2/Lab 6
Week 8-Chapter 24-Nutrition and Metabolism/Lab 7
Week 9-Chapter 24-(Cont.) Chapter 25-The Urinary System/Lab 8
Week 10-Chapter 25-The Urinary System/Lab 9
Week 11-Chapter 26-Fluid, Electrolyte and Acid Base Balance/Lab 10
Week 12-Chapter 26 (Cont) /Exam 3/Lab 11
Week 13-Chapter 27-The Reproductive System/Lab 12
Week 14-Chapter 28-Pregnancy and Human Development/Lab 13
Week 15-Chapter 29-Heredity/Lab 14
Week 16-Final Exam (Exam 4)

Evaluation methods
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jason Taylor
Year 2010-2011 Office NS 116b
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0369
Section 02 email jtaylor@parisjc.edu

Course Biol 2402

Title Human Anatomy and Physiology

Description Continuation of Biology 2401. A study of the structure and function of the organ systems of the
human body. Particular emphasis will be placed on physiology in lecture. Lab required.

Textbooks Required Reading: Human Anatomy & Physiology, 8th edition by Marieb and Hoehn.
ISBN# 13: 978-0-8053-9569-3

Schedule Week 1-Orientation and Chapter 17-Blood


Week 2-Chapter 18-The Heart/Lab 1
Week 3-Chapter 19-Blood Vessels/ Exam 1/Lab 2
Week 4-Chapter 20-The Lymphatic System/Lab 3
Week 5-Chapter 21-The Immune System/Lab 4
Week 6-Chapter 22-The Respiratory System/Lab 5
Week 7-Chapter 23-The Digestive System/ Exam 2/Lab 6
Week 8-Chapter 24-Nutrition and Metabolism/Lab 7
Week 9-Chapter 24-(Cont.) Chapter 25-The Urinary System/Lab 8
Week 10-Chapter 25-The Urinary System/Lab 9
Week 11-Chapter 26-Fluid, Electrolyte and Acid Base Balance/Lab 10
Week 12-Chapter 26 (Cont) /Exam 3/Lab 11
Week 13-Chapter 27-The Reproductive System/Lab 12
Week 14-Chapter 28-Pregnancy and Human Development/Lab 13
Week 15-Chapter 29-Heredity/Lab 14
Week 16-Final Exam (Exam 4)

Evaluation methods
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jack Brown
Year 2011 Office NS 105
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0319
Section 03 email jbrown@parisjc.edu

Course Biol 2402

Title Anatomy and Physiology 2

Description This course will consist of a study of structures and functions of human organ systems and how
these organ systems interact to create a functional organism. We will also discuss how various
diseases and disorder can disrupt the proper functioning of the organ systems of the human body.

Textbooks Marieb, Elaine, Hoehn, Katja; Human Anatomy and Physiology, 8th Ed. Pearson 2010.
ISBN 978-0-8053-9569-3

Schedule Week 1-Blood


Week 2-Cardiovascular
Week 3-Cardiovascular
Week 4-Exam 1/ Lymphatic and Immunity
Week 5-Digestive
Week 6-Respiratory
Week 7-Exam 2/ Nutrition and Metabolism
Week 8-Nutrition/ Metabolism
Week 9-Urinary
Week 10-Water. Electrolyte, and Acid-Base Balance
Week 11-Exam 3
Week 12-Reproductive
Week 13-Reproductive
Week 14-Pregnancy, Growth, and Development
Week 15-Exam 4
Week 16- Final Exam

Evaluation methods The lecture exams may include both objective (multiple choice, true-false, matching) and subjective
questions over notes and text material and any additional outside reading that may be assigned.

A. Several major tests will be given 50% of grade


B. One Comprehensive Final 15%
65%

III. Final Evaluation

Lecture 50%
Daily Grade 10%
Lab 25%
Comprehensive Final 15%
100%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jennifer Hudson
Year 2010-2011 Office Paris High School
Term Spring Phone (903)727-7400
Section 31 email jlhudson@parisisd.net

Course Biology 2402

Title Anatomy and Physiology

Description Biology 2402 is the second of a two-course sequence in Human Anatomy and Physiology. It is
designed to meet the requirements for allied health sciences, psychology, physical therapy, physical
education, biology, geology, ecology, anthropology, agriculture, or students requiring a basic
understanding of human structure and function that has an entry level background in biology or
nursing. Course subjects include body orientation, cell structure and function, cell chemistry, cell

Textbooks Human Anatomy & Physiology Eighth Edition by Elaine N. Marieb and Katja Hoehn

Schedule Week 1- Ch 17
Week 2- Ch 18
Week 3- Ch 18 & 19
Week 4- Ch 19
Week 5- Ch 20
Week 6- Ch 21
Week 7- Ch 21 & 22
Week 8- Ch 22
Week 9- Ch 23
Week 10-Ch 24
Week 11-Ch 25
Week 12-Ch 25 & 26
Week 13- Ch 26
Week 14-Ch 27
Week 15-Ch 28
Week 16-Ch 29
Evaluation methods Lecture:
Students should not talk during lecture and are expected to be respectful to teachers and classmates
at all times. You should ask questions when you need to have something explained. This course is
vital to everyone; therefore, you are expected to pay close attention to get the maximum benefit
from the lecture.

Notes:
Take good, complete notes. I reserve the right to grade your notes at any time, or to give a pop quiz
over the notes. This is to ensure that you are paying attention and taking notes. Bring all of your
materials to class every day so that you are prepared to work.

Homework:
It is vital that you read assigned materials and complete assignments on time. Turn in homework in
designated trays when you first come to class. The high school’s grading policy will be followed.
There will be several assigned readings throughout the school year. The material will be tested but
class time will not be spent discussing the material. The school year is shorter this year and we need
to cover the same amount of information therefore it is imperative that you read the assigned
sections and ask questions before school.

Daily Grades:
Daily grades will consist of daily work, homework, pop quizzes, bell ringers, some labs and special
projects. Every day when the student walks in there will be a bell ringer that they will pick up and
begin working on. These will be due on Friday and should be stapled together.

Tests:
There will be two to five major tests each six weeks in addition to cumulative unit tests. Cheating
on a test will result in a zero. Pop quizzes will be given periodically and will count for ½ of a test
grade. The high school’s grading policy will be followed.

All tests will be taken at the high school during the time allotted unless I have made previous
arrangements with the student and parents. If a student is absent, they will talk with me and we will
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Cheryl D. Anderson
Year 2010-2011 Office GC 208
Term Spring Phone 903 454 9333 EXT. 717
Section 40 email canderson@parisjc.edu

Course Biology 2402

Title Human Anatomy and Physiology II

Description Study of the structure and function of human anatomy, including the neuroendocrine,
integumentary, musculoskeletal, digestive, urinary, reproductive, respiratory, and circulatory
systems. Content may be either integrated or specialized.

Textbooks Human Anatomy and Physiology


Elaine N. Marieb
Katja Hoehn
8th edition
Benjamin Cummings Publishing
ISBN-10: 0-8053-9569-5

Schedule Jan. 19 Introduction/Syllabus & Blood


Jan. 24 & 26 Blood/ Cardiovascular System
Jan. 31 & Feb. 2 Cardiovascular System
Feb. 7 & 9 Cardiovascular System
Feb. 14 & 16 Respiratory System
Feb. 21 & 23 EXAM 1/Lymphatic & Immune Systems
Feb. 28 & Mar.2 Lymphatic and Immune Systems
Mar. 7 & 9 Digestive System (Article Summary 1 is Due!)
Mar. 14 – 18 SPRING BREAK!!!!!
Mar. 21 & 23 Nutrition and Metabolism
Mar. 28 & 30 EXAM 2 /Urinary System
Apr. 4 & 6 Urinary System /Water, Electrolyte & Acid/Base
Apr. 11 & 13 Water, Electrolyte & Acid/Base Balance
Apr. 18 & 20 Exam 3 / Reproduction
Apr. 25 & 27 Reproduction/ Pregnancy & Development (Article 2 is Due!)
5/2 & 5/4 Pregnancy, Growth & Development & Exam 4
May 9 Comprehensive Final Exam

Evaluation methods Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class
material:
Lecture: 50% Four lecture exams over assigned chapters from text.
5% Online & In class Quizzes
5% One Article summary (APA format)
10% Comprehensive Final Exam

Laboratory: 30% Four lab exams--emphasis on anatomy.


Microscopic work and written assignments.
Physiology experiments.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr Daniel Reinboldt D.C.
Year 2011 Office PJC-Greenville campus-adjunctive
Term Spring Phone 903-454-9333
Section 41 email dreinboldt@parisjc.edu

Course Biol 2402

Title Human Anatomy & Physiology II

Description Upon successful completion of the course, students will have demonstrated proficiency in the
following areas: 1) Practical and working knowledge of basic human anatomy 2) Understanding of
the inter-relations of the human body systems 3) Basic physiology of each human body system.

Textbooks Human Anatomy & Physiology Packet (book, atlas, PAL DVD and access number) 8th edition by
Elaine Marieb with Pearson Benjamin Cummings Publishing. Website:
www.masteringAandP.com SBN: 978-0-8053-9569-3. Course ID #: Spring2402Reinboldt2011

Schedule Week 1- The Endocrine System


Week 2- Blood
Week 3- Cardiovascular System: Heart
Week 4- Cardiovascular System: Blood Vessels
Week 5- Lymphatic System: Lymph Organs & Tissues
Week 6- Immune System: Innate and adaptive Body Defenses
Week 7- Digestive System
Week 8- Nutrition, Metabolism & Body Temperature Regulation
Week 9- Spring Break
Week 10- Respiratory System
Week 11- Urinary System
Week 12- Urinary System
Week 13- Fluid, Electrolyte and Acid-Base Balances
Week 14- Reproductive System
Week 15- Pregnancy and Human Development
Week 16- Heredity

Evaluation methods Grading: 60% of overall grade will be determined by 4 lecture tests consisting of 100 questions
each. 20% of overal grade will be determined by 4 laboratory tests consisting of 50 questions
each. 7% of the overal grade will be determined by 15 weekly quizzes that will be completed
online. 5% of the overal grade will be determined by 15 weekly homework assignments that will
be completed online. 5% of the grade will be determined by 15 in class review quiz shows. The
remaining 3% of the grade will come from an individual Powerpoint presentation on a selected
A&P topic during the semester. Students must attend 90% of the scheduled class - excessive
misses will result in deductions from their overall grade. Extra credit opportunities are available
for community service, blood donation and successful completion of chapter review exercises.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Kathy Miller
Year 2010-2011 Office Greenville HS 2204
Term Spring '11 Phone 903-454-3689
Section 48 email millerk@greenvilleisd.com

Course Biology 2402

Title Human Anatomy & Physiology

Description Biology 2402 is a laboratory science course that studies the structures and functions of the organ
systems of the human body. Particular emphasis will be placed on physiology. Methods of
instruction will include tradional lecture, power point presnetations, reading, class discussions,
tests, quizzes, lab assignments and projects.

Textbooks Human Anatomy & Physiology, 8th edition


Elaine N. Marieb and Katja Hoehn
ISBN 10:0-8053-9569-5
ISBN 13:978-0-8053-9569-3 (student)
Schedule Week 1-The Senses
Week 2-The Senses, continued
Week 3-Blood
Week 4-The Cardiovascular System Heart & Blood Vessels
Week 5-The Respiratory System
Week 6-The Digestive System
Week 7-The Urinary System
Week 8-Article # 1 Presentations
Week 9-The Reproductive System
Week 10-The Reproductive System, continued
Week 11-Lab (Cat Dissection)--Systems review
Week 12-Lab, continued
Week 13-Lab, continued
Week 14-Lab Practical/ Article #2 Presentations
Week 15-Article #2 Presentations, cont'd/Pregnancy & Human Development
Week 16-Pregnancy & Human Development
Evaluation methods Students will demonstrate a working knowledge of basic human anatomy and physiology and make
responsible decisions and conclusions as they relate to the anatomy of other living organisms.
An understanding the inter-relationships of the human body.
A respect for lab safety and development of useable laboratory skills.
Know the basic physiology of each of the human body systems.

Evaluation:
75%---Lecture exams, article summaries, average of daily quizzes and lab practicals
25%---Labs, quizzes, reading assignments
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr. Del Oyler
Year 2011 Office Sulphur Springs Higher Ed Center D
Term Spring Phone 903-439-6154 Ext. 408
Section 50 email doyler@parisjc.edu

Course Biol 2402

Title Human Anatomy & Physiology II

Description A study of the structure and function of the organ systems of the
human body. Particular emphasis will be placed on physiology in lecture. (This is a continuation
of Biology 2401.) The course content will be presented in a traditional lecture format with
additional materials provided that may require internet access. A laboratory time is also required.

Textbooks Human Anatomy & Physiology, Elaine Marieb and Katja Hoehn, Pearson, 8th, 9780805395693
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed CD 2.0, McGraw Hill, 2008
Workbook to Accompany Anatomy & Physiology Revealed CD 2.0, Robert Broyles Jr., McGraw
Hill, 2009, 978-0-07-337814-5

Schedule Week 1-Orientation/Introductions


Week 2-Blood
Week 3-The Cardiovascular System
Week 4-The Lymphatic System and Immunity
Week 5-Exam, Lab
Week 6-The Digestive System
Week 7-Nutrition and Metabolism
Week 8-The Respiratory System
Week 9-Exam, Lab
Week 10-The Urinary System
Week 11-Water, Electrolytes and Acid-Base Balance
Week 12-Exam, Lab
Week 13-The Reproductive System: Male
Week 14-The Reproductive System: Female
Week 15-Pregnancy, Growth & Development
Week 16-Final Exam

Evaluation methods The course grade will be derived from a percentage of possible points earned through lecture exams
and laboratory assignments.

A 90 –100 %
B 80 - 89
C 70 - 79
D 60 - 69
F Below 60

Lecture exams will count 80% and the average of laboratory assignments and test will count 20%
towards the final grade.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr. Del Oyler
Year 2011 Office Sulphur Springs Higher Ed Center D
Term Spring Phone 903-439-6154 Ext. 408
Section 65 email doyler@parisjc.edu

Course Biol 2402

Title Human Anatomy & Physiology II

Description A study of the structure and function of the organ systems of the human body. Particular emphasis
will be placed on physiology of the systems in the course content.(This is a continuation of Biology
2401.) This is a self paced on line course, with course information, content and laboratory exercises
presented over the internet and CD's.

Textbooks Human Anatomy & Physiology, Elaine Marieb and Katja Hoehn, Pearson, 8th, 9780805395693
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed CD 2.0, McGraw Hill, 2008
Workbook to Accompany Anatomy & Physiology Revealed CD 2.0, Robert Broyles Jr., McGraw
Hill, 2009, 978-0-07-337814-5

Schedule Week 1-Orientation/Introductions


Week 2-Blood,Lab
Week 3-The Cardiovascular System, Lab, A&P Revealed 1
Week 4-The Lymphatic System and Immunity, Lab, A&P Revealed 2
Week 5-Exam
Week 6-The Digestive System, Lab, A&P Revealed 3
Week 7-Nutrition and Metabolism, Lab
Week 8-The Respiratory System, Lab, A&P Revealed 4
Week 9-Exam
Week 10-The Urinary System, A&P Revealed 5
Week 11-Water, Electrolytes and Acid-Base Balance
Week 12-Exam, Lab
Week 13-The Reproductive System: Male, A&P Revealed 6
Week 14-The Reproductive System: Female, Lab
Week 15-Pregnancy, Growth & Development, Lab
Week 16-Final Exam

Evaluation methods The final grade will be calculated as follows based on the total number of possible points including
laboratory assignments, quizzes, exams and other assignments. A - 90%, B - 80%, C - 70%, D -
60%, F - below 59%.

There are 8 lab assignments using the CD you were mailed, each worth 15 points. There are 6
assignments worth 15 points each that must be completed using the A&P Revealed CD and
workbook. There are 9 quizzes that cover the course content and material in the text worth 20
points each. They are to be completed in order in the alloted time and be submitted by the due date.
There are four exams and a final. The exams are worth 200 points each and the final is worth 500
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Karla Clifton
Year 2011 Office
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0436
Section 66 email kclifton@parisjc.edu

Course BIOL 2402

Title Human Anatomy and Physiology II

Description This course is a continuation of Biology 2401. A study of the structure, function and
interrelationship of the organ system of the human body, as well as various pathological conditions
and clinical applications. Particular emphasis will be placed on physiology in lecture. Laboratory
protion will be comprised of a virtual cadaver dissection as well as written lab work.

Textbooks Human Anatomy and Physiology, 8th Edition, Marieb and Hoehn, Pearson Publishing, ISBN: 978-
0-8053-9569-3
Human Anatomy and Physiology Revealed 2.0 CD ROM, Published by McGraw Hill ISBN: 978-0-
07-337807-7
Schedule Week 1- course orientation chat
Week 2- Chapter # 17 and Chapter #18, Review, Discussion, Quiz and Chapter #17 Lab
Week 3- Chapter # 19 Review, Discussion, Quiz and Lab for Chapter # 18 and 19. Review Chat,
Exam # 1 and Blood Cell Lab Exam
Week 4- Chapter # 20 Review, Discussion, Quiz and Lab
Week 5-Chapter # 21 Review, Discussion, Lab and Quiz. Chapter #22 Review and Discussion,
Mini Lab Exam
Week 6- Chapter # 22 Lab and Quiz. Exam# 2, Respiratory and Lymph Lab Exam
Week 7- Cardiovascular Lab Exams, Chapter #23 Review, Discussion, Quiz and Lab
Week 8- Chapter # 24 Review, Discussion, Quiz and Lab
Week 9- Chapter # 25 Review, Discussion, Quiz and Lab
Week 10- Chapter # 26 Review, Discussion, Quiz and Lab
Week 11-Review Chat, Exam # 3, Digestive System Lab Exam
Week 12-Chapter # 27 Review, Discussion, Lab and Quiz
Week 13- Chapter # 28 Review, Discussuin, Lab and Quiz
Week 14- Chapter # 29 Review, Discussuin, Lab and Quiz, Review Chat
Week 15- Exam # 4, Reproductive and Urinary System Lab Exams, Final Chat
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods 4 lecture exams 100 points each 400
13 Chapter Reviews 118
13 Chapter Quizzes 130
13 Lecture Discussions 130
5 Lab Quizzes 725
4 Lab Exams 282
2 Mini Lab Exams 10
4 Chat Sessions 100
Comprehensive Final Exam 200
Completion of 90% or above of total points will equal a grade of A, 80% to 89%will equal a grade
of B, 70% to 79% will equal a grade of C, 60% to 69% will equal a grade of D, less than 60 % will
equal a grade of F.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Susan Gossett
Year 2010-2011 Office
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0209
Section 67 email sgossett@parisjc.edu

Course A&P II 2402

Title Anatomy and Physiology II

Description Biology 2402 is the second of a two-course sequence in Human Anatomy and Physiology. It is
designed to meet the requirements for allied health sciences, psychology, physical therapy, physical
education, biology, geology, ecology, anthropology, agriculture, or students requiring a basic
understanding of human structure and function that has an entry level background in biology or
nursing. Course subjects include body orientation, cell structure and function, cell chemistry, cell

Textbooks Required Textbook: Human Anatomy & Physiology Eighth Edition by Elaine N. Marieb
and Katja Hoehn

ISBN 13:978-0-8053-9591-4 The textbook integrates the most accessible, comprehensive, current,
and visually stunning anatomy and physiology components in the market. The most significant
revision to this edition is that it provides readers the ability to more easily learn key concepts. The
new edition features a new art program that is both visually dynamic and more pedagogically
effective for today’s readers. These features guide the readers through the toughest concepts in
Anatomy and Physiology. The book has been edited to make it easier to study from and navigate,
with integrated objectives, new concept check questions, and a new design program.
Laboratory Required Workbook and CD-ROM
Schedule Week Week Ending Chapter Reading Assignment
1 January 22 Chapter 17—Blood
Objectives
Describe the composition, function, and physical characteristics of whole blood. Explain why it is
classified as a connective tissue.
Discuss the composition and functions of plasma.
Describe the functions and characteristic of blood cells (erythrocytes, leukocytes, and platelets).
Describe the chemical makeup of hemoglobin.
Discuss where and how blood cells are made as well as present and future medical applications for
adult stem cells extracted from red bone marrow.
Describe blood clotting and undesirable clotting.
Describe the ABO and Rh blood groups. Explain the basis of transfusion reactions.
Explain the diagnostic importance of blood testing.

2 January 29 Chapter 18—The Cardiovascular System: The Heart


Objectives
Describe the size, shape, location, and orientation of the heart in the thorax.
Describe the structure and functions of the four heart chambers as well as the three layers of the
heart wall.
Trace the pathway of blood through the heart
Name the heart valves and describe their location, function, and mechanism of operation
Name the major branches and describe the distribution of the coronary arteries and cardiac veins.
Describe the structural and functional properties of cardiac muscle, and explain how it differs from
skeletal muscle.
Name the components of the conduction system of the heart, and trace the conduction pathway.
Name some of the abnormalities that can be detected on an ECG tracing and describe the meaning
of each wave of an ECG (P, QRS, and T).
Describe normal heart sounds, and explain how heart murmurs differ.
Describe the timing and events of the cardiac cycle
Name and explain the effects of various factors regulating stroke volume and heart rate.
Indicate how the fetal heart differs from the adult heart and changes and diseases of the heart that
Evaluation methods Course Grading

Core Textbook Material Laboratory


Exam I 10% Week 1 Assignment
Exam II 10% Week 2 Assignment
Exam III 10% Week 3 Assignment
Exam IV 10% Week 4 Assignment
Comprehensive Final 25% Week 5 Assignment
Discussions 10% Week 6 Assignment
Week 7 Assignment
Week 8 Assignment
Week 10 Assignment

Total 75% Total 25%

Grading Scale

A 90 – 100
B 80 – 89
C 70 – 79
D 60 -69
F 59 or lower
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Susan Gossett
Year 2010-2011 Office
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0209
Section 68 email sgossett@parisjc.edu

Course A&P II 2402

Title Anatomy and Physiology II

Description Biology 2402 is the second of a two-course sequence in Human Anatomy and Physiology. It is
designed to meet the requirements for allied health sciences, psychology, physical therapy, physical
education, biology, geology, ecology, anthropology, agriculture, or students requiring a basic
understanding of human structure and function that has an entry level background in biology or
nursing. Course subjects include body orientation, cell structure and function, cell chemistry, cell
division and metabolism, integumentary system, skeletal system, muscle system, nervous system,
special senses, and the endocrine system. The course topics are organized to form a core suitable to
satisfy the prerequisites for student advancement.

Textbooks Required Textbook: Human Anatomy & Physiology Eighth Edition by Elaine N. Marieb
and Katja Hoehn

ISBN 13:978-0-8053-9591-4 The textbook integrates the most accessible, comprehensive, current,
and visually stunning anatomy and physiology components in the market. The most significant
revision to this edition is that it provides readers the ability to more easily learn key concepts. The
new edition features a new art program that is both visually dynamic and more pedagogically
Schedule Week Week Ending Chapter Reading Assignment
1 January 22 Chapter 17—Blood
Objectives
Describe the composition, function, and physical characteristics of whole blood. Explain why it is
classified as a connective tissue.
Discuss the composition and functions of plasma.
Describe the functions and characteristic of blood cells (erythrocytes, leukocytes, and platelets).
Describe the chemical makeup of hemoglobin.
Discuss where and how blood cells are made as well as present and future medical applications for
adult stem cells extracted from red bone marrow.
Describe blood clotting and undesirable clotting.
Describe the ABO and Rh blood groups. Explain the basis of transfusion reactions.
Explain the diagnostic importance of blood testing.

2 January 29 Chapter 18—The Cardiovascular System: The Heart


Objectives
Describe the size, shape, location, and orientation of the heart in the thorax.
Describe the structure and functions of the four heart chambers as well as the three layers of the
heart wall.
Trace the pathway of blood through the heart
Name the heart valves and describe their location, function, and mechanism of operation
Name the major branches and describe the distribution of the coronary arteries and cardiac veins.
Describe the structural and functional properties of cardiac muscle, and explain how it differs from
skeletal muscle.
Name the components of the conduction system of the heart, and trace the conduction pathway.
Name some of the abnormalities that can be detected on an ECG tracing and describe the meaning
of each wave of an ECG (P, QRS, and T).
Describe normal heart sounds, and explain how heart murmurs differ.
Describe the timing and events of the cardiac cycle
Name and explain the effects of various factors regulating stroke volume and heart rate.
Indicate how the fetal heart differs from the adult heart and changes and diseases of the heart that
Evaluation methods Course Grading

Core Textbook Material Laboratory


Exam I 10% Week 1 Assignment
Exam II 10% Week 2 Assignment
Exam III 10% Week 3 Assignment
Exam IV 10% Week 4 Assignment
Comprehensive Final 25% Week 5 Assignment
Discussions 10% Week 6 Assignment
Week 7 Assignment
Week 8 Assignment
Week 10 Assignment

Total 75% Total 25%

Grading Scale

A 90 – 100
B 80 – 89
C 70 – 79
D 60 -69
F 59 or lower
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Karl Bush
Year 2010-2011 Office PHS Sci 3
Term Spring Phone 903-652-5681
Section 84 email kbush@prairiland.net

Course BIOL 2402

Title Human Anatomy and Physiology

Description Continuation of BIOL 2401. A study of the structure and functions of the organ systems of the
human body. Course topics will include homeostasis, complimentarity, microanatomy, gross
anatomy, physiology of cells and systems, with emphasis on functions, interactions, and controls
between systems. Lab required. Fee charged. Class times are 9:10-9:55am MTWThF comprising 3
hours lecture and 1 hour laboratory. TSI requirement: M2, R3,W2.

Textbooks Human Anatomy and Physiology (8th edition) by Marieb and Hoehn with appropriate materials for
lecture.
Schedule Week 1-nervous system
Week 2- continued
Week 3-special senses
Week 4-continued
Week 5-blood, lymph, cardiovascular systems
Week 6-continued
Week 7-continued
Week 8-digestive system
Week 9-continued
Week 10-continued
Week 11-respiratory system
Week 12-continued
Week 13-urinary system
Week 14-continued
Week 15-endocrine, reproductive systems
Week 16-continued
Evaluation methods There will be six major examinations given. The average of these six examinations will count for
80% of the overall grade. No make-up exams will be given unless prearranged with the instructor.
In case of extreme illness, official school activity, family tragedy, or other mitigating circumstances
beyond the student's control, a make-up exam (not identical to the original exam) will be given.
Laboratory reports and other work will count for 20% of the overall grade. The student must
complete all work in an honest manner. Cheating on a major examination or laboratory assignment
will result in a grade of "F" for the semester.

Grade scale: 100-90 = A 89-80 = B 79-70 = C 69-60 = D 59-0 = F


Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Kim Smith
Year 2010-2011 Office Chisum HS, Science 240
Term Spring Phone (903) 737-2800
Section 86 email ksmith@chisumisd.org

Course Biol 2402

Title Biology 2402

Description Biology 2402 is the study of the structure and function of the organ systems of the huma
Paritcular emphasis will be place on physiology in lecture. Biology 2402 is the second p
two-semester class. Credit: Four semester credit hours. This class is a dual credit class
meet every day for lectur and/or lab.

Textbooks Human Anatomy and Physiology, 11th edition, by Holes, Shier, Butler, Lewis

Schedule Week 1-Endocrine System


Week 2-Blood
Week 3-Cardiovascular System
Week 4-Cardiovascular System
Week 5-Lymphatic System
Week 6-Lymphatic System
Week 7-Digestive System
Week 8-Respiratory System
Week 9-Respiratory System
Week 10-Urinary System
Week 11-Water, Electrolyte and Acid-Base Balance
Week 12-Reproductive systems
Week 13-Pregnancy, Growth and Development
Week 14-Emerging Role of Genetics and Genomics in Medicine

Evaluation methods Students must complete all assignments by their assigned dates. Students must come to
prepared and on time. Daily grades will count as 50% of the student grade. This include
quizzes, and attendance. The other 50% will come from tests and projects. 90 - 100 =
= B; 70 - 79 = C; 60 - 69 = D; < 60 = F.
2

an body.
part of a
and will

class
es labs,
A; 80 - 89
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Phyllis Ballard
Year 2011 Office RHS Rm 118
Term Spring Phone 903-632-5204
Section 99 email pballard@rivercrestisd.net

Course Biol 2402

Title Anatomy and Physiology

Description A study of the structure and function of human organ systems. Lab required. Prerequisites:
Successful completion of Biology and Chemistry.

Textbooks David Shier, Jackie Butler, Ricki Lewis: Hole's Human Anatomy & Physiology, 12th Edition
ISBN: 978-0-07-352570-9

Schedule Week 1- Nervous System - Basic Structure and Function - Lab #27 Nerve Tissues
Week 2- Nervous System - Divisions of Brain - Lab #28 Spinal Cord & Meninges, Lab # 32 Brain
Dissection
Week 3- Somatic and Special Senses - Lab # 35 Eye Dissection, Lab #37 Visual Test
Week 4- Somatic and Special Senses - Lab #37 Ear and Hearing, Lab #38 Equilibrium
Week 5- Endocrine System - Lab # 39 Endocrine Slide
Week 6- Endocrine System - Reproductive Hormones
Week 7- Review - LAB PRACTICAL
Week 8- Blood - Lab #41 Blood Cells
Week 9- Blood Types & Transfusions - Lab #43 Simulated Blood Typing
Week 10- Cardiovascular System - Lab # 44 Heart Dissection
Week 11- Cardiac Conduction - Lab - Reading Blood Pressures
Week 12- Digestive System - Lab # 54 Digestive Organs
Week 13- Digestive System - Lab #63 Fetal Pig Digestive System
Week 14- Lab #63,65 & 66 Fetal Pig Reproductive, Cardiovascular & Urinary
Week 15- Urinary System - Lab # 56 Kidney structure
Week 16- Review, LAB PRACTICAL and Final

Evaluation methods Grading Formula


TEST 50 %
LABS and CLASS WORK 25 %
FINAL 25 %
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Cheryl D. Anderson
Year 2010-2011 Office GC 208
Term Spring Phone 903 454 9333 EXT. 717
Section G1 email canderson@parisjc.edu

Course Biology 2402

Title Human Anatomy and Physiology II

Description Study of the structure and function of human anatomy, including the neuroendocrine,
integumentary, musculoskeletal, digestive, urinary, reproductive, respiratory, and circulatory
systems. Content may be either integrated or specialized.

Textbooks Human Anatomy and Physiology


Elaine N. Marieb
Katja Hoehn
8th edition
Benjamin Cummings Publishing
ISBN-10: 0-8053-9569-5

Schedule Jan. 24 Blood


Jan. 31 Cardiovascular System
Feb. 7 Cardiovascular System
Feb. 14 Respiratory System
Feb. 21 Exam 1 Lymphatic & Immune Systems
Feb. 28 Immune/Digestive Systems
March 7 Digestive System
March 14 Spring Break!
March 21 Nutrition and Metabolism
March 28 Exam 2/Urinary System
April 4 Urinary System & Water, Electrolyte & Acid/Base Balance
April 11 Water, Electrolyte & Acid/Base
April 18 Exam 3/ Reproduction
April 25 Reproduction/Pregnancy & Development
May 2 Exam 4
May 9 Comprehensive Final Exam

Evaluation methods Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class
material:
Lecture: 50% Four lecture exams over assigned chapters from text.
5% Online & In class Quizzes
5% One Article summary (APA format)
10% Comprehensive Final Exam

Laboratory: 30% Four lab exams--emphasis on anatomy.


Microscopic work and written assignments.
Physiology experiments.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jack Brown
Year 2011 Office NS 105
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0319
Section P1 email jbrown@parisjc.edu

Course Biol 2402

Title Anatomy and Physiology 2

Description This course will consist of a study of structures and functions of human organ systems and how
these organ systems interact to create a functional organism. We will also discuss how various
diseases and disorder can disrupt the proper functioning of the organ systems of the human body.

Textbooks Marieb, Elaine, Hoehn, Katja; Human Anatomy and Physiology, 8th Ed. Pearson 2010. ISBN 978-
0-8053-9569-3
Schedule Week 1-Blood
Week 2-Cardiovascular
Week 3-Cardiovascular
Week 4-Exam 1/ Lymphatic and Immunity
Week 5-Digestive
Week 6-Respiratory
Week 7-Exam 2/ Nutrition and Metabolism
Week 8-Nutrition/ Metabolism
Week 9-Urinary
Week 10-Water. Electrolyte, and Acid-Base Balance
Week 11-Exam 3
Week 12-Reproductive
Week 13-Reproductive
Week 14-Pregnancy, Growth, and Development
Week 15-Exam 4
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods The lecture exams may include both objective (multiple choice, true-false, matching) and subjective
questions over notes and text material and any additional outside reading that may be assigned.

A. Several major tests will be given 50% of grade


B. One Comprehensive Final 15%
65%

III. Final Evaluation

Lecture 50%
Daily Grade 10%
Lab 25%
Comprehensive Final 15%
100%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jack Brown
Year 2011 Office NS 105
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0319
Section P2 email jbrown@parisjc.edu

Course Biol 2402

Title Anatomy and Physiology 2

Description This course will consist of a study of structures and functions of human organ systems and how
these organ systems interact to create a functional organism. We will also discuss how various
diseases and disorder can disrupt the proper functioning of the organ systems of the human body.

Textbooks Marieb, Elaine, Hoehn, Katja; Human Anatomy and Physiology, 8th Ed. Pearson 2010. ISBN 978-
0-8053-9569-3
Schedule Week 1-Blood
Week 2-Cardiovascular
Week 3-Cardiovascular
Week 4-Exam 1/ Lymphatic and Immunity
Week 5-Digestive
Week 6-Respiratory
Week 7-Exam 2/ Nutrition and Metabolism
Week 8-Nutrition/ Metabolism
Week 9-Urinary
Week 10-Water. Electrolyte, and Acid-Base Balance
Week 11-Exam 3
Week 12-Reproductive
Week 13-Reproductive
Week 14-Pregnancy, Growth, and Development
Week 15-Exam 4
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods The lecture exams may include both objective (multiple choice, true-false, matching) and subjective
questions over notes and text material and any additional outside reading that may be assigned.

A. Several major tests will be given 50% of grade


B. One Comprehensive Final 15%
65%

III. Final Evaluation

Lecture 50%
Daily Grade 10%
Lab 25%
Comprehensive Final 15%
100%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty McCraw, Ed
Year 2010-2011 Office NS 105
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0209
Section 01 email emccraw@parisjc.edu

Course BIOL 2420

Title Microbiology 4-3-4 26.0503.51 03

Description Study of the morphology, physiology, and taxonomy of representative groups of pathogenic and
nonpathogenic microorganisms. Pure cultures of microorganisms grown on selected media are
used in learning laboratory techniques. Includes a brief preview of food microbes, public health,
and immunology. Lab required. Prerequisite: eight hours of biology or chemistry, or consent of
instructor.

Textbooks Required reading: Kathleen Park Talaro: Foundations of Microbiology, Seventh Ed., McGraw-
Hill, 2009, ISBN 978-0-07-337522-9
Schedule Week 1- Introduction & Chapter 1 - Main Themes of Microbiology
Week 2- Chapter 3- Tools of the Laboratory, Chapter 4- Survey of Prokaryotic Cells, Lab 1
Week 3- Chapter 6- Introduction to the Viruses, Chapter 7- Elements of Microbial Nutrition, Lab
2
Week 4- Chapter 7- Elements of Microbial Nutrition, Lab 2
Week 5- Exam A, Chapter 8- Microbial Metabolism, Lab 3
Week 6- Chapter 11- Physical & Chemical Agents for Contro of Microbes, Lab 4
Week 7- Chapter 13- Microbe - Human Interaction: Infection and Disease, Lab 5
Week 8- Chapter 14- Host Defenses,
Week 9- Chapter 16- Disorders of Immunity, Exam B, Lab 6
Week 10- Chapter 18- Cocci of Medical Importance, Lab 7
Week 11- Chapter 19- Gram+ Bacilli of Medical Importance, Lab 8
Week 12- Chapter 20- Gram- Bacilli of Medical Importance, Exam C, Lab 9
Week 13- Chapter 21- Misc Bacterial Agents of Disease, Chapter 22- Fungi of Medical
Importance, Lab 10
Week 14- Chapter 23- Parasites of Medical Importance, Chapter 24- DNA Viruses of Medical
Importance, Lab 11
Week 15- Chapter 25- RNA Viruses of Medical Importance, Final Exam Review, Lab 12
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods Grading
Lecture - Major Exams (3 @ 15% each) 45%
*Final Exam 25%
Daily Grades - Class Participation/Quizzes 10%
Laboratory - Lab exercises/quizzes 20%
*The final exam must be taken at the time scheduled by the college. The final exam is
comprehensive. It is course policy that a 15 point penalty will be applied to all late and make-up
assignments as well as to all make-up exams.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty McCraw, Ed
Year 2010-2011 Office NS 105
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0209
Section 02 email emccraw@parisjc.edu

Course BIOL 2420

Title Microbiology 4-3-4 26.0503.51 03

Description Study of the morphology, physiology, and taxonomy of representative groups of pathogenic and
nonpathogenic microorganisms. Pure cultures of microorganisms grown on selected media are
used in learning laboratory techniques. Includes a brief preview of food microbes, public health,
and immunology. Lab required. Prerequisite: eight hours of biology or chemistry, or consent of
instructor.

Textbooks Required reading: Kathleen Park Talaro: Foundations of Microbiology, Seventh Ed., McGraw-
Hill, 2009, ISBN 978-0-07-337522-9
Schedule Week 1- Introduction & Chapter 1 - Main Themes of Microbiology
Week 2- Chapter 3- Tools of the Laboratory, Chapter 4- Survey of Prokaryotic Cells, Lab 1
Week 3- Chapter 6- Introduction to the Viruses, Chapter 7- Elements of Microbial Nutrition, Lab
2
Week 4- Chapter 7- Elements of Microbial Nutrition, Lab 2
Week 5- Exam A, Chapter 8- Microbial Metabolism, Lab 3
Week 6- Chapter 11- Physical & Chemical Agents for Contro of Microbes, Lab 4
Week 7- Chapter 13- Microbe - Human Interaction: Infection and Disease, Lab 5
Week 8- Chapter 14- Host Defenses,
Week 9- Chapter 16- Disorders of Immunity, Exam B, Lab 6
Week 10- Chapter 18- Cocci of Medical Importance, Lab 7
Week 11- Chapter 19- Gram+ Bacilli of Medical Importance, Lab 8
Week 12- Chapter 20- Gram- Bacilli of Medical Importance, Exam C, Lab 9
Week 13- Chapter 21- Misc Bacterial Agents of Disease, Chapter 22- Fungi of Medical
Importance, Lab 10
Week 14- Chapter 23- Parasites of Medical Importance, Chapter 24- DNA Viruses of Medical
Importance, Lab 11
Week 15- Chapter 25- RNA Viruses of Medical Importance, Final Exam Review, Lab 12
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods Grading
Lecture - Major Exams (3 @ 15% each) 45%
*Final Exam 25%
Daily Grades - Class Participation/Quizzes 10%
Laboratory - Lab exercises/quizzes 20%
*The final exam must be taken at the time scheduled by the college. The final exam is
comprehensive. It is course policy that a 15 point penalty will be applied to all late and make-up
assignments as well as to all make-up exams.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr. Del Oyler
Year 2011 Office Sulphur Springs Higher Ed Center D
Term Spring Phone 903-439-6154 Ext. 408
Section 65 email doyler@parisjc.edu

Course Biol 2420

Title Microbiology

Description An introduction to the microbial world (including: bacteria, virus, fungi, protozoan and helminthes)
and their relationships to humans and disease. This is an online class, with course content presented
over the internet and CD's. Assignments will include quizzes over selected topics from the text,
internet searches, and reading of peer reviewed articles. Completion of laboratory exercises and
major exams will also be required.

Textbooks Foundations in Microbiology 7th Edition, Kathleen Park Talaro & Arthur Talaro, McGraw Hill,
978-007-337522-9
Schedule Week 1-Overview and introduction to the microbial world
Week 2-Chemistry and its relationship to microbiology
Week 3-Methods used to study microbes,Lab
Week 4-Survey of prokaryotic cells, Lab
Week 5-Survey of eukaryotic cells, Lab
Week 6-An introduction to the viruses, Lab
Week 7-Exam, Lab
Week 8-Introduction to microbial metabolism, Lab
Week 9-Microbial genetics
Week 10-Physical and chemical control of microbes, Lab
Week 11-Introduction to chemotherapy, Lab
Week 12-Exam, Survey of infectious diseases
Week 13-Microbe-Human interactions: infection & disease, Lab
Week 14-Nature of host defenses: non specific immune defenses & specific immunity
Week 15-Exam, Lab
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods Complete all quizzes, exams and assignments (including laboratory exercises) in a satisfactory
manner by the due date. Any assignment or exam NOT turned in by the due date or final
submission date will result in a zero for the assignment or exam.

There are 10 lab assignments using the CD you were mailed, each worth 15 points.

Case studies for lesson 10. Up to 20 may be completed, each worth 5 points. The specific format
MUST be followed to receive full credit.

There are 9 quizzes that cover the course content and material in the text worth 50 points each.
They are to be completed in order in the allotted time and be submitted by the due date.

There are three exams and a final. The exams are worth 250 points each and the final is worth 500
points.

The final grade will be calculated as follows based on the total number of possible points including
laboratory assignments, quizzes, exams and other assignments. A - 90%, B - 80%, C - 70%, D -
60%, F - below 59%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr. Del Oyler
Year 2011 Office Sulphur Springs Higher Ed Center D
Term Spring Phone 903-439-6154 Ext. 408
Section 66 email doyler@parisjc.edu

Course Biol 2420

Title Microbiology

Description An introduction to the microbial world (including: bacteria, virus, fungi, protozoan and helminthes)
and their relationships to humans and disease. This is an online class, with course content presented
over the internet and CD's. Assignments will include quizzes over selected topics from the text,
internet searches, and reading of peer reviewed articles. Completion of laboratory exercises and
major exams will also be required.

Textbooks Foundations in Microbiology 7th Edition, Kathleen Park Talaro & Arthur Talaro, McGraw Hill,
978-007-337522-9
Schedule Week 1-Overview and introduction to the microbial world
Week 2-Chemistry and its relationship to microbiology
Week 3-Methods used to study microbes,Lab
Week 4-Survey of prokaryotic cells, Lab
Week 5-Survey of eukaryotic cells, Lab
Week 6-An introduction to the viruses, Lab
Week 7-Exam, Lab
Week 8-Introduction to microbial metabolism, Lab
Week 9-Microbial genetics
Week 10-Physical and chemical control of microbes, Lab
Week 11-Introduction to chemotherapy, Lab
Week 12-Exam, Survey of infectious diseases
Week 13-Microbe-Human interactions: infection & disease, Lab
Week 14-Nature of host defenses: non specific immune defenses & specific immunity
Week 15-Exam, Lab
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods Complete all quizzes, exams and assignments (including laboratory exercises) in a satisfactory
manner by the due date. Any assignment or exam NOT turned in by the due date or final
submission date will result in a zero for the assignment or exam.

There are 10 lab assignments using the CD you were mailed, each worth 15 points.

Case studies for lesson 10. Up to 20 may be completed, each worth 5 points. The specific format
MUST be followed to receive full credit.

There are 9 quizzes that cover the course content and material in the text worth 50 points each.
They are to be completed in order in the allotted time and be submitted by the due date.

There are three exams and a final. The exams are worth 250 points each and the final is worth 500
points.

The final grade will be calculated as follows based on the total number of possible points including
laboratory assignments, quizzes, exams and other assignments. A - 90%, B - 80%, C - 70%, D -
60%, F - below 59%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Cheryl D. Anderson
Year 2010 - 2011 Office GC 208
Term Spring Phone 903 454 9333 EXT 717
Section G1 email canderson@parisjc.edu

Course Biology 2420

Title Microbiology for Non-Science Majors

Description Study of the morphology, physiology, and taxonomy of representative groups of pathogenic and
nonpathogenic microorganisms. Pure cultures of microorganisms grown on selected media are used
in learning laboratory techniques. Includes a brief preview of food microbes, public health, and
immunology.

Textbooks Foundations in Microbiology, 7th edition by Kathleen Park Talaro, McGrawHill Publishing
ISBN: 978-0-07-726057-6

Schedule 1/18 & 1/20 Chapter 1 The Main Themes of Microbiology


1/25 & 1/27 Ch. 1 Cont. / Ch. 3 Tools of the Laboratory
2/1 & 2/3 Chapter 3 Tools of the Laboratory
2/8 & 2/10 Chapter 4 Survey of Prokaryotic Cells
2/15 & 2/17 Chapter 4 Survey of Prokaryotic Cells / Exam 1
2/22 (1st disease report due!)
2/22 & 2/24 Chapter 5 Survey of Eukaryotic Cells
3/1 & 3/3 Ch. 5 Cont./ Chapter 6 Introduction to Viruses
3/8 & 3/10 Ch. 6 Introduction to Viruses
3/14 & 3/16 Spring Break!!!!
3/22 & 3/24 Exam 2/Ch. 7 Elements of Microbial Nutrition, Ecology & Growth
3/29 & 3/31 Ch. 7 Cont./Ch, 11 Phys. & Chem. Agents for Microbial Control
4/5 & 4/7 Ch. 11 Physical and Chemical Agents for Microbial Control
4/12 & 4/14 Chapter 12 Drug, Microbe, Host- The Elements of Chemotherapy
4/19 & 4/21 Chapter 12 cont. / Exam 3
4/26 & 4/28 Chapter 13 Microbe-Human Interactions
5/3 & 5/5 Chapter 13 Microbe-Human Interactions
5/10 & 5/12 Exam 4

Evaluation methods Students will have the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material.
Lecture: 55% Four lecture exams over assigned chapters from text
10% Reports and/or presentation
5% WebCT Quizzes & in class quizzes over lecture
Laboratory: 30% Two exams over laboratory material + Avg. of lab
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Donna Anderson
Year 2010-2011 Office Greenville Center
Term 102s Phone 903-782-0379 (leave msg)
Section 65 email danderson@parisjc.edu

Course BMGT 1331

Title Production and Operations Management

Description Fundamentals of the various techniques used in the practice of production and operations
management. Includes location, design, and resource allocation.

Textbooks Operations Management – processes and supply chains, ninth edition by Krajewski, Ritzman, and
Malhotra, published by Prentice Hall. ISBN 9780138011185. Comes with www.myOMlab and
DVD cases.

Schedule Week 1- Course Introduction – Getting Started


Week 2- Chapter 1 & Supplement A: Using Operations to Compete
Week 3- Chapter 2: Managing Processes
Week 4- Chapter 3: Process Strategy & Chapter 4: Process Analysis
Week 5- Exam 1 & Chapter 5: Quality and Performance
Week 6- Chapter 6: Capacity Planning
Week 7- Chapter 7: Constraint Management & Chapter 8: Lean Systems
Week 8- Exam 2
Week 9- Spring Break
Week 10- Chapter 9: Supply Chain Design & Chapter 10: Supply Chain Integration
Week 11- Chapter 11: Location
Week 12- Chapter 12: Inventory Management
Week 13- Exam 3 & Chapter 13: Forecasting
Week 14- Chapter 14: Operations Planning and Scheduling
Week 15- Chapter 15: Resource Planning
Week 16- Exam 4

Evaluation methods www.myOMlab Homework (2% x 15) 30%


Chapter Quizzes (2% x 15) 30%
Exams* (10% x 4) 40%
*Please note: The second exam is proctored at the testing center.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Rankin
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 144
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0388
Section 01 email rrankin@parisjc.edu

Course BMGT 1368

Title Practicum (or Field Experience) - Business Administration and MGMT, General

Description Practical, general workplace training supported by an individualized learning plan developed by the
employer, college and student.

Textbooks None required

Schedule Week 1- Work and employer questionnaire


Week 2- Work and employer questionnaire
Week 3- Work and employer questionnaire
Week 4- Work and employer quetionnaire
Week 5- Work and resume
Week 6- Work and resume
Week 7- Work and resume
Week 8- Work and resume
Week 9- Work and student assessment
Week 10- Work and student assessment
Week 11- Work and student assessment
Week 12- Work and interview practice
Week 13- Work and interview practice
Week 14- Work and career assessment
Week 15- Work and career assessment
Week 16- Work and career assessment

Evaluation methods A 89.5%- 100%


B 79.5%-89.4%
C 69.5%-79.4%
D 59.5%-69.4%
F 59.4%- Below
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jan Jordan
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 155
Term 10S2 Phone 903-782-0378
Section 65 email jjordan@parisjc.edu

Course BMGT 1441

Title Business Ethics

Description Topics address ethical issues, the development of a moral frame of reference and the need for an
awareness of social justice in mangement practices and business activities. A review of ethical
responsibilities and relationships between organizational departments, divisions, executive
management and the public.

Textbooks Business Ethics 2E, A Real World Approach, by Andrew W. Ghillyer, published by McGraw-Hill.
ISBN 978-0-07-337710-0.

Schedule Week 1-Understanding Ethics


Week 2-Understanding Ethics
Week 3-Ethical Dilemma Case Studies, Internet Assignments
Week 4-Defining Business Ethics
Week 5-Organizational Ethics
Week 6-Ethical Dilemma Case Studies, Internet Assignments
Week 7-Corporate Social Responsibility
Week 8-Corporate Governance
Week 9-Ethical Dilemma Case Studies, Internet Assignments
Week 10-The Role of Government
Week 11-Blowing the Whistle
Week 12-Ethical Dilemma Case Studies, Internet Assignments
Week 13-Ethics and Technology
Week 14-Ethics and Globalization
Week 15-Making it Stick: Doing What's Right in a Competitive Market
Week 16-Final Exam

Evaluation methods Textbook Assignments 50% (Ethical Dilemmas, Rev. Questions, Rev. Ex., Discussion Ex.)
9 Textbook Quizzes (webct) 35%
Final Exam (Chapter 10) 15%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Rankin
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 144
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0388
Section 65 email rrankin@parisjc.edu

Course BMGT 2310

Title Financial Management

Description Development and use of accounting information to support managerial deceisionmaking processes.
Topics include managerial concepts and systems, various analysis for decision making, and
planning and control.

Textbooks Managerial Accounting, Weygandt, Kimmel, Kieso, 5th Edition, ISBN: 978-0-470-47714-4

Schedule Week 1- Chapter 1 Managerial Accounting


Week 2- Chapter 5 Cost Volume Profit
Week 3- Chapter 5 Cost Volume Profit
Week 4- Chatper 6 Cost Volume Profit Analysis- Additional Issues
Week 5- Chapter 6 Cost Volume Profit Analysis- Additional Issues
Week 6- Chapter 7 Incremental Analysis
Week 7- Chapter 8 Pricing
Week 8- Chapter 9 Budgetary Planning
Week 9- Spring Break
Week 10- Chapter 10 Budgetary Control and Responsibility Accounting
Week 11- Chapter 10 Budgetary Contraol and Responsibility Accounting
Week 12- Chapter 11 Standard Costs and Balanced Scorecard
Week 13- Chapter 11 Standard Costas and Balanced Scorecard
Week 14- Chapter 12 Planning for Capital Investments
Week 15- Chapter 13 Statement of Cash Flows
Week 16- Chapter 14 Financial Statement Analysis

Evaluation methods 4 Unit Exams 60% A 89.5%- 100%


Final B 79.5%-89.4%
Quizzes 40% C 69.5%-79.4%
Homework D 59.5%-69.4%
Attendance F 59.4%- Below
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Stacy Young
Year 2010-2011 Office AD 154
Term Spring Phone (903) 782-0270
Section 65 email syoung@parisjc.edu

Course BUSG 1301

Title Introduction to Business

Description Fundamental business principles including structure, fundtions, resources and operational
resources. The student will describe the scope of business enterprise in nation and the world today,
identify major business functions of accounting, management, marketing and economics; describe
the relationships of social responsibility, ethics and law in business, and define and apply business
terminology.

Textbooks Foundations of Business, 2nd Edition Authors: William M. Pride, Robert J. Hughes and Jack R.
Kapoor

Schedule Week 1-The Enviornment of Business


Week 2- Being Ethical and Socially Responsible
Week 3- Exploring Global Business
Week 4- Choosing a Form of Business Ownership
Week 5- Small Business, Entrepreneurship, and Franchise
Week 6- Understanding the Management Process
Week 7- Creating a Flexible Organization and Producing Quality Goods and Services
Week 8- Midterm
Week 9- Attracting and Retaining Employees / Motivating and Satisfying Employees
Week 10- Building Customer Relationships Through Effective Marketing
Week 11- Creating and Pricing Products that Satisfy Customers
Week 12- Distributing and Promoting Products
Week 13- Understanding Information and e-Business
Week 14- Using Accounting Information and Mastering Financial Management
Week 15- Review
Week 16- Final

Evaluation methods Because this is an online course, specific learning activities have been developed to help you work
through each chapter. You will be expected to complete the following: read and complete a quiz
for each chapter, complete chapter or participate in class discussions when assigned and complete 2
major exams. Your grade will be configured as follows: Chapter quizzes 20%, Chapter
assignments/discussions 20% and Exams 60%.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Cathy McManus
Year 2010-2011 Office GC 107
Term Spring Phone 903-454-9333
Section 65 email cmcmanus@parisjc.edu

Course BUSG 1304

Title Personal Finance

Description A study of the financial problems encountered by financial advisors when managing family
financial affairs. Includes methods to advise clients on topics such as estate planning, retiremement,
home ownership, savings, and investment planning.

Textbooks Personal Finance, 9th edition; ISBN 978-0-07-338232-6; Author: Kapoor, Dlabay, Hughes;
Publisher: McGraw-Hill Irwin
Homework Manager Access Code; ISBN 978-0-07-3363882

Schedule Week 1- Introduction to syllabus and course assignments


Week 2- Pages 1-24 Personal Finance Basics and the Time Value of Money
Week 3- Pages 40-59 Financial Aspects of Career Planning
Week 4- Pages 75-96 Money Management Strategy: Financial Statements and Budgeting
Week 5- Pages 103-130 Planning Your Tax Strategy
Week 6- Pages 136-160 Financial Services: Savings Plans and Payment Accounts
Week 7- Pages 167-199 Introduction to Consumer Credit
Week 8- Pages 273-302 The Housing Decision: Factors and Finances
Week 9- Pages 308-332 Property and Motor Vehicle Insurance
Week 10- Pages 338-369 Health, Disability, and Long-Term Care Insurance
Week 11- Pages 376-405 Life Insurance
Week 12- Pages 411-437 Investing Fundamentals
Week 13- Pages 445-473 Investing in Stocks
Week 14- Pages 482-504 Investing in Bonds
Week 15- Pages 512-536 Investing in Mutual Funds
Week 16-Final Exam

Evaluation methods 16 Chapter Quizzes @ 25 pts. each = 400: Average = 25% of grade total
4 Unit Exams @ 100 pts. each = 400: Average = 25% of grade total
Mid-Term/Final @ 100 pts. each = 200: Average w/ Final = 40% of grade total
Chapter Homework pts. = 80 = 10% of grade total
Extra Points = 20

Total Course Points = 1100


Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Rickey McFadden
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC 1111
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0722
Section 01 email rmcfadden@parisjc.edu

Course CETT 1403

Title DC Circuits

Description A study of the fundamentals of direct current including Ohm’s law, Kirchoff’s laws and circuit
analysis techniques. Emphasis on circuit analysis of resistive networks and DC measurements.

Textbooks Electronics Fundamentals: Circuits, Devices, and Applications 8th ed. – Floyd

Schedule Week # 1 Scientific notation, metric prefixes and electrical safety


Week # 2 Voltage, current, resistance and resistor color code
Week # 3 Ohm’s Law and Power
Week # 4 Series Circuits
Week # 5 Parallel Circuits
Week # 6 Series-Parallel Circuit Identification
Week # 7 Analyzing 3 Resistor S-P Circuits
Week # 8 Analyzing 4 Resistor S-P Circuits
Week # 9 Analyzing 5 Resistor S-P Circuits
Week # 10 Analyzing 6 + Resistor S-P Circuits
Week # 11 Voltage Dividers
Week # 12 Loading Effect of S-P Circuits
Week # 13 Wheatstone Bridge
Week # 14 Maximum Power Transfer
Week # 15 Superposition
Week # 16 Final Exam

Evaluation methods 3 Major Tests (NO Make-Up)


+ 1 Final Exam (Required) A Grade of “D” or less is failing
30%: Test Average (3 Major Tests) 90 – 100 = “A”
20%: Lab Experiments / Lab Notebook / Notes 80 – 90 = “B”
30%: Final Exam 70 – 80 = “C”
20%: Daily Tests 10% / Study Group 10%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Rickey McFadden
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC 1111
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0722
Section 02 email rmcfadden@parisjc.edu

Course CETT 1403

Title DC Circuits

Description A study of the fundamentals of direct current including Ohm’s law, Kirchoff’s laws and circuit
analysis techniques. Emphasis on circuit analysis of resistive networks and DC measurements.

Textbooks Electronics Fundamentals: Circuits, Devices, and Applications 8th ed. – Floyd

Schedule Week # 1 Scientific notation, metric prefixes and electrical safety


Week # 2 Voltage, current, resistance and resistor color code
Week # 3 Ohm’s Law and Power
Week # 4 Series Circuits
Week # 5 Parallel Circuits
Week # 6 Series-Parallel Circuit Identification
Week # 7 Analyzing 3 Resistor S-P Circuits
Week # 8 Analyzing 4 Resistor S-P Circuits
Week # 9 Analyzing 5 Resistor S-P Circuits
Week # 10 Analyzing 6 + Resistor S-P Circuits
Week # 11 Voltage Dividers
Week # 12 Loading Effect of S-P Circuits
Week # 13 Wheatstone Bridge
Week # 14 Maximum Power Transfer
Week # 15 Superposition
Week # 16 Final Exam

Evaluation methods 3 Major Tests (NO Make-Up)


+ 1 Final Exam (Required) A Grade of “D” or less is failing
30%: Test Average (3 Major Tests) 90 – 100 = “A”
20%: Lab Experiments / Lab Notebook / Notes 80 – 90 = “B”
30%: Final Exam 70 – 80 = “C”
20%: Daily Tests 10% / Study Group 10%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr. Charles George
Year 2010-2011 Office WD 1205
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0245
Section 03 email cgeorge@parisjc.edu

Course CETT 1405

Title AC Circuits

Description A study of the fundamentals of alternating current including series and parallel AC circuits,
phasors, capacitive and inductive networks, transformers, and resonance.

Textbooks Text: Principles of Electric Circuits, 7th ed. – Floyd ISBN # 0-13-219709-X
Lab: Handouts

Schedule Week 1- Introduction to Alternating Current and Voltage


Week 2-Phasors
Week 3-Impedence & Reactance
Week 4-Capacitors
Week 5-Inductors
Week 6-Time Constants
Week 7-Mid-Term Exam
Week 8-RC Circuit Analysis
Week 9-RL Circuit Analysis
Week 10-RLC Circuit and Resonance
Week 11-Filters
Week 12-Three Phase Power
Week 13-Single Phase Transformers
Week 14-Three Phase Transformers
Week 15-AC Motors
Week 16-Final Exam

Evaluation methods Grading: Final Exam (Required)


30% : Final Exam 90 –100 is an “A”
30% : Test Average 80 – 90 is a “B”
20% : Daily Tests 70 – 80 is a “C”
20% : Labs / Lab notebook / notes A grade of “D” or below is failing
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Don Harootunian
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC 1112
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0723
Section 01 email dharootunian@gmail.com

Course CETT 1429

Title Solid State Devices

Description A study of diodes and bipolar semiconductor devices, including analysis of


static and dynamic characteristics, bias techniques, and thermal considerations
of solid state devices.
Credits: 4 SHC, 3 Lecture, 4 Lab
TSI Requirement: xxx M, xxx R, xxx W.
Prerequisite(s): CETT 1405

Textbooks Science of Electronics, The: Analog Devices 1st. ed, Floyd/Buchla,


ISBN-13: 9780130875402

Schedule
Week # 1.Analog Concepts.
Week # 2.Analog Concepts.
Week # 3. Diodes and Applications.
Week # 4.Bipolar Junction Transistors.
Week # 5.Field-Effect Transistors.
Week # 6.Multistage, RF, and Differential Amplifiers.
Week # 7.Operational Amplifiers.
Week # 8.Operational Amplifiers
Week # 9.Basic Op-Amp Circuits.
Week # 10.Active Filters.
Week # 11.Special-Purpose Amplifiers.
Week # 12. Oscillators and Timers.
Week # 13. Voltage Regulators.
Week # 14. Voltage Regulators.
Week # 15. Sensing and Control Circuits.
Week # 16 Final Exam

Evaluation methods Grading:


3 Major Tests (NO Make-Up)
+ 1 Final Exam (Required) A Grade of “D” or less is failing
40%: Test Average (3 Major Tests) 90 – 100 = “A”
20%: Lab Experiments / Lab Notebook / Notes 80 – 90 = “B”
40%: Final Exam
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Don Harootunian
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC 1112
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0723
Section 01 email dharootunian@gmail.com

Course CETT 1445

Title Microprocessor

Description An introductory course in microprocessor software and hardware; its architecture, timing sequence,
operation, and programming; and discussion of appropriate software diagnostic language and tools.
Credits: 4 SCH = 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours per week
TSI Requirement: xxx M, xxx R, xxx W.
Prerequisite(s): CETT 1425

Textbooks Text: Digital Electronics, A Practical Approach, Kleitz ISBN#978-0-13-507295-0


Lab: Parallax Boebot programmer

Schedule Week # 1 - Introduction to Digital Computers


Week # 2 - Microcomputers and Microprocessors
Week # 3 - Use of Codes with Microcomputers
Week # 4 - Microprocessor Software
Week # 5 - Basic Instructions and Addressing Modes
Week # 6 - Microprocessor Instruction Set
Week # 7 - Microprocessor Programs
Week # 8 - Microprocessor Chip
Week # 9 - Semiconductor Memories
Week # 10 - Memory Chips and Organization
Week # 11 - Interface Devices
Week # 12 - Peripheral Interface Adaptor
Week # 13 - Relays and Solid-State Starters and Sensing Devices and Controls
Week # 14 - Asynchronous Communication Interface Adaptor
Week # 15 – Program Robot
Week # 16 - Final Exam

Evaluation methods Grading: A grade of “D” or below is failing


30% : Programming robot 90 –100 is an “A”
20% : Homework Exercises 80 – 90 is a “B”
50% : Final Exam 70 – 80 is a “C”
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Rickey McFadden
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC 1111
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0722
Section 01 email rmcfadden@parisjc.edu

Course CETT 1491 01

Title Special Topics in Computer Engineering Technology/Technician

Description Topics address recently identified current events, skills, knowledge, and/or attitudes and behaviors
pertinent to the technology or occupation and relevant to the professional development of the
student. This course was designed to be repeated multiple times to improve student proficiency.

Textbooks Varies with topic

Schedule Week 1- varies with topic


Week 2-
Week 3-
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
Week 16-

Evaluation methods Varies with topic


Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Kosterman, Don
Year 2010-2011 Office NS-114
Term Fpring Phone 903-784-4884
Section 01 email dkosterman@parisjc.edu

Course CHEM 1406

Title Introductory Chemistry

Description Survey course introducing chemistry. Toics may include inorganic, organic, biochemistry and
food/physiological chemistry. Designed for no-science and allied heakth students.

Textbooks General, Organic, and biological Chemistry An Integrated Approach by Kenneth W. Raymond -
- ISBN 0-471-44707-2
Schedule Topics covered:
Science and Measurements
Atoms and Elements
Compounds
Introduction to Organic Compounds
Gases, Liquids, and Solids
Reactions
Solutions, Colloids, and Suspensions
Acid-Base Chemistry
Lipids
Carbohydrates
Peptides, Proteins, and Enzymes

Since this course is taught by conference, an exact time schedule is not used.
Evaluation methods Homework Average - 25%
Major Test (3) Average - 50%
Lab Average - 25%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Kosterman, Don
Year 2010-2011 Office NS-114
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0332
Section 01 email dkosterman@parisJc.edu

Course CHEM 1411

Title General Chemistry

Description Designed for students who plan to major in science, engineering, mathematics, medicine or
medical science. Fundamental laws and theories of chemistry used to systematize descriptive
chemistry. Atomic structure and bonding, formulas and equations, states of matter, acid-base
theory and equilibrium. In the laboratory analytical experiments involving quantitative
gravimetric and volumetric experiments are provided.

Textbooks General Chemistry Version 5.0 by Ketan M. Trivedi (DVD Text - ISBN 978-0-9817958-7-1)),
a scientific calculator, and appropriate writing materials for taking class notes.
Schedule Lesson 1: Units, Measurements and Uncertainty
Lesson 2: Atoms, Molecules and Ions
Lesson 3: Mass Relations In Formulas, Chemical Reactions, and Stoichiometry
Lesson 4: Solution Chemistry
Lesson 5: Oxidation-Reduction
Lesson 6: Gases
Lesson 7: Thermochemistry
Lesson 8: Atomic Structure and the Periodic Table
Lesson 9: Bonding
Lesson 10: Molecular Geometry and Hybridizsyion of Atomic Orbitals
Lesson 11: Intermolecular Forces and Liquid Properties
NOTE: Each Lesson requires two to three class meetings. If a lesson is completed in the
middle of a class meeting, the next less is started during that class meeting.
Evaluation methods 2 Major Tests (1/5 each)
Final Exam (1/5)
Lab average (1/5)
Daily Quiz Average (1/5)
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Kosterman, Don
Year 2010-2011 Office NS-114
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0332
Section 02 email dkosterman@parisJc.edu

Course CHEM 1411

Title General Chemistry

Description Designed for students who plan to major in science, engineering, mathematics, medicine or
medical science. Fundamental laws and theories of chemistry used to systematize descriptive
chemistry. Atomic structure and bonding, formulas and equations, states of matter, acid-base
theory and equilibrium. In the laboratory analytical experiments involving quantitative
gravimetric and volumetric experiments are provided.

Textbooks General Chemistry Version 5.0 by Ketan M. Trivedi (DVD Text - ISBN 978-0-9817958-7-1)),
a scientific calculator, and appropriate writing materials for taking class notes.
Schedule Lesson 1: Units, Measurements and Uncertainty
Lesson 2: Atoms, Molecules and Ions
Lesson 3: Mass Relations In Formulas, Chemical Reactions, and Stoichiometry
Lesson 4: Solution Chemistry
Lesson 5: Oxidation-Reduction
Lesson 6: Gases
Lesson 7: Thermochemistry
Lesson 8: Atomic Structure and the Periodic Table
Lesson 9: Bonding
Lesson 10: Molecular Geometry and Hybridizsyion of Atomic Orbitals
Lesson 11: Intermolecular Forces and Liquid Properties
NOTE: Each Lesson requires two to three class meetings. If a lesson is completed in the
middle of a class meeting, the next less is started during that class meeting.
Evaluation methods 2 Major Tests (1/5 each)
Final Exam (1/5)
Lab average (1/5)
Daily Quiz Average (1/5)
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Kosterman, Don
Year 2010-2011 Office NS-114
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0332
Section 01 email dkosterman@parisjc.edu

Course CHEM 1412

Title General Chemistry

Description A continuation of CHEM 1411. Reaction rates, elementary thermodynamics, solution and
solution equilibria, electro chemistry, chemistry of the representative elemets, nuclear
chemistry and elementary organic chemistry. The laboragtory is a continuation with emphasis
on thermochemistry, quantitative analysis (solution chemistry), and reaction rate factors.

Textbooks General Chemistry Version 5.0 by Ketan M. Trivedi (DVD Text - ISBN 978-0-9817958-7-1)),
a scientific calculator, and appropriate writing materials for taking class notes (mechanical
pencil is best, notebook for taking notes and a very large erasure).
Schedule Lesson 1: Solids
Lesson 2: Solution Properties
Lesson 3: Chemical Kinetics
Lesson 4: Chemical Equilibrium
Lesson 5: Acids and Bases
Lesson 6: Acid-Base Equilibria
Lesson 7: Solubility Equilibria
Lesson 8: Spontaneity and Chamical Change
Lesson 9: Electrochemistry
Lesson 10: Nuclear Chemistry
Lesson 11: Organic Chemistry
NOTE: Each Less requires 2 to 3 class meetings to complete. If a lesson is completed during a
class perion, the following lesson is begun during that period.
Evaluation methods 2 Major Tests (1/4 each)
Comprehensive Final Exam (1/4)
Lab average (1/4)
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Kosterman, Don
Year 2010-2011 Office NS-114
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0332
Section 01 email dkosterman@parisjc.edu

Course CHEM 2425

Title Organic Chemistry

Description Continuation of CHEM 2423. Emphasis on reaction mechanisms, substitution and elimination
reactions, chemistry of aromatic compounds, carbohydrates, fats, amino acids, alkaloids, and
natural products.

Textbooks Organic Chemistry , by Richard Daley & Sally Daley. This is a free text book available from
www.ochem4free.info. The Organic Chem Lab Survival Manual, 6th Edition, by James W.
Zubrick, provided as a loaned text by your instructor. Paris Junior college Organic Lab
Manual, by Don Kosterman, provided in pdf-format on CD.
Schedule Lesson 1: Chirality
Lesson 2: Aliphalic Substitution Reactions
Lesson 3: Elimination Reactions
Lesson 4: Electrophilic Reactions
Lesson 5: Organic Synthisis
Lesson 6: Aromaticity and Aromatic Substitution Reactions
Lesson 7: Substitution of Carbonyl Compounds and Carbony Condensation Reactions
Lesson 8: Radical Reactions
Lesson 9: Polymer Chemistry
Lesson 10: Amino Acids, Peptides, and Proteins
Lesson 11: Carbohydrates
Lesson 12: Fats
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
Week 16-
Evaluation methods 3 Major Tests (1/5 each)
Final Exam – 4th Major Test (1/5)
Lab average (1/5)
NOTE: Major tests are not given during class time. Instead they are scheduled at
approximately each one-quarter of the semester, and students have two days in which to find a
suitable time to take those tests. The final exam is given at regular class time as per the final
exam schedule.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Gary Young
Year 2010 - 2011 Office AS - 151
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0497
Section 65 email gyoung@parisjc.edu

Course CJSA 1393

Title Child Abuse and Neglect

Description Topics address recently identified current events, skills, knowledge, and/or attitudes and behaviors
pertinent to the technology or occupation and relevant to the professional development of the
student. This course was designed to be repeated multiple times to improve student proficiency.

Textbooks Crosson-Tower, Cynthia, Understanding Child Abuse and Neglect (8th ed.), Pearson 2010,
ISBN: 9780205769155.

Schedule Week 1- Maltreatment of Children


Week 2- Family Roles
Week 3- Maltreatment of the Developing Child
Week 4- Neglect of Children
Week 5- Physical Abuse
Week 6- Sexual Abuse of Children
Week 7- Familial Abuse
Week 8- Exploitation
Week 9- Spring Break
Week 10- Psychological Issues
Week 11- Report and Investigation
Week 12- Intervention
Week 13- Legal Responsibilities
Week 14- Treatment Plans
Week 15- Social Systems
Week 16- Prevention

Evaluation methods Evaluations of Students are based on: Successful completion of Examinations (70%) and
Assignments (30%). Grade: 90 - 100 = A, 80 - 89 = B, 70 - 79 = C, 60 - 69 = D, Below 59 = F.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Douglas Shuler
Year 2010 - 2011 Office AS 151
Term Spring Phone 903-781-0497
Section 01 email dshuler@parisjc.edu

Course CJSA 2364

Title Practicum - Criminal Justice

Description Practical, general workplace training supported by an individualized learning plan developed by the
employer, college, and student.

Textbooks None Required

Schedule Students are required to complete 320 hours of workplace training within the course of the 16 week
semester.

Evaluation methods Evaluations of students are calculated by completing the assigned 320 hours of workplace training
and employer / instructor field evaluation.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Douglas Shuler
Year 2010 - 2011 Office AS 151
Term Spring Phone 903-781-0497
Section 40 email dshuler@parisjc.edu

Course CJSA - 2364

Title Practicum - Criminal Justice

Description Practical, general workplace training supported by an individualized learning plan developed by the
employer, college, and student.

Textbooks None Required

Schedule Students are required to complete 320 hours of workplace training within the course of the 16 week
semester.

Evaluation methods Evaluations of students are calculated by completing the assigned 320 hours of workplace training
and employer / instructor field evaluation.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Sharon Dennehy
Year 2010-2011 Office BOC 12, Paris, 201 Greenville
Term Spring Phone 9037820321 (Paris) 9034549333 (G
Section .01 email sdennehy@parisjc.edu

Course Comm 1129

Title Publications Practicum

Description Work on the staff of one of the college publications. Students are required to work on the staff
of at least one of the official college publications for prescribed periods under faculty
supervision.

Textbooks Associated Press Style Book, provided in classroom.


Schedule Week 1- Newspaper staff planning meeting
Week 2-Work on stories, photos, for issue #1
Week 3-Work on stories, photos, for issue #1
Week 4- Layout pages for student newspaper, issue #1
Week 5-Work on stories, photos, for issue#2
Week 6-Layout pages for student newspaper, issue #2
Week 7-Work on stories, photos, for issue #3
Week 8-Layout pages for student newspaper, issue #3
Week 9-Work on stories, photos, for issue #4, AP style practice
Week 10-Work on stories, photos, for issue #4 AP style practice
Week 11-Work on stories, photos, for issue #4 AP style practice
Week 12-Work on stories, photos, for issue #4 AP style practice
Week 13-Layout pages for student newspape, issue #4
Week 14-Work oon electronic portfolio
Week 15 Work on electronic portfolio
Week 16-Final portfolio due
Evaluation methods Story production, page layout, participation,attendance 120
Portfolio 50
Style quizzes 30
TOTAL 200 points
180-200:A 160-179:B 140-159:C 120-139: D below 138:F
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Sharon Dennehy
Year 2010-2011 Office BOC 12, Paris, 201 Greenville
Term Spring Phone 9037820321 (Paris) 9034549333 (G
Section .01 email sdennehy@parisjc.edu

Course Comm 1307

Title Introduction to Mass Communication

Description Study of the media by which entertainment and information messages are delivered. Includes
an overview of the traditional mass media: their functions, structures, supports, and
influences.For journalism majors and non-majors. Core curriculum satisfied for Humanities

Textbooks Introduction to Mass Communication: Media Literacy and Culture, UPDATED 6th Edition,
Stanley J. Baran, McGraw-Hill, ISBN # 978-0-07-728640-8
Schedule Week 1- Introduction to course
Week 2- Communication, Chapters 1-2
Week 3-Communication, Chapters 1-2
Week 4-Exam 1, Chapters 1 & 2
Week 5-Print Media Unit, Chapters 3, 4, 5
Week 6-Print Media Unit, Chapters 3, 4, 5
Week 7-Print Media Unit, Chapters 3, 4, 5
Week 8-Exam 2, Chapters 3, 4, 5
Week 9-Electronic Media Unit, Chapters 6, 7, 8, 9
Week 10-Electronic Media Unit, Chapters 6, 7, 8, 9
Week 11- Electronic Media Unit, Chapters 6, 7, 8, 9
Week 12-Exam 3, Chapters 6, 7, 8, 9
Week 13-Public Relations/Advertising, Chapters 11,12
Week 14-Exam 4, Chapters 11,12
Week 15-Group presesntations
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods Written Assignments 4@25 pts. each=100; Unit exams 4@50 pts each=200; Student
engagement 50; Final exam 100; Total 500 pts. 500-450 A; 449-400 B; 399-350 C; 349-300 D;
below 300 F
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Sharon Dennehy
Year 2010-2011 Office BOC 12, Paris, 201 Greenville
Term Spring Phone 903 782 0321
Section .65 email sdennehy@parisjc.edu

Course Comm 1307

Title Introduction to Mass Communication

Description Study of the media by which entertainment and information messages are delivered. Includes
an overview of the traditional mass media: their functions, structures, supports, and
influences.For journalism majors and non-majors. Core curriculum satisfied for Humanities

Textbooks Introduction to Mass Communication: Media Literacy and Culture, UPDATED 6th Edition,
Stanley J. Baran, McGraw-Hill, ISBN # 978-0-07-728640-8
Schedule Week 1-Log in. Take Orientation Quiz.
Read Chapters 1 & 2 in textbook
Week 2-Introduction to Communication, Chapters 1-2
Week 3-Exam 1, Chaps. 1&2; Begin Print Media Unit
Week 4- -Print Media Unit, Chapters 3, 4, 5
Week 5-Print Media Unit, Chapters 3, 4, 5
Week 6-Exam 2, Chapters 3, 4, 5; Begin Electronic Media Unit
Week 7-Electronic Media Unit, Chapters 6, 7, 8, 9
Week 8- Electronic Media Unit, Chapters 6, 7, 8, 9
Week 9-Electronic Media Unit, Chapters 6, 7, 8, 9
Week 10-Electronic Media Unit, Chapters 6, 7, 8, 9
Week 11-Exam 3, Chapters 6, 7, 8, 9
Week 12-Public Relations/Advertising, Chapters 11, 12
Week 13-Public Relations/Advertising, Chapters 11, 12
Week 14-Exam 4, Chapters 11, 12
Week 15-Review Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods Discussions 4@25 pts. each=100; Assignments 4@ 25 pts. each=100; Unit exams 4@50 pts.
each=200; Final exam 100; Total 500. Grade Point Range: 500-450 A; 449-400 B; 399-350 C;
349-300 D; below 300 F
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Sharon Dennehy
Year 2010-2011 Office BOC 12, Paris, 201 Greenville
Term Spring Phone 903 782 0321
Section .01 email sdennehy@parisjc.edu

Course Comm 2305

Title Editing and Layout

Description Editing and layout processes, with emphasis on accuracy and fairness, including the principles
and techniques of design

Textbooks The Newspaper Designer’s Handbook, 6th edition, by Tim Harrower.


Schedule Week 1-Introduction to page layout
Week 2- planning graphics and sidebars
Week 3-fundamentals of layout
Week 4-fundamentals of layout
Week 5-story design
Week 6-story design
Week 7-page design
Week 8-page design
Week 9-page design
Week 10-photos and art
Week 11-additional page design elements
Week 12-additional page design elements
Week 13-web design
Week 14-web design
Week 15-web design
Week 16-final
Evaluation methods Exams (3 at 100 points each) 300 points
Assignments/quizzes/attendance/participation 100 points
Total for course grade 400 points
A: 360-400 B: 320-359 C: 280-319 D: 240-279 below 240: F
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Sharon Dennehy
Year 2010-2011 Office BOC 12, Paris, 201 Greenville
Term Spring Phone 9037820321 (Paris) 9034549333 (G
Section .01 email sdennehy@parisjc.edu

Course Comm 2315

Title News Gathering and Writing II

Description Continuation of the aims and objectives of news gathering and writing with emphasis on
advanced reporting techniques.

Textbooks Harrower, Tim. Inside Reporting: A Practical Guide to the Craft of Journalism. Second
Edition.ISBN# 0073526142.
Schedule Week 1- Covering the news; specialized reporting
Week 2-Covering beats
Week 3-Covering fires and natural disasters
Week 4-Covering meetings and speeches
Week 5-Covering meetings and speeches
Week 6-Writing obituaries
Week 7-Writing obituaries
Week 8-Law and ethics
Week 9-Law and ethics
Week 10-Online reporting
Week 11-Online reporting
Week 12- Public relations
Week 13-Public relations
Week 14-Preparing an electronic resume
Week 15-Preparing an electronic resume
Week 16-Final portolio due
Evaluation methods 5 written assignments @ 100 pts. each; Final portfolio 100 pts. Total for course, 600 points

A: 600-540 B: 539-480 C: 479-420 D: 419-360 below 360: F


Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Herron, Jenny
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 141
Term Spring Phone 903 782 0359
Section 01 email jherron@parisjc.edu

Course COSC 1401

Title Introduction to Computing

Description Overview of computer systems—hardware, operating systems, and microcomputer application


software, including the Internet, word processing, spreadsheets, presentation graphics, and
databases. Current issues such as the effect of computers on society, and the history and use of
computers in business, educational, and other modern settings are also studied. This course is not
intended to count toward a student's major field of study in business or computer science.

Textbooks 1. Discovering Computers and Microsoft® Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach, 1st
Ed., Shelly/Vermatt [ISBN: 0-538-47392-4]
2. Microsoft Windows 7 Essentials, 1st Ed. [ISBN: 1439081077]
3. SAM 2007 Assessment 6.0 Printed Access Card, 1st Ed. [ISBN: 0-8400-6774-7]
[ BUNDLE of 3 Items: ISBN: 1111485445]

Schedule Week #1 - ORIENTATION: Course, LMS, web sites


Week #2 - Windows 7 Operating System
Week #3 - Computer Concepts Chapters 1 & 2
Week #4 - Computer Concepts Chapters 4 & 5
Week #5 - EXAM 1 Review and Complete
Week #6 - MS Office Word
Week #7 - MS Office Word
Week #8 - MS Office PowerPoint
Week #9 - MS Office PowerPoint
Week #10 - MS Office Excel
Week #11 - MS Office Excel
Week #12 - EXAM 2 - Hands-On Assessment
Week #13 - MS Office Access
Week #14 - MS Office Access
Week #15 - REVIEW FOR FINAL EXAM
Week #16 - Final EXAM

Evaluation methods 30% EXAMS


30% Lab Assignments
20% Assignments
20% Quizzes
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Herron, Jenny
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 141
Term Spring Phone 903 782 0359
Section 02 email jherron@parisjc.edu

Course COSC 1401

Title Introduction to Computing

Description Overview of computer systems—hardware, operating systems, and microcomputer application


software, including the Internet, word processing, spreadsheets, presentation graphics, and
databases. Current issues such as the effect of computers on society, and the history and use of
computers in business, educational, and other modern settings are also studied. This course is not
intended to count toward a student's major field of study in business or computer science.

Textbooks 1. Discovering Computers and Microsoft® Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach,
1st Ed., Shelly/Vermatt [ISBN: 0-538-47392-4]
2. Microsoft Windows 7 Essentials, 1st Ed. [ISBN: 1439081077]
3. SAM 2007 Assessment 6.0 Printed Access Card, 1st Ed. [ISBN: 0-8400-6774-7]
[ BUNDLE of 3 Items: ISBN: 1111485445]

Schedule Week #1 - ORIENTATION: Course, LMS, web sites


Week #2 - Windows 7 Operating System
Week #3 - Computer Concepts Chapters 1 & 2
Week #4 - Computer Concepts Chapters 4 & 5
Week #5 - EXAM 1 Review and Complete
Week #6 - MS Office Word
Week #7 - MS Office Word
Week #8 - MS Office PowerPoint
Week #9 - MS Office PowerPoint
Week #10 - MS Office Excel
Week #11 - MS Office Excel
Week #12 - EXAM 2 - Hands-On Assessment
Week #13 - MS Office Access
Week #14 - MS Office Access
Week #15 - REVIEW FOR FINAL EXAM
Week #16 - Final EXAM

Evaluation methods 30% EXAMS


30% Lab Assignments
20% Assignments
20% Quizzes
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Keith Coco
Year 2010-2011 Office AD 140
Term Spring Phone (903) 782-0307
Section 03 email kcoco@parisjc.edu

Course COSC 1401

Title Microcomputer Applications

Description A study of microcomputer concepts and applications to provide the student an understanding of
computer technology, hardware, software and production of meaningful information through the
use of integrated application software.

Textbooks Discovering Computers and Microsoft Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach, 1st
Edition, Shelly/Vermatt [ISBN: 0-538-47392-4]. Microsoft Windows 7 Essentials 1st Edition
[ISBN: 1439081077]. One or more USB drives. One or more pocket folders.

Schedule Week 1-Introduction to Windows and Internet Explorer 8


Week 2-Introduction to Microsoft Word
Week 3-Creating Research Papers with Microsoft Word
Week 4-Lab for students to work on assignments
Week 5-Introduction to Microsoft Powerpoint
Week 6-Introduction to Microsoft Excel
Week 7-Using formulas, functions, formatting and Web Queries in Microsoft Excel
Week 8-Spring Break
Week 9-Lab for students to work on assignments
Week 10-Introduction to Microsoft Access
Week 11-Creating queries in Microsoft Access
Week 12-Lab for students to work on assignments
Week 13-Integrating Office 2007 Programs
Week 14-Lab for students to work on assignments
Week 15-Lab for students to work on assignments
Week 16-Final class period to work on assignments

Evaluation methods There will be 25 assignments. Assignments are "In the Lab" found at the end of the chapters and
"Chapter Tutorials". Each assignment will have specific instructions for completion-either as
specified in the textbook or modified by instructor. Assignments must be submitted according to
instructor's specifications. Five points will be deducted for each error that occurs in an assignment
up to 20 errors. Projects with 20 errors or more will receive a zero. Assignments not received on or
before the due date will receive 25 points off per week. Assignments can not be accepted after the
last class May 9, 2011. Refer to the assignment schedule as well as any special instructions
provided by the instructor before submitting a project. Assignments must be turned in during class
time to instructor on USB drive in a pocket folder. Assignments that are on USB drive but no
printouts have an instant 50 points off. Likewise, assignments that are printed but not on USB drive
have an instant 50 points off. Assignments that have several pages for completion have 20 points
taken off for each page missing.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Mary Holbrook Mims
Year 2010-2011 Office AD 143
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0226
Section 04 email mmims@parisjc.edu

Course COSC1401

Title Microcomputer Applications

Description A study of microcomputer concepts and applications. Topics covered include operating system,
word processing, spreadsheets, data management, and presentation graphics.

Textbooks 1. Text: Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach by
Shelly, Vermaat ISBN-13: 978-0-538-47392-7, ISBN-10: 0-538-47392-4
2. Text: Microsoft Windows 7: Essential, 1st Edition
ISBN-13: 978-1-4390-8107-5; ISBN-10: 1-4390-8107-7
3. Sam 2007 Access Card/Code, 1st Edition- ISBN: 1-4188-4325-3
4. BUNDLE of #1, #2 and #3 items above : ISBN: 1111485445

Schedule Week 1 – Introduction & Microsoft Windows 7 Essentials


Week 2 - Microsoft Windows 7 Essentials & Internet Explorer
Week 3 - Discovering Computers Chapter 1, 2 & 3
Week 4 - Discovering Computers Chapter 4 & 5
Week 5 - EXAM #1 & Microsoft Word 2007 Chapter 1
Week 6 - Microsoft Office Word 2007 Chapter 2
Week 7 - Microsoft Office Excel 2007 Chapter 1
Week 8 - Microsoft Office Excel 2007 Chapter 2
Week 9 - EXAM #2
Week 10 - Microsoft Office Access 2007 Chapter 1
Week 11 - Microsoft Office Access 2007 Chapter 2
Week 12 - Microsoft Office PowerPoint 2007 Chapter 1
Week 13 - Microsoft Office PowerPoint 2007 Chapter 2
Week 14 - Microsoft Office Integration Office
Week 15 – Review for Exam#3
Week 16 - EXAM #3

Evaluation methods A. The final grade for the course will be assigned as follows:
1. Twelve to sixteen assignments will be averaged and will count 70% of the semester grade.
2. Three EXAMS will be averaged and will count 30% of the semester grade.

B . The Grading Scale will be as follows:


A = 90 - 100
B = 80 - 89
C = 70 - 79
D = 60 - 69
F = 0 - 59
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Julie Eckhardt
Year 2010-2011 Office Office C
Term Spring Phone 903-885-1232
Section 50 email jeckhardt@parisjc.edu

Course COSC 1401

Title Introduction to Computing

Description Study of basic hardware, software, operating systems, and current applications in various segments
of society. Current issues such as the effect of computers on society and the history and use of
computers are also studied. Labs may include but are not limited to introductions to operating
systems, the Internet, word processing, spreadsheets, databases, and programming concepts with
emphasis on critical thinking/problem solving. This course is intended for non-Business and non-
Computer Science majors.
Credits: 4 SCH = 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list

Textbooks Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach (Shelley
Cashman Series)

Schedule Week 1- Introduction to computers


Week 2- Introduction to computers
Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel
Week 13- MS PowerPoint
Week 14- MS PowerPoint
Week 15- MS PowerPoint
Week 16- Final Projects

Evaluation methods This course absolutely requires keyboarding skills.


Grading:
Attendance & Participation: 25%
Final Project: 25%
Quizzes & Assignments: 50%
Grade scale is based on a calculated average: A (90-100); B (80-89); C (70-79); D (60-69); F (0-
59). 25% of the final grade includes attendance and participation. Fifty points are awarded for
acceptable behavior/participation in class and fifty points are awarded for attendance, a total 100
points. A percentage will be calculated of the number of attended class periods divided by total
class periods. This percentage will then be multiplied by the possible 50 points for attendance. The
50 points for behavior/participation are subject to the instructor's decision. 25% of the possible 100
points will then be added to the final grade.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Herron, Jenny
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 141
Term Spring Phone 903 782 0359
Section 65 email jherron@parisjc.edu

Course COSC 1401

Title Introduction to Computing

Description Overview of computer systems—hardware, operating systems, and microcomputer application


software, including the Internet, word processing, spreadsheets, presentation graphics, and
databases. Current issues such as the effect of computers on society, and the history and use of
computers in business, educational, and other modern settings are also studied. This course is not
intended to count toward a student's major field of study in business or computer science.

Textbooks 1. Discovering Computers and Microsoft® Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach,
1st Ed., Shelly/Vermatt [ISBN: 0-538-47392-4]
2. Microsoft Windows 7 Essentials, 1st Ed. [ISBN: 1439081077]
3. SAM 2007 Assessment 6.0 Printed Access Card, 1st Ed. [ISBN: 0-8400-6774-7]
[ BUNDLE of 3 Items: ISBN: 1111485445]

Schedule Week #1 - ORIENTATION: Course, LMS, web sites


Week #2 - Windows 7 Operating System
Week #3 - Computer Concepts Chapters 1 & 2
Week #4 - Computer Concepts Chapters 4 & 5
Week #5 - EXAM 1 Review and Complete
Week #6 - MS Office Word
Week #7 - MS Office Word
Week #8 - MS Office PowerPoint
Week #9 - MS Office PowerPoint
Week #10 - MS Office Excel
Week #11 - MS Office Excel
Week #12 - EXAM 2 - Hands-On Assessment
Week #13 - MS Office Access
Week #14 - MS Office Access
Week #15 - REVIEW FOR FINAL EXAM
Week #16 - Final EXAM

Evaluation methods 30% EXAMS


30% Lab Assignments
20% Assignments
20% Quizzes
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Herron, Jenny
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 141
Term Spring Phone 903 782 0359
Section 66 email jherron@parisjc.edu

Course COSC 1401

Title Introduction to Computing

Description Overview of computer systems—hardware, operating systems, and microcomputer application


software, including the Internet, word processing, spreadsheets, presentation graphics, and
databases. Current issues such as the effect of computers on society, and the history and use of
computers in business, educational, and other modern settings are also studied. This course is not
intended to count toward a student's major field of study in business or computer science.

Textbooks 1. Discovering Computers and Microsoft® Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach,
1st Ed., Shelly/Vermatt [ISBN: 0-538-47392-4]
2. Microsoft Windows 7 Essentials, 1st Ed. [ISBN: 1439081077]
3. SAM 2007 Assessment 6.0 Printed Access Card, 1st Ed. [ISBN: 0-8400-6774-7]
[ BUNDLE of 3 Items: ISBN: 1111485445]

Schedule Week #1 - ORIENTATION: Course, LMS, web sites


Week #2 - Windows 7 Operating System
Week #3 - Computer Concepts Chapters 1 & 2
Week #4 - Computer Concepts Chapters 4 & 5
Week #5 - EXAM 1 Review and Complete
Week #6 - MS Office Word
Week #7 - MS Office Word
Week #8 - MS Office PowerPoint
Week #9 - MS Office PowerPoint
Week #10 - MS Office Excel
Week #11 - MS Office Excel
Week #12 - EXAM 2 - Hands-On Assessment
Week #13 - MS Office Access
Week #14 - MS Office Access
Week #15 - REVIEW FOR FINAL EXAM
Week #16 - Final EXAM

Evaluation methods 30% EXAMS


30% Lab Assignments
20% Assignments
20% Quizzes
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Rita J. Pringle
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC1205
Term Spring Phone 903.782.0476
Section 67 email rpringle@parisjc.edu

Course COSC 1401

Title Microcomputer Applications

Description A study of microcomputer concepts and applications to provide the student an understanding of
computer technology, hardware, software and production of meaningful information through the
use of integrated application software.

Textbooks Discovering Comptuers and Microsoft Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach, 1st
Edition. ISBN-13: 9780538473927

Schedule Week 1- Introduction to Computers


Week 2- Introduction to Computers, continued
Week 3- Introduction to Computers, continued
Week 4- Microsoft Word Project 1: Creating & Editing a Word Document
Week 5- Microsoft Word Project 2: Creating a Research Paper
Week 6- Test 1: Microsoft Word
Week 7- Microsoft Excel Project 1: Creating a Worksheet & an Embedded Chart
Week 8- Microsoft Excel Project 2: Formulas, Functions, Formatting & Web Queries
Week 9- Spring Break
Week 10- Test 2: Microsoft Excel
Week 11- Microsoft Access Project 1: Creating and Using a Database
Week 12- Microsoft Access Project 2: Querying a Database
Week 13- Test 3: Microsoft Access
Week 14- Microsoft PowerPoint Project 1: Creating & Editing a Presentation
Week 15- Microsoft PowerPoint Project 2: Creating a Presentation with Illustrations & Shapes
Week 16- Integrating Office 2007

Evaluation methods Grading Scale: Grade Scale is based ona calculated average: A (90-10); B (80-89); C (70-79); D
(60-69); F (0-59)
40% -- Tests; 30% -- Final Exam; 30% -- Homework

Students are required to submit their homework by Saturday at 11:55 p.m. Late assignments will be
accepted with the following penalties: Late 1 week -- 10 point penalty; Late 2 weeks -- 20 point
penalty; Later than 2 weeks -- assignment not accepted.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Julie Eckhardt
Year 2010-2011 Office Office 209
Term Spring Phone 903-457-8716
Section G1 email jeckhardt@parisjc.edu

Course COSC 1401

Title Introduction to Computing

Description Study of basic hardware, software, operating systems, and current applications in various segments
of society. Current issues such as the effect of computers on society and the history and use of
computers are also studied. Labs may include but are not limited to introductions to operating
systems, the Internet, word processing, spreadsheets, databases, and programming concepts with
emphasis on critical thinking/problem solving. This course is intended for non-Business and non-
Computer Science majors.
Credits: 4 SCH = 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list

Textbooks Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach (Shelley
Cashman Series)

Schedule Week 1- Introduction to computers


Week 2- Introduction to computers
Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel
Week 13- MS PowerPoint
Week 14- MS PowerPoint
Week 15- MS PowerPoint
Week 16- Final Projects

Evaluation methods This course absolutely requires keyboarding skills.


Grading:
Attendance & Participation: 25%
Final Project: 25%
Quizzes & Assignments: 50%
Grade scale is based on a calculated average: A (90-100); B (80-89); C (70-79); D (60-69); F (0-
59). 25% of the final grade includes attendance and participation. Fifty points are awarded for
acceptable behavior/participation in class and fifty points are awarded for attendance, a total 100
points. A percentage will be calculated of the number of attended class periods divided by total
class periods. This percentage will then be multiplied by the possible 50 points for attendance. The
50 points for behavior/participation are subject to the instructor's decision. 25% of the possible 100
points will then be added to the final grade
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Julie Eckhardt
Year 2010-2011 Office Office 209
Term Spring Phone 903-457-8716
Section G2 email jeckhardt@parisjc.edu

Course COSC 1401

Title Introduction to Computing

Description Study of basic hardware, software, operating systems, and current applications in various segments
of society. Current issues such as the effect of computers on society and the history and use of
computers are also studied. Labs may include but are not limited to introductions to operating
systems, the Internet, word processing, spreadsheets, databases, and programming concepts with
emphasis on critical thinking/problem solving. This course is intended for non-Business and non-
Computer Science majors.
Credits: 4 SCH = 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list

Textbooks Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach (Shelley
Cashman Series)

Schedule Week 1- Introduction to computers


Week 2- Introduction to computers
Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel
Week 13- MS PowerPoint
Week 14- MS PowerPoint
Week 15- MS PowerPoint
Week 16- Final Projects

Evaluation methods This course absolutely requires keyboarding skills.


Grading:
Attendance & Participation: 25%
Final Project: 25%
Quizzes & Assignments: 50%
Grade scale is based on a calculated average: A (90-100); B (80-89); C (70-79); D (60-69); F (0-
59). 25% of the final grade includes attendance and participation. Fifty points are awarded for
acceptable behavior/participation in class and fifty points are awarded for attendance, a total 100
points. A percentage will be calculated of the number of attended class periods divided by total
class periods. This percentage will then be multiplied by the possible 50 points for attendance. The
50 points for behavior/participation are subject to the instructor's decision. 25% of the possible 100
points will then be added to the final grade.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Julie Eckhardt
Year 2010-2011 Office Office 209
Term Spring Phone 903-457-8716
Section G3 email jeckhardt@parisjc.edu

Course COSC 1401

Title Introduction to Computing

Description Study of basic hardware, software, operating systems, and current applications in various segments
of society. Current issues such as the effect of computers on society and the history and use of
computers are also studied. Labs may include but are not limited to introductions to operating
systems, the Internet, word processing, spreadsheets, databases, and programming concepts with
emphasis on critical thinking/problem solving. This course is intended for non-Business and non-
Computer Science majors.
Credits: 4 SCH = 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list

Textbooks Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach (Shelley
Cashman Series)

Schedule Week 1- Introduction to computers


Week 2- Introduction to computers
Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel
Week 13- MS PowerPoint
Week 14- MS PowerPoint
Week 15- MS PowerPoint
Week 16- Final Projects

Evaluation methods This course absolutely requires keyboarding skills.


Grading:
Attendance & Participation: 25%
Final Project: 25%
Quizzes & Assignments: 50%
Grade scale is based on a calculated average: A (90-100); B (80-89); C (70-79); D (60-69); F (0-
59). 25% of the final grade includes attendance and participation. Fifty points are awarded for
acceptable behavior/participation in class and fifty points are awarded for attendance, a total 100
points. A percentage will be calculated of the number of attended class periods divided by total
class periods. This percentage will then be multiplied by the possible 50 points for attendance. The
50 points for behavior/participation are subject to the instructor's decision. 25% of the possible 100
points will then be added to the final grade.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Julie Eckhardt
Year 2010-2011 Office Office 209
Term Spring Phone 903-457-8716
Section G4 email jeckhardt@parisjc.edu

Course COSC 1401

Title Introduction to Computing

Description Study of basic hardware, software, operating systems, and current applications in various segments
of society. Current issues such as the effect of computers on society and the history and use of
computers are also studied. Labs may include but are not limited to introductions to operating
systems, the Internet, word processing, spreadsheets, databases, and programming concepts with
emphasis on critical thinking/problem solving. This course is intended for non-Business and non-
Computer Science majors.
Credits: 4 SCH = 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list

Textbooks Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach (Shelley
Cashman Series)

Schedule Week 1- Introduction to computers


Week 2- Introduction to computers
Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel
Week 13- MS PowerPoint
Week 14- MS PowerPoint
Week 15- MS PowerPoint
Week 16- Final Projects

Evaluation methods This course absolutely requires keyboarding skills.


Grading:
Attendance & Participation: 25%
Final Project: 25%
Quizzes & Assignments: 50%
Grade scale is based on a calculated average: A (90-100); B (80-89); C (70-79); D (60-69); F (0-
59). 25% of the final grade includes attendance and participation. Fifty points are awarded for
acceptable behavior/participation in class and fifty points are awarded for attendance, a total 100
points. A percentage will be calculated of the number of attended class periods divided by total
class periods. This percentage will then be multiplied by the possible 50 points for attendance. The
50 points for behavior/participation are subject to the instructor's decision. 25% of the possible 100
points will then be added to the final grade.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Julie Eckhardt
Year 2010-2011 Office Office 209
Term Spring Phone 903-457-8716
Section G5 email jeckhardt@parisjc.edu

Course COSC 1401

Title Introduction to Computing

Description Study of basic hardware, software, operating systems, and current applications in various segments
of society. Current issues such as the effect of computers on society and the history and use of
computers are also studied. Labs may include but are not limited to introductions to operating
systems, the Internet, word processing, spreadsheets, databases, and programming concepts with
emphasis on critical thinking/problem solving. This course is intended for non-Business and non-
Computer Science majors.
Credits: 4 SCH = 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list

Textbooks Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach (Shelley
Cashman Series)

Schedule Week 1- Introduction to computers


Week 2- Introduction to computers
Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS Access
Week 7- MS Access
Week 8- MS Access
Week 9- MS Access
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Excel
Week 12- MS Excel
Week 13- MS PowerPoint
Week 14- MS PowerPoint
Week 15- MS PowerPoint
Week 16- Final Projects

Evaluation methods This course absolutely requires keyboarding skills.


Grading:
Attendance & Participation: 25%
Final Project: 25%
Quizzes & Assignments: 50%
Grade scale is based on a calculated average: A (90-100); B (80-89); C (70-79); D (60-69); F (0-
59). 25% of the final grade includes attendance and participation. Fifty points are awarded for
acceptable behavior/participation in class and fifty points are awarded for attendance, a total 100
points. A percentage will be calculated of the number of attended class periods divided by total
class periods. This percentage will then be multiplied by the possible 50 points for attendance. The
50 points for behavior/participation are subject to the instructor's decision. 25% of the possible 100
points will then be added to the final grade.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Rita J. Pringle
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC1205
Term Spring Phone 903.782.0476
Section P1 email rpringle@parisjc.edu

Course COSC 1401

Title Microcomputer Applications

Description A study of microcomputer concepts and applications to provide the student an understanding of
computer technology, hardware, software and production of meaningful information through the
use of integrated application software.

Textbooks Discovering Comptuers and Microsoft Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach, 1st
Edition. ISBN-13: 9780538473927

Schedule Week 1- Introduction to Computers


Week 2- Introduction to Computers, continued
Week 3- Microsoft Word Project 1: Creating & Editing a Word Document
Week 4- Microsoft Word Project 2: Creating a Research Paper
Week 5- Test 1: Microsoft Word
Week 6- Microsoft Excel Project 1: Creating a Worksheet & an Embedded Chart
Week 7- Microsoft Excel Project 2: Formulas, Functions, Formatting & Web Queries
Week 8- Test 2: Microsoft Excel
Week 9- Spring Break
Week 10- Microsoft Access Project 1: Creating and Using a Database
Week 11- Microsoft Access Project 2: Querying a Database
Week 12- Test 3: Microsoft Access
Week 13- Microsoft PowerPoint Project 1: Creating & Editing a Presentation
Week 14- Microsoft PowerPoint Project 2: Creating a Presentation with Illustrations & Shapes
Week 15- Open Class/TACE Conference
Week 16- Integrating Office 2007

Evaluation methods Grading Scale: Grade Scale is based ona calculated average: A (90-10); B (80-89); C (70-79); D
(60-69); F (0-59)
40% -- Tests; 30% -- Final Exam; 30% -- Homework

Students are required to submit their homework by Saturday at 11:55 p.m. Late assignments will be
accepted with the following penalties: Late 1 week -- 10 point penalty; Late 2 weeks -- 20 point
penalty; Later than 2 weeks -- assignment not accepted.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Mary Holbrook Mims
Year 2010-2011 Office AD 143
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0226
Section P2 email mmims@parisjc.edu

Course COSC1401

Title Microcomputer Applications

Description A study of microcomputer concepts and applications. Topics covered include operating system,
word processing, spreadsheets, data management, and presentation graphics.

Textbooks 1. Text: Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach
by Shelly, Vermaat ISBN-13: 978-0-538-47392-7, ISBN-10: 0-538-47392-4
2. Text: Microsoft Windows 7: Essential, 1st Edition
ISBN-13: 978-1-4390-8107-5; ISBN-10: 1-4390-8107-7
3. Sam 2007 Access Card/Code, 1st Edition- ISBN: 1-4188-4325-3
4. BUNDLE of #1, #2 and #3 items above : ISBN: 1111485445

Schedule Week 1 – Introduction & Microsoft Windows 7 Essentials


Week 2 - Microsoft Windows 7 Essentials & Internet Explorer
Week 3 - Discovering Computers Chapter 1, 2 & 3
Week 4 - Discovering Computers Chapter 4 & 5
Week 5 - EXAM #1 & Microsoft Word 2007 Chapter 1
Week 6 - Microsoft Office Word 2007 Chapter 2
Week 7 - Microsoft Office Excel 2007 Chapter 1
Week 8 - Microsoft Office Excel 2007 Chapter 2
Week 9 - EXAM #2
Week 10 - Microsoft Office Access 2007 Chapter 1
Week 11 - Microsoft Office Access 2007 Chapter 2
Week 12 - Microsoft Office PowerPoint 2007 Chapter 1
Week 13 - Microsoft Office PowerPoint 2007 Chapter 2
Week 14 - Microsoft Office Integration Office
Week 15 – Review for Exam#3
Week 16 - EXAM #3

Evaluation methods A. The final grade for the course will be assigned as follows:
1. Twelve to sixteen assignments will be averaged and will count 70% of the semester grade.
2. Three EXAMS will be averaged and will count 30% of the semester grade.

B . The Grading Scale will be as follows:


A = 90 - 100
B = 80 - 89
C = 70 - 79
D = 60 - 69
F = 0 - 59
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Kathy Bush
Year 2010-2011 Office
Term Spring Phone 903-885-1232
Section S2 email kbush@parisjc.edu

Course COSC 1401

Title Microcomputer Applications

Description Study of basic hardware, software, operating systems, and current applications in various segments
of society. Current issues such as the effect of computers on society and the history and use of
computers are also studied. Labs may include but are not limited to introductions to operating
systems, the Internet, word processing, spreadsheets, databases, and programming concepts with
emphasis on critical thinking/problem solving. This course is intended for non-Computer Science
majors.

Textbooks Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach (Shelley
Cashman Series)

Schedule Week 1- Windows 7


Week 2- Windows 7
Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS PowerPoint
Week 7- MS PowerPoint
Week 8- MS Excel
Week 9- MS Excel
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Access
Week 12- MS Access
Week 13- MS Access
Week 14- MS Integrating Office and the World Wide Web
Week 15- MS Integrating Office and the World Wide Web
Week 16- MS Integrating Office and the World Wide Web

Evaluation methods Assignments in Word, Excel, Access, and PowerPoint


4 exams
Quizzes
Internet Research
e-mail
Exams:60%; Assignments, quizzes, research, and discussions 40%
A=90-100; B=80-89; C=70-79; D=60-69; Below 60=F;
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Kathy Bush
Year 2010-2011 Office
Term Spring Phone 903-885-1232
Section S2 email kbush@parisjc.edu

Course COSC 1401

Title Microcomputer Applications

Description Study of basic hardware, software, operating systems, and current applications in various segments
of society. Current issues such as the effect of computers on society and the history and use of
computers are also studied. Labs may include but are not limited to introductions to operating
systems, the Internet, word processing, spreadsheets, databases, and programming concepts with
emphasis on critical thinking/problem solving. This course is intended for non-Computer Science
majors.

Textbooks Discovering Computers & Microsoft Office 2007: A Fundamental Combined Approach (Shelley
Cashman Series)

Schedule Week 1- Windows 7


Week 2- Windows 7
Week 3- MS Word
Week 4- MS Word
Week 5- MS Word
Week 6- MS PowerPoint
Week 7- MS PowerPoint
Week 8- MS Excel
Week 9- MS Excel
Week 10- MS Excel
Week 11- MS Access
Week 12- MS Access
Week 13- MS Access
Week 14- MS Integrating Office and the World Wide Web
Week 15- MS Integrating Office and the World Wide Web
Week 16- MS Integrating Office and the World Wide Web

Evaluation methods Assignments in Word, Excel, Access, and PowerPoint


4 exams
Quizzes
Internet Research
e-mail
Exams:60%; Assignments, quizzes, research, and discussions 40%
A=90-100; B=80-89; C=70-79; D=60-69; Below 60=F;
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Beverly Matthews
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 101
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0379
Section G1 email bmatthews@parisjc.edu

Course COSC 1420

Title C++ Computer Programming I

Description Introduction to computer programming in the ―C++ programming language. Emphasis on the
fundamentals of structured design, development, testing, implementation, and documentation.
Includes coverage of language syntax, data and file structures, input/output devices, and disks/files.

Textbooks Starting Out with C++ from Control Structures through Objects, Sixth Edition by Tony Gaddis.
ISBN:032154588-5. You may use the Fifth Edition or the 7th Edition of this textbook.

Schedule Week 1-Review Syllabus, Course Schedule, Course Website


Week 2-Valid identifiers, Data Types, Memory, Software
Week 3-Appropriate arithmetic/relational operators
Week 4-Cin/cout, Mathematical Expressions, Input/Output File Handling
Week 5- Designing and Writing a program; debug features
Week 6-Exam 1
Week 7-Control Structures--If & Switch Statements, Relational Operators
Week 8-String Comparison
Week 9-Looping, Increment/Decrement Operators
Week 10-Counters, Sentinels
Week 11-Functions
Week 12-Continue with Functions, Boolean Values, Scope of Variables
Week 13-Exam 2
Week 14-Creating & Processing One Dimensional Arrays
Week 15-Vectors, Character Arrays (c-strings, and the String Class
Week 16-Exam 3

Evaluation methods Activity Sheets for each major topic are to be completed by the student and some of this activity
will be completed in class/online. These sheets may be used during the examinations.
There will be three proctored exams taken with the instructor; these exams include writing short
code, multiple choice, true/false, and writing a complete program using the software.
Online quizzes serve as bonus points to the examinations.
Complete seven Program Assignments using Visual Studio Student Express Software
Course Grade is determined as follows: 100-90-100=A; 89-80=B;79-70=C; 69-60=D;below 60=F;
The three examinations count 70% of the grade, and the program assignments cout 30% of the
grade.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Beverly Matthews
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 101
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0379
Section 65 email bmatthews@parisjc.edu

Course COSC 2420

Title C++ Computer Programming II

Description Further applications of programming techniques in the C++ programming language. Topics may
include file access methods, data structures and modular programming, program testing and
documentation, and other topics not normally covered in an introductory computer programming
course.

Textbooks Starting Out with C++ from Control Structures through Objects, Sixth Edition by Tony Gaddis.
ISBN:032154588-5. You may use the Fifth Edition or the 7th Edition of this textbook.

Schedule Week 1-Review Syllabus, Course Schedule, Course Website


Week 2-Review First Course Material: Control Structures & Input/Output Files
Week 3-Review First Course Material: Functions
Week 4-Review First Course Material: One Dimensional Arrays & Vectors
Week 5-Review First Course Material: Designing and Writing a program; debug features
Week 6-Exam 1
Week 7-Two-Dimensional Arrays
Week 8-Searching & Sorting
Week 9-Pointers
Week 10-Structures
Week 11-Exam 2
Week 12-Advanced File Handling & Intro to Classes
Week 13-Classes-Constructors & Destructors
Week 14-Classes--Overloading & Inheritance
Week 15-Exception Handling
Week 16-Exam 3

Evaluation methods Activity Sheets for each major topic are to be completed by the student and some of this activity
will be completed in class/online. These sheets may be used during the examinations.
There will be three proctored exams taken with the instructor; these exams include writing short
code, multiple choice, true/false, and writing a complete program using the software.
Online quizzes serve as bonus points to the examinations.
Complete 10 Program Assignments using Visual Studio Student Express Software
Course Grade is determined as follows: 100-90-100=A; 89-80=B;79-70=C; 69-60=D;below 60=F;
The three examinations count 70% of the grade, and the program assignments cout 30% of the
grade.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Beverly Matthews
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 101
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0379
Section G1 email bmatthews@parisjc.edu

Course COSC 2420

Title C++ Computer Programming II

Description Further applications of programming techniques in the C++ programming language. Topics may
include file access methods, data structures and modular programming, program testing and
documentation, and other topics not normally covered in an introductory computer programming
course

Textbooks Starting Out with C++ from Control Structures through Objects, Sixth Edition by Tony Gaddis.
ISBN:032154588-5. You may use the Fifth Edition or the 7th Edition of this textbook.

Schedule Week 1-Review Syllabus, Course Schedule, Course Website


Week 2-Review First Course Material: Control Structures & Input/Output Files
Week 3-Review First Course Material: Functions
Week 4-Review First Course Material: One Dimensional Arrays & Vectors
Week 5-Review First Course Material: Designing and Writing a program; debug features
Week 6-Exam 1
Week 7-Two-Dimensional Arrays
Week 8-Searching & Sorting
Week 9-Pointers
Week 10-Structures
Week 11-Exam 2
Week 12-Advanced File Handling & Intro to Classes
Week 13-Classes-Constructors & Destructors
Week 14-Classes--Overloading & Inheritance
Week 15-Exception Handling
Week 16-Exam 3

Evaluation methods Activity Sheets for each major topic are to be completed by the student and some of this activity
will be completed in class/online. These sheets may be used during the examinations.
There will be three proctored exams taken with the instructor; these exams include writing short
code, multiple choice, true/false, and writing a complete program using the software.
Online quizzes serve as bonus points to the examinations.
Complete 10 Program Assignments using Visual Studio Student Express Software
Course Grade is determined as follows: 100-90-100=A; 89-80=B;79-70=C; 69-60=D;below 60=F;
The three examinations count 70% of the grade, and the program assignments cout 30% of the
grade.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Beverly Matthews
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 101
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0379
Section P1 email bmatthews@parisjc.edu

Course COSC 2420

Title C++ Computer Programming II

Description Further applications of programming techniques in the C++ programming language. Topics may
include file access methods, data structures and modular programming, program testing and
documentation, and other topics not normally covered in an introductory computer programming
course

Textbooks Starting Out with C++ from Control Structures through Objects, Sixth Edition by Tony Gaddis.
ISBN:032154588-5. You may use the Fifth Edition or the 7th Edition of this textbook.

Schedule Week 1-Review Syllabus, Course Schedule, Course Website


Week 2-Review First Course Material: Control Structures & Input/Output Files
Week 3-Review First Course Material: Functions
Week 4-Review First Course Material: One Dimensional Arrays & Vectors
Week 5-Review First Course Material: Designing and Writing a program; debug features
Week 6-Exam 1
Week 7-Two-Dimensional Arrays
Week 8-Searching & Sorting
Week 9-Pointers
Week 10-Structures
Week 11-Exam 2
Week 12-Advanced File Handling & Intro to Classes
Week 13-Classes-Constructors & Destructors
Week 14-Classes--Overloading & Inheritance
Week 15-Exception Handling
Week 16-Exam 3

Evaluation methods Activity Sheets for each major topic are to be completed by the student and some of this activity
will be completed in class/online. These sheets may be used during the examinations.
There will be three proctored exams taken with the instructor; these exams include writing short
code, multiple choice, true/false, and writing a complete program using the software.
Online quizzes serve as bonus points to the examinations.
Complete 10 Program Assignments using Visual Studio Student Express Software
Course Grade is determined as follows: 100-90-100=A; 89-80=B;79-70=C; 69-60=D;below 60=F;
The three examinations count 70% of the grade, and the program assignments cout 30% of the
grade.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Douglas Shuler
Year 2010 - 2011 Office AS 151
Term Spring Phone 903-781-0497
Section 65 email dshuler@parisjc.edu

Course CRIJ - 1306

Title Introduction to Criminal Justice

Description An overview of the basics of the Criminal Justice system. Topics include the history and philosophy
of criminal justice, the definition of crime, and its nature and impact. Upon successful completion
of this course, the student will be able to relate the basic principles of the American Criminal
Justice System; the goals of the police; the history of the system; how the system protects the rights
of all persons; and the constitutionally imposed restrictions on the system. This course will acquaint
the student with the history and philosophy of law enforcement, the various agencies that comprise
the criminal justice system, the relationship between the Constitution and the criminal justice
system, and the various processes of the system.

Textbooks Criminal Justice Today – 11th Edition


Schmalleger, ©2011 | Prentice Hall
ISBN-13: 9780135074091

Schedule 1) Introduction to the course. Overview of Syllabi. Rules of the class.


2) Introduction to Police Work. Historical Development. Levels of Policing. Federal, State and
Local Agencies. Private Services.
3) Police Mission. Organizations. Police Management. Styles of Policing. Terrorism. Officer
Discretion. Professionalism and Ethics. Ethnic and Gender (Diversity) issues.
4) Review and Examination (Chapters 5 & 6)
5) Legal Issues: Abuse of Power. Individual Rights. Search and Seizure. Arrest. Functions of the
Intelligence Agencies
6) Policing as a Career: Police Culture. Corruption and Integrity. Dangers of Police Work. Use of
Force. Racial Profiling biased policing. Civil Liability.
7) Court Structure: American Court System. State Courts. Courtroom Players.
8) Review and Examination (Chapters 7, 8 & 9)
9) NO Class – Spring Break Week
10) Criminal Trials: Pretrial issues. Criminal Trial. Trial Stages. Adjudication Process.
11) Sentencing: Criminal Sentencing. Intermediate Sentencing. Structured Sentencing.
Investigations. Victims. Sentencing Options. Death Sanctions.
12) Review and Examination (Chapters 10 & 11)
13) Research and Complete your Written Assignment: See Instructions: Due 04/18
14) Probation, Parole and Community Corrections / Written Assignments Due (04/18) – NO Late
Papers will be accepted
15) Prison / Jail Functions
16) Prison and Jail Life / Review for Final Examination
17) FINAL Examination in a PJC or approved Testing Center ONLY

Evaluation methods Evaluations of students are calculated by test/exam scores, assignment(s) and attendance.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Douglas Shuler
Year 2010 - 2011 Office AS 151
Term Spring Phone 903-781-0497
Section 01 email dshuler@parisjc.edu

Course CRIJ - 2328

Title Police Systems and Practices

Description The police profession; organization of law enforcement systems; the police role; police discretion;
ethics; police-community interaction; current and future issues. Upon successful completion of this
course the student will be able to: discuss the need for professionalism within the police profession;
discuss and give examples of the basic organizational structures used in modern police agencies;
discuss the use of discretion in police work; define the role of police in today's society; discuss
issues concerning morality and ethics within the police agency; demonstrate the need for police-
community interaction; and discuss current and future issues within law enforcement.
This course focuses on the administrative aspects of law enforcement. It will acquaint the student
with concepts of policing, basic organizational structures, police behavior, and contemporary issues
in policing. Ethics, factors that affect police performance and the role of the police are emphasized.

Textbooks Policing America: Challenges and Best Practices, PEAK, Kenneth J., (2009). Pearson: Upper
Saddle River, NJ
ISBN-13:978-0-13-159803-4

Schedule 1) Historical Development


2) Federal and State Agencies
3) Police in Society
4) From Citizen to Police Officer
5) On Patrol
6) Community Oriented Policing & Problem Solving
7) Criminal Investigation
8) Rule of Law
9) SPRING BREAK “NO CLASS”
10) Accountability
11) Civil Liability
12) Addressing Terrorism
13) Crimes Involving Illegal Immigrants
14) Police Trends and Issues
15) Technology Review
16) Focus on the Future
17) FINAL EXAMINATION (05/09 – 05/12) 8am – 5pm

Evaluation methods Evaluations of students are calculated by test/exam scores, assignment(s) and attendance.
Attendance is calculated only for conventional classes; online classes are excluded from per se
attendance policies.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Douglas Shuler
Year 2010 - 2011 Office AS 151
Term Spring Phone 903-781-0497
Section 01 email dshuler@parisjc.edu

Course CRIJ 1301

Title Introduction to Criminal Justice

Description An overview of the basics of the Criminal Justice system. Topics include the history and philosophy
of criminal justice, the definition of crime, and its nature and impact. Upon successful completion
of this course, the student will be able to relate the basic principles of the American Criminal
Justice System; the goals of the police; the history of the system; how the system protects the rights
of all persons; and the constitutionally imposed restrictions on the system. This course will acquaint
the student with the history and philosophy of law enforcement, the various agencies that comprise
the criminal justice system, the relationship between the Constitution and the criminal justice
system, and the various processes of the system.

Textbooks Criminal Justice Today – 11th Edition


Schmalleger, ©2011 | Prentice Hall
ISBN-13: 9780135074091

Schedule 1) Introduction to the course. Overview of Syllabi. Rules of the class.


2) Introduction to Police Work. Historical Development. Levels of Policing. Federal, State and
Local Agencies. Private Services.
3) Police Mission. Organizations. Police Management. Styles of Policing. Terrorism. Officer
Discretion. Professionalism and Ethics. Ethnic and Gender (Diversity) issues.
4) Review and Examination (Chapters 5 & 6)
5) Legal Issues: Abuse of Power. Individual Rights. Search and Seizure. Arrest. Functions of the
Intelligence Agencies
6) Policing as a Career: Police Culture. Corruption and Integrity. Dangers of Police Work. Use of
Force. Racial Profiling biased policing. Civil Liability.
7) Court Structure: American Court System. State Courts. Courtroom Players.
8) Review and Examination (Chapters 7, 8 & 9)
9) NO Class – Spring Break Week
10) Criminal Trials: Pretrial issues. Criminal Trial. Trial Stages. Adjudication Process.
11) Sentencing: Criminal Sentencing. Intermediate Sentencing. Structured Sentencing.
Investigations. Victims. Sentencing Options. Death Sanctions.
12) Review and Examination (Chapters 10 & 11)
13) Research and Complete your Written Assignment: See Instructions: Due 04/18
14) Probation, Parole and Community Corrections / Written Assignments Due (04/18) – NO Late
Papers will be accepted
15) Prison / Jail Functions
16) Prison and Jail Life / Review for Final Examination
17) FINAL Examination in a PJC or approved Testing Center ONLY

Evaluation methods Evaluations of students are calculated by test/exam scores, assignment(s) and attendance.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Lana Adams
Year 2010-2011 Office Greenville Center 207
Term Spring Phone 903-454-9333
Section 40 email ladams@parisjc.edu

Course CRIJ 1301

Title Introduction to Criminal Justice

Description History, philiosophy, and ethical considerations of criminal justice, the nature and impact of crime,
and an overview of the criminal justice system, including law enforcement and court procedures

Textbooks Criminal Justice Today, Schmalleger, Frank, Pearson Prentice Hall, 11th Edition

Schedule Week 1- History and Philosophy of Criminal Justice


Week 2- Police
Week 3- Courts
Week 4- Corrections
Week 5- Crime Defined
Week 6- Civil Actions
Week 7- Police and the Community
Week 8- Goals of Police Organization
Week 9- Trial Process
Week 10-Pre-trial
Week 11-Prosecutors
Week 12-Sentence
Week 13-Appeal
Week 14-Corrections - Local Basis
Week 15-Corrections - Federal
Week 16-Probation and Parols

Evaluation methods GRADING SYSTEM

A= 90-100% B= 80-89% C=70-79% D=60-69% F=59 and below

Grades will be based on:


Chapter Tests – Tests count equally and will be returned in a timely manner.
Class Participation
Attendance – In the day class, if you exceed 4 absences, there will be 5 points deducted
off your overall average for the class for each absence, in a night class, after 2
absences, the same rule will apply.
Project assignment – if a project is assigned it will count as 1 test grade

Any test missed must be made up within the next two meetings if it is a day class or by the next
class if it is a night class. (Consideration will be given to special circumstances)
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Douglas Shuler
Year 2010 - 2011 Office AS 151
Term Spring Phone 903-781-0497
Section 65 email dshuler@parisjc.edu

Course CRIJ 1306

Title Court Systems and Practices

Description The study of the judiciary in the American criminal justice system and the adjudication processes
and procedures. Which includes: the prosecution of offenders; the basic right to counsel; the
concept of pretrial release; the purpose and function of the grand jury; the procedural processes of
adjudication; types and purposes of sentencing; the rules of evidence; rules concerning trial
procedure; and the disposition of criminal cases? By focusing on court systems and the rules of
procedure, the student will better understand why particular cases are filed in certain courts, and
why certain procedures are required, while others are prohibited. Studying procedural law enables
students to have a more complete understanding of the criminal process, from arrest through appeal.

Textbooks Courts and Criminal Justice in America, 1/E


Siegel, Schmalleger & Worrall, ©2011 | Prentice Hall | ISBN-13: 9780131745766

Schedule 1) Legal Foundations


2) Who Controls the Courts
3) Federal Courts
4) State Courts
5) Juvenile Courts
6) Specialized Courts
7) Judges
8) Prosecutors
9) No Class SPRING BREAK WEEK
10) Defense Attorneys
11) Defendants and Victims: Their Roles and Rights
12) Arrest and Beyond
13) Plea Bargaining and Guilty Pleas
14) The Jury and the Trial
15) Sentencing, Appeals and Habeas Corpus / WRITTEN ASSIGNMENTS DUE – NO
EXCEPTIONS
16) Differential Treatment and Wrongful Convictions
17) Final Examination – YOU MUST TAKE THIS IN THE TESTING CENTER

Evaluation methods Evaluations of students are calculated by test/exam scores, assignment(s) and attendance.
Attendance is calculated only for conventional classes; online classes are excluded from per se
attendance policies.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Douglas Shuler
Year 2010 - 2011 Office AS 151
Term Spring Phone 903-781-0497
Section 65 email dshuler@parisjc.edu

Course CRIJ 1307

Title Crime in America

Description The study of crime problems in historical perspective, social and public policy factors affecting
crime, impact and crime trends, social characteristics of specific crimes, and crime prevention.
Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to discuss the nature of crime in
the United States; discuss theories of criminal behavior according to sociologic interpretation;
discuss the characteristics of certain major index crimes and the manner and approach necessary by
the police to solve, or alleviate the crime problem in the United States.
This course introduces the student of criminal justice to certain theories of criminal behavior, an
explanation of criminal law, the causation of crime, and the nature and extent of crime in the United
States. The nature of crime and the characteristics of those who are likely to commit it are critically
examined. Discussion will include statistical data on crime rates, methods used to alleviate the
crime problem, and problems arising with victim precipitated offenses.

Textbooks Criminal Justice Today – 11th Edition


Schmalleger, ©2011 | Prentice Hall
ISBN-13: 9780135074091

Schedule 1) What is Criminal Justice


2) The Crime Picture
3) EXAMINATION – Chapters 1 & 2
4) The Search for Causes
5) Criminal Law
6) EXAMINATION – Chapters 3 & 4
7) Juvenile Justice
8) Drugs and Crime
9) SRING BREAK – NO CLASS
10) EXAMINATION – Chapters 15 & 16
11) Terrorism and Multinational Criminal Justice
12) The Future of Criminal Justice
13) EXAMINATION Chapters 17 & 18
14) Assignment Choose Topic and Complete Written Research Paper (See Instructions)
15) Assignment DUE Written assignment due by 04/28/2011 by 3:00 pm
NO EXCEPTIONS
16) REVIEW Final Examination Review
17) Comprehensive FINAL – MUST TAKE FINAL AT TESTING CENTER

Evaluation methods Evaluations of students are calculated by test/exam scores, assignment(s) and attendance.
Attendance is calculated only for conventional classes; online classes are excluded from per se
attendance policies.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Patrick Barron
Year 2010-2011 Office N/A
Term spring Phone 903-885-1232
Section 50 email pbarron@parisjc.edu

Course CRIJ 1307

Title Crime In America

Description The study of crime problems in historical perspective, social and public policy factors affecting
crime, impact and crime trends, social characteristics of specific crimes, and crime prevention.
Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to discuss the nature of crime in
the United States; discuss theories of criminal behavior according to sociologic interpretation;
discuss the characteristics of certain major index crimes and the manner and approach necessary by

Textbooks Criminal Justice Today: An Introductory Text for the 21st Century (11th Edition) (MyCrimeKit
Series) [Hardcover]
Frank Schmalleger

Schedule Week 1- What is Criminal Justice?


Week 2- Exam 1
Week 3- The Crime Picture
Week 4- Exam 2
Week 5- The Search for Causes
Week 6- Exam 3
Week 7- Criminal Law
Week 8- Exam 4
Week 9- Spring Break
Week 10-Juvenile Justice
Week 11-Exam 5
Week 12-Drugs and Crime
Week 13- Exam 6
Week 14- Terrorism and Multinational Criminal Justice
Week 15- The Future of Criminal Justice
Week 16- Final Exam

Evaluation methods Major examinations (7 @ 100 pts each)


Additional assignments (100 total pts)
Class participation/preparation (Discretionary)
A 90 – 100%
B 80 – 89%
C 70 – 79%
D 60 – 69%
F 59% and Below
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Douglas Shuler
Year 2010 - 2011 Office AS 151
Term Spring Phone 903-781-0497
Section 65 email dshuler@parisjc.edu

Course CRIJ 1310

Title Fundamentals of Criminal Law

Description A study of the nature of criminal law. Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be
able to: discuss the nature of criminal law, including the historical and philosophical developments
of substantive and procedural law; be able to define terms of law and concepts that accompany
them; discuss the classifications of crime; discuss and relate the elements of crimes and the
penalties attached thereto according to Texas law; and discuss the criminal responsibilities of
persons. This course will focus on criminal law, using the current Texas Penal Code as illustrative
of an operating penal code.

Textbooks Texas Criminal Law – Principles and Practices, Dowling, Jerry L (2009). Pearson: Upper Saddle
River, NJ
ISBN-13: 978-0-13-172139-5. Reference(s): State of Texas Penal Code

Schedule 1) Foundations of Criminal Law


2) Elements of a Crime
3) The Criminal Law in Daily Practice
4) Parties to Offenses
5) Criminal Homicide
6) Assault and Sexual Assault
7) Kidnapping and Related Offenses
8) Property Destruction Offenses
9) NO Class – Spring Break Week
10) Theft, Fraud and Related Offenses
11) Robbery
12) Burglary and Criminal Trespass
13) Offenses Against Government Operations
14) Public Disorder and Safety Offenses
15) Preparatory Offenses
16) General Defenses and Justifications
17) FINAL Examination in a PJC or approved Testing Center

Evaluation methods Evaluations of students are calculated by test/exam scores, assignment(s) and attendance.
Attendance is calculated only for conventional classes; online classes are excluded from per se
attendance policies.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Lana Adams
Year 2010-2011 Office Greenville Center 207
Term Spring Phone 903-454-9333
Section 40 email ladams@parisjc.edu

Course CRIJ 1313

Title Juvenile and Family Law

Description A study of the juvenile justice process to include specialized juvenile law, role of the juvenile law,
role of the juvenile courts, role of police agencies, role of correctional agencies, and theories
concerning delinquency

Textbooks The Juvenile Justice System, Champion, Dean, 6th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2010

Schedule Week 1- Nature of Delinquency


Week 2- Organization of the Juvenile Justice System
Week 3- Extent of Offenses committed by Juveniles
Week 4- Theories on Delinquency
Week 5- Juvenile Advocacy
Week 6- Juvenile Corrections
Week 7- Deferred Corrections
Week 8- Abuse/Neglected Children
Week 9- Marriage and the Family
Week 10-Schools and Delinquency
Week 11-Tour of Juvenile Detention Facility
Week 12-CASA - Court Appointed Special ADvocates
Week 13-Drug Use and Delinquency
Week 14-Family Code - Special Topics
Week 15-Truancy
Week 16-Institutions ofr Juveniles

Evaluation methods GRADING SYSTEM

A= 90-100% B= 80-89% C=70-79% D=60-69% F=59 and below

Grades will be based on:


Chapter Tests – Tests count equally and will be returned in a timely manner.
Class Participation
Attendance – In the day class, if you exceed 4 absences, there will be 5 points deducted
off your overall average for the class for each absence, in a night class, after 2
absences, the same rule will apply.
Project assignment – if a project is assigned it will count as 1 test grade

Any test missed must be made up within the next two meetings if it is a day class or by the next
class if it is a night class. (Consideration will be given to special circumstances)
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Patrick Barron
Year 2010-2011 Office N/A
Term spring Phone 903-885-1232
Section 65 email pbarron@parisjc.edu

Course CRIJ 2301

Title Community Resources in Corrections

Description This course will be an overview of the current Texas Jail system in local county and municipal jails,
the rules and regulations in those facilities and the agencies that control the system. Also included
in this course will be the requirements and operations of the county probation system and the state
parole system

Textbooks Hanser: Community Corrections


SAGE Publications, Inc ISBN: 9781412959957

Schedule Week 1- Intro to class; Definitions, History, and Development of Community Corrections
Week 2- Community Corrections: Public Safety Is Job One
Week 3- Assessment and Risk Prevention
Week 4- Assessment and Risk Prevention
Week 5- Legal Liabilities and Risk Management
Week 6- Specific Aspects Related to Probation
Week 7- Specific Aspects Related to Probation
Week 8- Needs-Based Case Management and Case Planning
Week 9- The Viability of Treatment Perspectives
Week 10- Community-Based Residential Treatment Facilities
Week 11- Intermediate Sanctions
Week 12- Intermediate Sanctions
Week 13- Specialized and Problematic Offender Typologies
Week 14- Diversity Issues and Cultural Competence in a Changing Era
Week 15- Program Evaluation and Future Trends in Community Corrections
Week 16- Final Exam

Evaluation methods Grades are based on 70% for assignments & 30% for the semester final. Assignments include the
following: Exp. Unit 1 - ½ page paper on discussion questions, “What would you do” exercise at
end of chapter (to be posted on unit 1 discussion board), Outside assignment (1-2 per unit), and unit
review questions (5 each unit) to prepare you for the final (do not submit these 5 questions). The
final exam will be 30 questions from the test review questions you get in each chapter and 20 from
the outside assignments. I will give you a separate review for outside assignment questions with
unit 15. I will grade the assignments and combine them into one unit grade. You should wind up
with 15 unit grades and a final exam.

A 90 – 100%
B 80 – 89%
C 70 – 79%
D 60 – 69%
F 59% and Below
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Patrick Barron
Year 2010-2011 Office N/A
Term spring Phone 903-885-1232
Section 50 email pbarron@parisjc.edu

Course CRIJ 2314

Title Criminal Investigations

Description This course will outline investigative theory, collection and preservation of evidence, sources of
information, interview and interrogation, uses of forensic sciences, and case and trial preparation.
(This course is taught according to TCLEOSE standards and learning objectives).

Textbooks Criminal Investigation, 10th edition, Swanson, Charles, et al,


McGraw-Hill, New York, New York, 2009

Schedule Week 1- Intro to class; Report writing assignment 1


Week 2- The Evolution of Criminal Investigation and Criminalistics;
Legal Aspects of Investigation
Week 3- Investigators, the Investigative Process, and the Crime Scene; test review
Week 4- Test #1
Week 5- Physical Evidence; Interviewing and Interrogation; lift fingerprints
Week 6- Evidence Collection Assignment
Week 7- Field Notes and Reporting; Test Review
Week 8- Test #2
Week 9- Spring Break
Week 10-Injury and Death Investigations; Sex-related Offenses
Week 11-Crimes Against Children; Crime Scene Inv.; Test review
Week 12-Test #3
Week 13- Burglary Investigation; Arson and Explosives
Week 14- Recognition, Control, and Investigation of Drug Abuse
Week 15- The Trial Process and the Investigator as a Witness
Week 16- Final Exam

Evaluation methods Major examinations (4 @ 100 pts each)


4 Assignments 25 pts each (100 total pts)
Class participation/preparation (Discretionary)
A 90 – 100%
B 80 – 89%
C 70 – 79%
D 60 – 69%
F 59% and Below
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Douglas Shuler
Year 2010 - 2011 Office AS 151
Term Spring Phone 903-781-0497
Section 01 email dshuler@parisjc.edu

Course CRIJ 2323

Title Legal Aspects of Law Enforcement

Description Police authority; responsibilities; constitutional constraints; laws of arrest, search, and seizure;
police liability. Defines police authority and explains the responsibilities and constitutional
restraints as enumerated in the Texas Constitution, United States Constitution, and Bill of Rights.
Outlines the law of arrest and search and seizure developed through court decisions and describe
the criminal and civil liability that result from improper acts and/or the failure to act.

Textbooks : Texas Law Enforcement Handbook: Contemporary Criminal Procedure


Holtz and Spencer, ©2009 | LexisNexis / Matthew Bender & Company
ISBN-13: 978-1-4224-2722-4

Schedule 1) Arrest
2) Search Warrants
3) Exceptions
4) Privacy Expectations
5) Non-Governmental Searches
6) Regulatory, Administrative and Border Searches
7) Fire Scenes
8) Investigative Detentions
9) SRING BREAK – NO CLASS
10) Inevitable Discovery / Independent Source
11) Good Faith and Exclusionary Rule
12) Interviews, Confessions and Miranda
13) Eyewitness Identification
14) Right to Counsel 6th Amendment Issues
15) Liability ** (Written Assignments Due)
16) The Constitution and Amendments / Terms in Law
17) FINAL – MUST TAKE FINAL AT TESTING CENTER

Evaluation methods Evaluations of students are calculated by test/exam scores, assignment(s) and attendance.
Attendance is calculated only for conventional classes; online classes are excluded from per se
attendance policies.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jeff Barnett
Year 2010-2011 Office By Appointment Greenville 221
Term Spring Phone (903) 454-9333
Section 40 email jbarnett@parisjc.edu

Course CRIJ 2323

Title Legal Aspects of Law Enforcement

Description Police authority; responsibilities; constitutional constraints; laws of arrest, search, and seizure;
police liability. Defines police authority and explains the responsibilities and constitutional
restraints as enumerated in the Texas Constitution, United States Constitution, and Bill of Rights.
Outlines the law of arrest and search and seizure developed through court decisions and describe
the criminal and civil liability that result from improper acts and/or the failure to act.

Textbooks TEXT- REQUIRED: Texas Law Enforcement Handbook: Contemporary Criminal Procedure
Holtz and Spencer, 2009 | LexisNexis / Matthew Bender & Company

ISBN-13: 978-1-4224-2722-4

Schedule Week 1- Overview of Criminal Justice System


Week 2- Arrest and Search Warrants
Week 3- Exceptions
Week 4- Privacy Expectations (Exam 1)
Week 5- Non-governmental Searches
Week 6- Regulatory, Administrative and Boarder Searches
Week 7- Fire Scenes
Week 8- Investigative Detentions (Exam 2)
Week 9- Break - Spring Break
Week 10- Inevitable Discovery / Independent Source
Week 11- Good Faith and Exclusionary Rule
Week 12- Interviews; Confessions and Miranda
Week 13- Eyewitness Identification (Ecxam 3)
Week 14- Right to Council (Written Assignment Due)
Week 15- Liability
Week 16- Constitution/Legal Terms (Final Examination)

Evaluation methods Evaluations of students are calculated by test/exam scores, written assignment(s) and attendance.

Major Exams (3 @ 100 points each); Writing Assignment (1 @ 100 points) Final Comprehensive
Exam (1 @ 200 points); Total Points (500); A = 90-100; B = 80-89; C = 70-79; D = 60-69; F =
Below 60. TESTING INFORMATION: All examinations have a minimum of 25 questions and a
maximum of 50 questions. Students will have ample time to complete each examination. Students
will be allowed three (3) unexcused absences. After the three are exhausted, 3 points will be taken
off your final grade for each unexcused absence.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Douglas Shuler
Year 2010 - 2011 Office AS 151
Term Spring Phone 903-781-0497
Section 50 email dshuler@parisjc.edu

Course CRIJ 2323

Title Legal Aspects of Law Enforcement

Description Police authority; responsibilities; constitutional constraints; laws of arrest, search, and seizure;
police liability. Defines police authority and explains the responsibilities and constitutional
restraints as enumerated in the Texas Constitution, United States Constitution, and Bill of Rights.
Outlines the law of arrest and search and seizure developed through court decisions and describe
the criminal and civil liability that result from improper acts and/or the failure to act.

Textbooks : Texas Law Enforcement Handbook: Contemporary Criminal Procedure


Holtz and Spencer, ©2009 | LexisNexis / Matthew Bender & Company
ISBN-13: 978-1-4224-2722-4

Schedule 1) Arrest
2) Search Warrants
3) Exceptions
4) Privacy Expectations
5) Non-Governmental Searches
6) Regulatory, Administrative and Border Searches
7) Fire Scenes
8) Investigative Detentions
9) SRING BREAK – NO CLASS
10) Inevitable Discovery / Independent Source
11) Good Faith and Exclusionary Rule
12) Interviews, Confessions and Miranda
13) Eyewitness Identification
14) Right to Counsel 6th Amendment Issues
15) Liability ** (Written Assignments Due)
16) The Constitution and Amendments / Terms in Law
17) FINAL – MUST TAKE FINAL AT TESTING CENTER

Evaluation methods Evaluations of students are calculated by test/exam scores, assignment(s) and attendance.
Attendance is calculated only for conventional classes; online classes are excluded from per se
attendance policies.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Lana Adams
Year 2010-2011 Office Greenville Center 207
Term Spring Phone 903-454-9333
Section 40 email ladams@parisjc.edu

Course CRIJ 2328

Title Police Systems and Practices

Description The police profession; organization of law enforcement systems; the police role; police discretion;
ethics; police-community interaction; current and future issues.

Textbooks Policing America, Peak, Ken, 6th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2010

Schedule Week 1- Police as a Profession


Week 2- The Police Agency
Week 3- Police and Courts
Week 4- Functions of Operational Units
Week 5- Service Mission
Week 6- Crime Control
Week 7- Police and the Community
Week 8- Goals of Police Organization
Week 9- Police Discretion
Week 10-IACP Code of Ethics
Week 11-Police and Minorities
Week 12-Ethical Dilemmas
Week 13-Human Relations
Week 14-Effective Police Communication
Week 15-Special Interest Groups
Week 16-Public Policy

Evaluation methods GRADING SYSTEM

A= 90-100% B= 80-89% C=70-79% D=60-69% F=59 and below

Grades will be based on:


Chapter Tests – Tests count equally and will be returned in a timely manner.
Class Participation
Attendance – In the day class, if you exceed 4 absences, there will be 5 points deducted
off your overall average for the class for each absence, in a night class, after 2
absences, the same rule will apply.
Project assignment – if a project is assigned it will count as 1 test grade

Any test missed must be made up within the next two meetings if it is a day class or by the next
class if it is a night class. (Consideration will be given to special circumstances)
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Douglas Shuler
Year 2010 - 2011 Office AS 151
Term Spring Phone 903-781-0497
Section 50 email dshuler@parisjc.edu

Course CRIJ 2328

Title Police Systems and Practices

Description The police profession; organization of law enforcement systems; the police role; police discretion;
ethics; police-community interaction; current and future issues. Upon successful completion of this
course the student will be able to: discuss the need for professionalism within the police profession;
discuss and give examples of the basic organizational structures used in modern police agencies;
discuss the use of discretion in police work; define the role of police in today's society; discuss
issues concerning morality and ethics within the police agency; demonstrate the need for police-
community interaction; and discuss current and future issues within law enforcement.
This course focuses on the administrative aspects of law enforcement. It will acquaint the student
with concepts of policing, basic organizational structures, police behavior, and contemporary issues
in policing. Ethics, factors that affect police performance and the role of the police are emphasized.

Textbooks Policing America: Challenges and Best Practices, PEAK, Kenneth J., (2009). Pearson: Upper
Saddle River, NJ
ISBN-13:978-0-13-159803-4

Schedule 1) Historical Development


2) Federal and State Agencies
3) Police in Society
4) From Citizen to Police Officer
5) On Patrol
6) Community Oriented Policing & Problem Solving
7) Criminal Investigation
8) Rule of Law
9) SPRING BREAK “NO CLASS”
10) Accountability
11) Civil Liability
12) Addressing Terrorism
13) Crimes Involving Illegal Immigrants
14) Police Trends and Issues
15) Technology Review
16) Focus on the Future
17) FINAL EXAMINATION (05/09 – 05/12) 8am – 5pm

Evaluation methods Evaluations of students are calculated by test/exam scores, assignment(s) and attendance.
Attendance is calculated only for conventional classes; online classes are excluded from per se
attendance policies.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Essie Moore
Year 2010-2011 Office Annex 1
Term Spring Phone 903 782-0250
Section 01 email emoore@parisjc.edu

Course CSME 1291

Title Special Topics in Cosmetology

Description Topics address recently identified current events, skills, knowledge, and attitudes and behaviors
pertinent to the workplace and relevant to the professional development of the student.

Textbooks Milady's Standard Textbook of Cosmetology, Delmar Learning, (2008).

Schedule Week 1-Theory: Review Salon Management


Week 1-Going into Business
Week 2-Operating a Successful Salon and Selling tips
Week 3-How to use time wisely, explore possibilities, seek mentors, and continue to learn.
Week 4-Review procedures and prepare for test.
Week 5-Class begins 1t 7:30 -4:30, Mon.-Tr., Cycle for this class is complete.

Evaluation methods Lab: Rubrics are used to measure student performance in each area of cosmetology.

Theory: Test are aministered online using Webct.


Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Essie Moore
Year 2010-2011 Office Annex 1
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0250
Section 01 email emoore@parisjc.edu

Course CSME 1310

Title Intro to Haircutting & Related Theory

Description Introduction to the theory and practice of haircutting. Topics include terminology, implements,
sectioning and finishing techniques.

Textbooks Milady's Standard Textbook of Cosmetology, Delmar Learning (2008).

Schedule Week 1-Theory: Chapter on Haircutting Objectives: Identify reference points on the head form
and understand their role Define angles, elevations, & guidelines List the factors involved in a
successful client consultation
Demonstrate the safe and proper use of the various tools of haircutting Demonstrate mastery of the
four basic haircuts Demonstrate mastery of the other techniques Lab: Shampooing, hairstyling,
haircutting, tool description, sanitation & disinfection, facials, and nails.
Week 2-Chapter (continues), List the factors involved in a successful consultation & Demonstrate
the use of haircutting implements.
Week 3-Demonstrate mastery and control of implements & techniques.
Week 4-Review Key terms in haircutting and Prepare for Chapter test.
Week 5-Class begins at 7:30 - 4:30, Mon -Tr., Cyle for this class is complete.

Evaluation methods Lab: Rubrics are used to measure student performance in each area of cosmetology.

Theory: Test are administered online using Webct.


Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Essie Moore
Year 2010-2011 Office Annex 1
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0250
Section 01 email emoore@parisjc.edu

Course CSME 1401

Title Orientation to Cosmetology

Description An overview of the skills and knowledge necessary for the field of cosmetology.

Textbooks Milady's Standard Texbook of Cosmetology, Delmar Learning (2008).

Schedule Week 1 - Theory-Review chapter on Skin Structure & Growth Objectives: Describe the structure
and composition of the skin & List the Functions of the Skin. Lab: Shampooing, hairstyling,
manicuring, chemicals, haircoloring, sanitation & disinfection procedures, facials, & nails.
Week 2-Chapter (continues) Skin Structure & Growth
Week 3-Review Key Terms in chapter.
Week 4-List the Functions of the Skin & Prepare for chapter test on Thursday.
Week 5-Class begins at 7:30 - 4:30 Mon.-Tr., Cycle for this class is complete.

Evaluation methods Lab: Rubrics are used to measure student performance in each area of cosmetology.

Theory: Test are administered using Webct.


Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Essie Moore
Year 2010-2011 Office Annex 1
Term Spring Phone (903) 782-0250
Section 01 email emoore@parisjc.edu

Course CSME 1405

Title Fundamentals of Cosmetology

Description A course in the basic fundamental of cosmetology. Topics include srvice preparation, manicure,
facial, chemical services, shampoo, wet styling, haircuts, comb-outs and salon management.

Textbooks Milady's Standard Textbook of Cosmetology, Delmar Learning, (2008).

Schedule Week 1- Theory-Chapter (8), Nail Structure & Growth Objectives: Describe the structure and
composition of nails, and Discuss how nails grow. Lab: Shampooing, hairstyling, nails,
manicuring, chemicals, sanitation and disinfection, facials, and haircoloring.
Week 2-Chapter (8) continues, Describe the structure and composition of the natural nail & it's
anatomy.
Week 3-Discuss the growth of the nail & nail formation.
Week 4-Review Key Terms in Chapter (8), and Prepare for test.
Week 5 Class begins at 7:30 4:30 Mon Tr Cycle for this class is complete
Evaluation methods Labs: Rubrics are used to measure student performance in each area of cosmetology.

Theory: Test are administered online using Webct.


Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Essie Moore
Year 2010-2011 Office Annex 1
Term Spring Phone 903 782-0250
Section 01 email emoore@parisjc.edu

Course CSME 1447

Title Principles of Skin Care/Facials and Related Theory

Description In-depth coverage of the theory and practice of the skin, facials and cosmetics.

Textbooks Milady's Standard Texbook of Cosmetology, Delmar Learning, (2008).

Schedule Week 1- Theory: Objectives Skin Disorders & Diseases & Facials & Facial Makeup
Lab: Facials, shampooing, chemicals, haicolors, sanitation and disinfection, nails, and manicuring.
Week 2-Disorders of the skin & Aging
Week 3-Skin analysis and consultation & Skincare products
Week 4-Make-up theor, cosmetics, and Determing skin type
Week 5-Review Key Tems and Prepare for test
Week 6-Class begins at 7:30 -4:30, Mon.-Tr.,Cycle for this class is complete

Evaluation methods Lab: Rubrics are used to measure student performance in each area of cosmetology.

Theory: Test are administered using Webct.


Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Essie Moore
Year 2010-2011 Office Annex 1
Term Spring Phone 903 782-0250
Section 01 email emoore@parisjc.edu

Course CSME 1451

Title Artistry of Hair Theory & Practice

Description Instruction in the artistry of hair design. Topics include theory, tech and application of hair design.

Textbooks Milady's Standard Textbook of Cosmetology, Delmar Learning, (2008).

Schedule Week 1- Theory: Chapter on Hairstyling


Objectives:Demonstrate finger waving, pin curls, rollers, and wrapping.
Demonstrate various blow-dry styling techniques
Demonstrate (3) basic techniques in hairstyling
Demonstrate use of thermal irons and proper manipulation of irons
Demonstrate the procedures involved in soft pressing and hard pressing.
Week 2-Chapter (continues), Demonstrating techniques in styling
Week 3-Use of Thermal irons and safety concerns when pressing
Week 4-Review Chapter and Key Terms, Prepare for Test.
Week 5-Class begins at 7:30 - 4:30, Mon.-Tr., Cyle for this class is complete.

Evaluation methods Lab: Rubrics are used to measure student performance in each area of cosmetology.

Theory: Test are administered online using Webct.


Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Essie Moore
Year 2010-2011 Office Annex 1
Term Spring Phone 903 782-0250
Section 01 email emoore@parisjc.edu

Course CSME 2310

Title Advanced Haircutting & Related Theory

Description Advanced concepts and practice of haircutting. Topics include haircutting, utilizing scissors, razor,
and clippers

Textbooks Milady's Standard Textbook of Cosmetology, Delmar Learning, (2008).

Schedule Week 1- Theory: Review of Chapter on haircutting


Objectives: Perform a 90 degree haircut, a 45 degree haircut, and 0 degree haircut.
Lab: Shampooing, haircutting, using clippers and guards to cut, use of razor, haircoloring,
chemicals, facials, and nails.
Week 2-Review Chapter
Week 3-Review Key Terms in Haircutting & Prepare for Chapter test.

Evaluation methods Lab: Rubrics are used to measure student performance in each area of cosmetology.

Theory: Test are administered online using Webct.


Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Essie Moore
Year 2010-2011 Office Annex 1
Term Spring Phone 903 782-0250
Section 01 email emoore@parisjc.edu

Course CSME 2430

Title Nail Enhancement

Description A course in the general principles of the theory and application of the artificial nails and related
theor
Textbooks Milady's Standard Textbook of Cosmetology, Delmar Learning, (2008).

Schedule Week 1-
Theory: Review Nail wraps, tips, and no-light gels
Objectives:
Week 1-Acrylic Nails
Week 2-UV Gels and nail enhancements
Week 3-Odor acrylic and maintenance of artificaial nails
Week 4-Review procedures and prepare for test.
Week 5-Class begins 1t 7:30 -4:30, Mon.-Tr., Cycle for this class is complete.

Evaluation methods Lab: Rubrics are used to measure student performance in each area of cosmetology.

Theory: Test are aministered online using Webct.


Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Essie Moore
Year 2010-2011 Office Annex 1
Term Spring Phone 903 782-0250
Section 01 email emoore@parisjc.edu

Course CSME 2439

Title Advanced Hair Design

Description Advanced concepts in the theory and practice of hair design

Textbooks Milady's Standard Textbook of Cosmetology, Delmar Learning, (2008).

Schedule Week 1-
Theory: Review Hairstyling Chapter
Objectives:
Week 1-Prepare complete head of fingerwaves & style hair
Week 2-Learn how to anchor pin-curls in s-pattern (Clockwise and counter-clockwise).
Week 3-Perform Spiral curl demonstration on manniquins
Week 4-Review procedures and prepare for test.
Week 5-Class begins 1t 7:30 -4:30, Mon.-Tr., Cycle for this class is complete.

Evaluation methods Lab: Rubrics are used to measure student performance in each area of cosmetology.

Theory: Test are aministered online using Webct.


Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Essie Moore
Year 2010-2011 Office Annex 1
Term Spring Phone 903 782-0250
Section 01 email emoore@parisjc.edu

Course CSME 2445

Title Instructional Theory & Clinical Operation

Description An overview of the objectives required by the Texas Department of Licensing and Regulations
Instructor Examination.

Textbooks Milady's Master Educator Student Course Course Book, 2nd ed. (2009)

Schedule Week 1-
TDLR (Candidate Bullentin) & Rules & Regulations Booklet
Objectives:
Week 1-Review Lesson Plans Written
Week 2-Review Lesson Plans Oral
Week 3-Present Lesson Plans oral & written & observe labs
Week 4-Review procedures and prepare for test.
Week 5-Class begins 1t 7:30 -4:30, Mon.-Tr., Cycle for this class is complete.

Evaluation methods Lab: Rubrics are used to measure student performance in each area of cosmetology.
Practical and Oral Evaluation.
Theory: Test are aministered using Paper test.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Chris Malone
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC - Room 1101
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0391
Section 01 email cmalone@parisjc.edu

Course DFTG 1405

Title Technical Drafting

Description Introduction to the principles of drafting to include terminology and fundamentals, including size
and shape descriptions, projection methods, geometric construction, sections, and auxiliary views.

Textbooks None

Schedule Week 1-What is drafting and how is it used in industry?


Week 2-Drafting tools
Week 3-Lettering and Scales
Week 4-Sketching
Week 5-Multi-view Projection
Week 6-Orthographic Projection
Week 7-Introduction to CAD
Week 8-Beginners Drawing Tools CAD
Week9-Beginners Modify Tools CAD
Week 10-Multi-views in CAD
Week 11-Multi-views in CAD
Week 12-Dimensioning
Week 13-Isometric Drawing
Week 14-Sections
Week 15-Working with and reading blueprints
Week 16-Finals

Evaluation methods Grading Objectives: Assignments:25%, Projects:50%, Final Exam/Project: 25% of total grade
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Chris Malone
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC - Room 1101
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0391
Section 01 email cmalone@parisjc.edu

Course DFTG 1409

Title Basic Computer-Aided Drafting

Description An introduction to computer-aided drafting. Emphasis is placed on setup; creating and modifying
geometry; storing and retrieving predefined shapes; placing, rotating, and scaling objects, adding
text and dimensions, using layers, coordinate systems, and plot/print to scale.

Textbooks “AutoCAD And Its Applications 2010” ISBN 1-60525-163-9

Schedule Week 1-Getting Started AutoCAD Overview


Week 2-Basic Drawing Set-up
Week 3-Draw Commands
Week 4-Modify Commands
Week 5-Utilities (Zoom, Pan, Undo, Redo)
Week 6-Osnaps
Week 7-Creating & Editing Text
Week 8-Creating & working with Blocks
Week 9-Working with Grips
Week 10-Inquiry Commands (Distance, Area)
Week 11-Dimensioning
Week 12-Multi-view Drawings
Week 13-Isometric Drawing
Week 14-Sections
Week 15-Printing and Plotting
Week 16-Finals

Evaluation methods Grading Objectives: Assignments:25%, Projects:50%, Final Exam/Project: 25% of total grade
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Chris Malone
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC - Room 1101
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0391
Section 50 email cmalone@parisjc.edu

Course DFTG 1409

Title Basic Computer-Aided Drafting

Description An introduction to computer-aided drafting. Emphasis is placed on setup; creating and modifying
geometry; storing and retrieving predefined shapes; placing, rotating, and scaling objects, adding
text and dimensions, using layers, coordinate systems, and plot/print to scale.

Textbooks “AutoCAD And Its Applications 2010” ISBN 1-60525-163-9

Schedule Week 1-Getting Started AutoCAD Overview


Week 2-Basic Drawing Set-up
Week 3-Draw Commands
Week 4-Modify Commands
Week 5-Utilities (Zoom, Pan, Undo, Redo)
Week 6-Osnaps
Week 7-Creating & Editing Text
Week 8-Creating & working with Blocks
Week 9-Working with Grips
Week 10-Inquiry Commands (Distance, Area)
Week 11-Dimensioning
Week 12-Multi-view Drawings
Week 13-Isometric Drawing
Week 14-Sections
Week 15-Printing and Plotting
Week 16-Finals

Evaluation methods Grading Objectives: Assignments:25%, Projects:50%, Final Exam/Project: 25% of total grade
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Chris Malone
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC - Room 1101
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0391
Section 01 email cmalone@parisjc.edu

Course DFTG 1417

Title Architectural Drafting - Residential

Description Architectural drafting procedures, practices, terms, and symbols. Preparation of detailed working
drawings for residential structures. Emphasis on light frame construction methods.

Textbooks No Book Required

Schedule Week 1-Introduction to Architectural Drafting and Design


Week 2-Types of Architectural Drawings & Projects
Week 3-Architectural Construction Terminology & Practices
Week 4-Construction Plan Sets
Week 5-Cover Sheets
Week 6-Plot Plans
Week 7-Floor Plans
Week 8-Exterior Elevations
Week 9-Interior Elevations
Week 10-Roof Plans
Week 11-Sections and Details
Week 12-Electrical Plans
Week 13-Plumbing Plans
Week 14-HVAC Plans
Week 15-Blueprint Reading
Week 16-Finals

Evaluation methods Grading Objectives: Assignments:25%, Final Exam/Project: 75% of total grade
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Chris Malone
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC - Room 1101
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0391
Section 50 email cmalone@parisjc.edu

Course DFTG 1417

Title Architectural Drafting - Residential

Description Architectural drafting procedures, practices, terms, and symbols. Preparation of detailed working
drawings for residential structures. Emphasis on light frame construction methods.

Textbooks No Book Required

Schedule Week 1-Introduction to Architectural Drafting and Design


Week 2-Types of Architectural Drawings & Projects
Week 3-Architectural Construction Terminology & Practices
Week 4-Construction Plan Sets
Week 5-Cover Sheets
Week 6-Plot Plans
Week 7-Floor Plans
Week 8-Exterior Elevations
Week 9-Interior Elevations
Week 10-Roof Plans
Week 11-Sections and Details
Week 12-Electrical Plans
Week 13-Plumbing Plans
Week 14-HVAC Plans
Week 15-Blueprint Reading
Week 16-Finals

Evaluation methods Grading Objectives: Assignments:25%, Final Exam/Project: 75% of total grade
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Chris Malone
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC - Room 1101
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0391
Section 01 email cmalone@parisjc.edu

Course DFTG 1458

Title Electrical/Electronics Drafting

Description Electrical and electronic drawings stressing modern representation used for block diagrams,
schematic diagrams, logic diagrams, wiring/assembly drawings, printed circuit board layouts, motor
control diagrams, power distribution diagrams, and electrical one-line diagrams.

Textbooks No Book Required

Schedule Week 1-Introduction to Electrical/Electronic Drafting


Week 2-Electrical Symbols and Wiring Representations
Week 3-Electrical Plans in industry
Week 4-Power Sources
Week 5-Block Diagrams
Week 6-Single Line Diagrams
Week 7-Flow Diagrams
Week 8-Decision Diagrams
Week 9-Process Diagrams
Week 10-Electronic Symbols, components, and references
Week 11-Schematics
Week 12-Schematics Cont.
Week 13-Wiring Diagrams
Week 14-Enclosure Drawings
Week 15-Working with and reading electronic blueprints
Week 16-Finals

Evaluation methods Grading Objectives: Assignments:25%, Final Exam/Project: 75% of total grade
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Chris Malone
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC - Room 1101
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0391
Section 01 email cmalone@parisjc.edu

Course DFTG 1491

Title Special Topics in Drafting and Design Technology/Technician, General

Description Topics address recently identified current events, skills, knowledge, and/or attitudes and behaviors
pertinent to the technology or occupation and relevant to the professional development of the
student. This course was designed to be repeated multiple times to improve student proficiency.

Textbooks No Book Required

Schedule Week 1-Schedule varies per class and student depending on Topic being reviewed
Week 2-
Week 3-
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
Week 16-

Evaluation methods Grading Objectives: Assignments:25%, Final Exam/Project: 75% of total grade
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Chris Malone
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC - Room 1101
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0391
Section 02 email cmalone@parisjc.edu

Course DFTG 1491

Title Special Topics in Drafting and Design Technology/Technician, General

Description Topics address recently identified current events, skills, knowledge, and/or attitudes and behaviors
pertinent to the technology or occupation and relevant to the professional development of the
student. This course was designed to be repeated multiple times to improve student proficiency.

Textbooks No Book Required

Schedule Week 1-Schedule varies per class and student depending on Topic being reviewed
Week 2-
Week 3-
Week 4-
Week 5-
Week 6-
Week 7-
Week 8-
Week 9-
Week 10-
Week 11-
Week 12-
Week 13-
Week 14-
Week 15-
Week 16-

Evaluation methods Grading Objectives: Assignments:25%, Final Exam/Project: 75% of total grade
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Chris Malone
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC - Room 1101
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0391
Section 01 email cmalone@parisjc.edu

Course DFTG 2421

Title Topographical Drafting

Description Plotting of surveyor's field notes. Includes drawing elevations, contour lines, plan and profiles, and
laying out traverses.

Textbooks No Book Required

Schedule Week 1-Introduction to Topographical and Civil Drafting


Week 2-Types of Topographical or Civil Drawings and Projects
Week 3-Understanding Surveying and it’s Terminology
Week 4-Plan and Profiles
Week 5-Plotting Points
Week 6-Slopes & Interpolation
Week 7-Contours
Week 8-Cuts and Fills
Week 9-Grading Plans
Week 10-Civil Planning and Design
Week 11-Survey Platting
Week 12-Civil Mapping
Week 13-Transits
Week 14-Total station
Week 15-Working with and reading Topographical prints
Week 16-Finals

Evaluation methods Grading Objectives: Assignments:25%, Final Exam/Project: 75% of total grade
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Chris Malone
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC - Room 1101
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0391
Section 50 email cmalone@parisjc.edu

Course DFTG 2421

Title Topographical Drafting

Description Plotting of surveyor's field notes. Includes drawing elevations, contour lines, plan and profiles, and
laying out traverses.

Textbooks No Book Required

Schedule Week 1-Introduction to Topographical and Civil Drafting


Week 2-Types of Topographical or Civil Drawings and Projects
Week 3-Understanding Surveying and it’s Terminology
Week 4-Plan and Profiles
Week 5-Plotting Points
Week 6-Slopes & Interpolation
Week 7-Contours
Week 8-Cuts and Fills
Week 9-Grading Plans
Week 10-Civil Planning and Design
Week 11-Survey Platting
Week 12-Civil Mapping
Week 13-Transits
Week 14-Total station
Week 15-Working with and reading Topographical prints
Week 16-Finals

Evaluation methods Grading Objectives: Assignments:25%, Final Exam/Project: 75% of total grade
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Chris Malone
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC - Room 1101
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0391
Section 01 email cmalone@parisjc.edu

Course DFTG 2423

Title Pipe Drafting

Description A study of pipe fittings, symbols, specifications and their applications to a piping process system.
Creation of symbols and their usage in flow diagrams, plans, elevations, and isometrics.

Textbooks No Book Required

Schedule Week 1-Introduction to Pipe Drafting


Week 2-Pipe Standards and Dimensioning
Week 3-Types of Pipe
Week 4-Pipe Fittings
Week 5-Valves
Week 6-Pipe Instrumentation
Week 7-Pumps
Week 8-Tanks & Vessels
Week 9-Pipe Equipment
Week 10-Flow Diagrams
Week 11-Plan Views and Elevations
Week 12-Piping Isometrics
Week 13-Piping Isometrics (Cont.)
Week 14-Piping Spools
Week 15-Working with and reading piping blueprints
Week 16-Finals

Evaluation methods Grading Objectives: Assignments:25%, Final Exam/Project: 75% of total grade
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Chris Malone
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC - Room 1101
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0391
Section 50 email cmalone@parisjc.edu

Course DFTG 2423

Title Pipe Drafting

Description A study of pipe fittings, symbols, specifications and their applications to a piping process system.
Creation of symbols and their usage in flow diagrams, plans, elevations, and isometrics.

Textbooks No Book Required

Schedule Week 1-Introduction to Pipe Drafting


Week 2-Pipe Standards and Dimensioning
Week 3-Types of Pipe
Week 4-Pipe Fittings
Week 5-Valves
Week 6-Pipe Instrumentation
Week 7-Pumps
Week 8-Tanks & Vessels
Week 9-Pipe Equipment
Week 10-Flow Diagrams
Week 11-Plan Views and Elevations
Week 12-Piping Isometrics
Week 13-Piping Isometrics (Cont.)
Week 14-Piping Spools
Week 15-Working with and reading piping blueprints
Week 16-Finals

Evaluation methods Grading Objectives: Assignments:25%, Final Exam/Project: 75% of total grade
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Alex Peevy
Year 2010-2011 Office 161AD
Term spring Phone 903 782 0327
Section 01 email apeevy@parisjc.edu

Course DRAM 1120

Title Theatre Practicum I

Description Practicum in theater with emphasis on technique and procedures with


experience gained in play productions. 1st semester of 4-semester sequence.

Textbooks None
Schedule Week 1-Introduction/Safety Practices
Week 2-Begin Set/costume Construction
Week 3-Cont' Set/costume Construction
Week 4-Props/painting
Week 5-Lighting Hang/Focus
Week 6-Performance Practices/Putting it all togather
Week 7-Striking show materials
Week 8-Prepare UIL Set/facilities
Week 9-SPRINGBREAK
Week 10-UIL
Week 11-Striking show materials
Week 12-Prepare facilities for Student Showcase
Week 13-Work on Facilities
Week 14-Instructor workshop
Week 15-Instructor workshop
Week16-Finishing up
Evaluation methods Quarterly assessments will be completed by the instructor in order to ascertain student’s
development in the fore mentioned learning outcomes. Students will also be graded based on
successful completion of a work call and a “strike” both to cumulatively equal no more than 10 hrs.
Student will also be given a grade for participation on and/or offstage in a production produced by
PJC.

Quarterly shop assessments 40%


Performance assessments 30%

Work Call 15%


“Strikes” 15%
.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Alex Peevy
Year 2010-2011 Office 161AD
Term spring Phone 903 782 0327
Section 01 email apeevy@parisjc.edu

Course DRAM 1121

Title Theatre Practicum II

Description Practicum in theater with emphasis on technique and procedures with


experience gained in play productions. 1st semester of 4-semester sequence.

Textbooks None
Schedule Week 1-Introduction/Safety Practices
Week 2-Begin Set/costume Construction
Week 3-Cont' Set/costume Construction
Week 4-Props/painting
Week 5-Lighting Hang/Focus
Week 6-Performance Practices/Putting it all togather
Week 7-Striking show materials
Week 8-Prepare UIL Set/facilities
Week 9-SPRINGBREAK
Week 10-UIL
Week 11-Striking show materials
Week 12-Prepare facilities for Student Showcase
Week 13-Work on Facilities
Week 14-Instructor workshop
Week 15-Instructor workshop
Week16-Finishing up
Evaluation methods Quarterly assessments will be completed by the instructor in order to ascertain student’s
development in the fore mentioned learning outcomes. Students will also be graded based on
successful completion of a work call and a “strike” both to cumulatively equal no more than 10 hrs.
Student will also be given a grade for participation on and/or offstage in a production produced by
PJC.

Quarterly shop assessments 40%


Performance assessments 30%

Work Call 15%


“Strikes” 15%
.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty William Walker
Year 2010-2011 Office AD 159
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0488
Section 01 email wwalker@parisjc.edu

Course DRAM 1310

Title Theatre Appreciation

Description This course is a survey of the main fields of theatre activity and to give the student an introductory
knowledge of all phases of theatre. This course is intended to provide the student with a
background understanding of the live theatre history, dramatic works, stage techniques, production
procedure and relation to the cooperative Fine Arts.

Textbooks “Another Opening, Another Show” by Markus & Sarver, 2nd Ed. ISBN#: 978-0072562606

Schedule Week 1- Introduction to the course and coverage of the syllabus.


Week 2- (JAN. 24 & 26) - What is Theatre?/Aristotle’s Guide to Pleasure
Week 3- (Jan. 31 & Feb. 3) – Theatre History [Chapter 15] – (pp. 250-272)
Week 4- (Feb. 7 & 9)- Theatre History continued
Week 5- (Feb. 14 & 16)- Dramatic Genres & Theatrical Styles
Week 6- (Feb. 21 & 23)- Writing about Theatre & The Playwright’s Story
Week 7- (Feb. 28 & March 2) – Actors and Characters & The Director’s Impact
Week 8- (March 7 & 9) – The Designers’ Vision & EXAM 1
Week 9- SPRING BREAK
Week 10- (March 21 & 23) – Finding Theatre & Take Your Seats, Please
Week 11- (March 28 & 30) – the Curtain Rises & Backstage Revealed
Week 12- (April 4 & 6) – Show Biz is Big Biz
Week 13- (April 11 & 13) – Musical Theatre
Week 14- (April 18 & 20) – finish Musical Theatre & EXAM 2
Week 15- (April 25 & 27) – Library Days
Week 16- (May 2 & 4) – Group Projects Due
Evaluation methods EVALUATION
Attendance 10%
Group Projects 40%
Performance Response 15%
Section Exams 15%
Final Exam 20%

Absence from class will drop you one half of a letter grade every time you miss a class. Once you
have reached six (6) unexcused absences you will have dropped below the grade to pass the course.
You are responsible for attending class and keeping up with assignments and course exams.
THERE ARE NO MAKE UPS FOR ANY EXAMS OR ASSIGNMENTS.

The classroom syllabus will provide specific details for each of the evaluation items listed above.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty William Walker
Year 2010-2011 Office AD 159
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0488
Section 02 email wwalker@parisjc.edu

Course DRAM 1310

Title Theatre Appreciation

Description This course is a survey of the main fields of theatre activity and to give the student an introductory
knowledge of all phases of theatre. This course is intended to provide the student with a
background understanding of the live theatre history, dramatic works, stage techniques, production
procedure and relation to the cooperative Fine Arts.

Textbooks “Another Opening, Another Show” by Markus & Sarver, 2nd Ed. ISBN#: 978-0072562606

Schedule Week 1- Introduction to the course and coverage of the syllabus.


Week 2- (JAN. 24 & 26) - What is Theatre?/Aristotle’s Guide to Pleasure
Week 3- (Jan. 31 & Feb. 3) – Theatre History [Chapter 15] – (pp. 250-272)
Week 4- (Feb. 7 & 9)- Theatre History continued
Week 5- (Feb. 14 & 16)- Dramatic Genres & Theatrical Styles
Week 6- (Feb. 21 & 23)- Writing about Theatre & The Playwright’s Story
Week 7- (Feb. 28 & March 2) – Actors and Characters & The Director’s Impact
Week 8- (March 7 & 9) – The Designers’ Vision & EXAM 1
Week 9- SPRING BREAK
Week 10- (March 21 & 23) – Finding Theatre & Take Your Seats, Please
Week 11- (March 28 & 30) – the Curtain Rises & Backstage Revealed
Week 12- (April 4 & 6) – Show Biz is Big Biz
Week 13- (April 11 & 13) – Musical Theatre
Week 14- (April 18 & 20) – finish Musical Theatre & EXAM 2
Week 15- (April 25 & 27) – Library Days
Week 16- (May 2 & 4) – Group Projects Due
Evaluation methods EVALUATION
Attendance 10%
Group Projects 40%
Performance Response 15%
Section Exams 15%
Final Exam 20%

Absence from class will drop you one half of a letter grade every time you miss a class. Once you
have reached six (6) unexcused absences you will have dropped below the grade to pass the course.
You are responsible for attending class and keeping up with assignments and course exams.
THERE ARE NO MAKE UPS FOR ANY EXAMS OR ASSIGNMENTS.

The classroom syllabus will provide specific details for each of the evaluation items listed above.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty William Walker
Year 2010-2011 Office AD 159
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0488
Section 65 email wwalker@parisjc.edu

Course DRAM 1310

Title Theatre Appreciation

Description This course is a survey of the main fields of theatre activity and to give the student an introductory
knowledge of all phases of theatre. This course is intended to provide the student with a
background understanding of the live theatre history, dramatic works, stage techniques, production
procedure and relation to the cooperative Fine Arts.

Textbooks “Another Opening, Another Show” by Markus & Sarver, 2nd Ed. ISBN#: 978-0072562606

Schedule Week 1- Introduction to the course and coverage of the syllabus.


Week 2- (JAN. 24 & 26) - What is Theatre?/Aristotle’s Guide to Pleasure
Week 3- (Jan. 31 & Feb. 3) – Theatre History [Chapter 15] – (pp. 250-272)
Week 4- (Feb. 7 & 9)- Theatre History continued
Week 5- (Feb. 14 & 16)- Dramatic Genres & Theatrical Styles
Week 6- (Feb. 21 & 23)- Writing about Theatre & The Playwright’s Story
Week 7- (Feb. 28 & March 2) – Actors and Characters & The Director’s Impact
Week 8- (March 7 & 9) – The Designers’ Vision & EXAM 1
Week 9- SPRING BREAK
Week 10- (March 21 & 23) – Finding Theatre & Take Your Seats, Please
Week 11- (March 28 & 30) – the Curtain Rises & Backstage Revealed
Week 12- (April 4 & 6) – Show Biz is Big Biz
Week 13- (April 11 & 13) – Musical Theatre
Week 14- (April 18 & 20) – finish Musical Theatre & EXAM 2
Week 15- (April 25 & 27) – Library Days
Week 16- (May 2 & 4) – Group Projects Due
Evaluation methods EVALUATION
Attendance 10%
Group Projects 40%
Performance Response 15%
Section Exams 15%
Final Exam 20%

Absence from class will drop you one half of a letter grade every time you miss a class. Once you
have reached six (6) unexcused absences you will have dropped below the grade to pass the course.
You are responsible for attending class and keeping up with assignments and course exams.
THERE ARE NO MAKE UPS FOR ANY EXAMS OR ASSIGNMENTS.

The classroom syllabus will provide specific details for each of the evaluation items listed above.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty William Walker
Year 2010-2011 Office AD 159
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0488
Section 66 email wwalker@parisjc.edu

Course DRAM 1310

Title Theatre Appreciation

Description This course is a survey of the main fields of theatre activity and to give the student an introductory
knowledge of all phases of theatre. This course is intended to provide the student with a
background understanding of the live theatre history, dramatic works, stage techniques, production
procedure and relation to the cooperative Fine Arts.

Textbooks “Another Opening, Another Show” by Markus & Sarver, 2nd Ed. ISBN#: 978-0072562606

Schedule Week 1- Introduction to the course and coverage of the syllabus.


Week 2- (JAN. 24 & 26) - What is Theatre?/Aristotle’s Guide to Pleasure
Week 3- (Jan. 31 & Feb. 3) – Theatre History [Chapter 15] – (pp. 250-272)
Week 4- (Feb. 7 & 9)- Theatre History continued
Week 5- (Feb. 14 & 16)- Dramatic Genres & Theatrical Styles
Week 6- (Feb. 21 & 23)- Writing about Theatre & The Playwright’s Story
Week 7- (Feb. 28 & March 2) – Actors and Characters & The Director’s Impact
Week 8- (March 7 & 9) – The Designers’ Vision & EXAM 1
Week 9- SPRING BREAK
Week 10- (March 21 & 23) – Finding Theatre & Take Your Seats, Please
Week 11- (March 28 & 30) – the Curtain Rises & Backstage Revealed
Week 12- (April 4 & 6) – Show Biz is Big Biz
Week 13- (April 11 & 13) – Musical Theatre
Week 14- (April 18 & 20) – finish Musical Theatre & EXAM 2
Week 15- (April 25 & 27) – Library Days
Week 16- (May 2 & 4) – Group Projects Due
Evaluation methods EVALUATION
Attendance 10%
Group Projects 40%
Performance Response 15%
Section Exams 15%
Final Exam 20%

Absence from class will drop you one half of a letter grade every time you miss a class. Once you
have reached six (6) unexcused absences you will have dropped below the grade to pass the course.
You are responsible for attending class and keeping up with assignments and course exams.
THERE ARE NO MAKE UPS FOR ANY EXAMS OR ASSIGNMENTS.

The classroom syllabus will provide specific details for each of the evaluation items listed above.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty William Walker
Year 2010-2011 Office AD 159
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0488
Section 67 email wwalker@parisjc.edu

Course DRAM 1310

Title Theatre Appreciation

Description This course is a survey of the main fields of theatre activity and to give the student an introductory
knowledge of all phases of theatre. This course is intended to provide the student with a
background understanding of the live theatre history, dramatic works, stage techniques, production
procedure and relation to the cooperative Fine Arts.

Textbooks “Another Opening, Another Show” by Markus & Sarver, 2nd Ed. ISBN#: 978-0072562606

Schedule Week 1- Introduction to the course and coverage of the syllabus.


Week 2- (JAN. 24 & 26) - What is Theatre?/Aristotle’s Guide to Pleasure
Week 3- (Jan. 31 & Feb. 3) – Theatre History [Chapter 15] – (pp. 250-272)
Week 4- (Feb. 7 & 9)- Theatre History continued
Week 5- (Feb. 14 & 16)- Dramatic Genres & Theatrical Styles
Week 6- (Feb. 21 & 23)- Writing about Theatre & The Playwright’s Story
Week 7- (Feb. 28 & March 2) – Actors and Characters & The Director’s Impact
Week 8- (March 7 & 9) – The Designers’ Vision & EXAM 1
Week 9- SPRING BREAK
Week 10- (March 21 & 23) – Finding Theatre & Take Your Seats, Please
Week 11- (March 28 & 30) – the Curtain Rises & Backstage Revealed
Week 12- (April 4 & 6) – Show Biz is Big Biz
Week 13- (April 11 & 13) – Musical Theatre
Week 14- (April 18 & 20) – finish Musical Theatre & EXAM 2
Week 15- (April 25 & 27) – Library Days
Week 16- (May 2 & 4) – Group Projects Due
Evaluation methods EVALUATION
Attendance 10%
Group Projects 40%
Performance Response 15%
Section Exams 15%
Final Exam 20%

Absence from class will drop you one half of a letter grade every time you miss a class. Once you
have reached six (6) unexcused absences you will have dropped below the grade to pass the course.
You are responsible for attending class and keeping up with assignments and course exams.
THERE ARE NO MAKE UPS FOR ANY EXAMS OR ASSIGNMENTS.

The classroom syllabus will provide specific details for each of the evaluation items listed above.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr. Edward Lee
Year 2010-2011 Office
Term Spring Phone 903-453-4694
Section 95 email doctalee@gmail.com

Course Drama 1310

Title Introduction to Theatre

Description This course is an introduction to the art of theatre. The student will study a variety of theatrical
genres through the reading of plays, the performance of scenes, monologues, and plays. The
student will also provide character analysis and scene analysis. The student will also be introduced
to the relationship between theatre and the other arts.

Textbooks Theatre by Robert Cohen

Schedule Week 1-Week 1 Basic Stage directions, theatre vocabulary terms, auditioning
Week 2 Rehearsal techniques, technical crew and their jobs
Week 3 Set construction, characterization
Week 4 Playwrights and play analysis
Week 5 Advertising, Theatre Genres
Week 6 Pantomime, Oedipus Rex, Theatre Production
Week 7 Hamlet, Mid Term
Week 8 Tartuffe, Comedy
Week 9 My Fair Lady, Musical Theatre
Week 10 Auditioning
Week 11 Audition Piece performance
Week 12 Improvisation
Week 13 Review
Week 14 Testing

Evaluation methods Each assignment will be worth 100 points. There will be a total of 1100 points. The percentage of
the 1100 you make on your grades will be your grades.

90% - 100% = A
80% - 89% = B
70% - 79% = C
60% - 69% = D
Below 60 = F
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Donna Deverell
Year 2011 Office Room 201
Term Spring Phone 903.454.9333
Section G1 email ddeverell@parisjc.edu

Course DRAM 1310

Title Theatre Appreciation

Description This course is a survey of theatre, meant to give the student an introductory knowledge of all
aspects of theatre. This course will provide the student with an understanding of theatre history,
production, techniques, and procedures.

Textbooks Another Opening, Another Show: A Lively Introduction to the Theatre, Second Edition
ISBN-13 978-0-07-256260-6

Schedule Week 1- Chapter 1 and Chapter 2


Week 2- Chapter 11 and Chapter 12
Week 3- Chapter 5
Week 4- Chapter 3 and Chapter 4
Week 5- Test (Chapters 1-5, 11-12)
Week 6- Chapter 15
Week 7- Chapter 6
Week 8- Chapter 8
Week 9- Spring Break - No Class
Week 10-Group Presentations
Week 11- Chapter 7 and Chapter 9
Week 12- Test (Chapter 6-9, 15)
Week 13- Chapter 13 and Chapter 14
Week 14- Chapter 16 and Chapter 17
Week 15- Individual Presentations
Week 16- Final Exam

Evaluation methods Attendance/Class Participation - 10%


Performance Response - 15%
Tests - 10% (each)
Quizzes - 10%
Group Presentation - 15%
Individual Presentation - 15%
Final Exam - 15%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty William Walker
Year 2010-2011 Office AD 159
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0488
Section 01 email wwalker@parisjc.edu

Course DRAM 1352

Title Acting 2

Description Acting 2 involves the development of basic skills and techniques of acting for the purpose of
character development. Emphasis is placed on character analysis and script analysis as tools for
the actor. Although this section of Acting 2 is intended for students who plan to major in theatre,
it is open to any student who wants to be challenged at a level that exceeds the typical
“introductory class for non-majors”.

Textbooks “Acting Professionally” by Robert Cohen & James Calleri ISBN#: 978-0-230-21721-9
“Play the Scene” by Michael Schulman and Eva Mekler ISBN#: 978-0-312-31879-6

Schedule Week 1-Jan. 19: Introductions: Go over syllabus & Assign Chapters
Choose Scene #1 partners
Begin to choose scene #1
Week 2-Jan. 24: “Play the Scene” : Introduction (xv-xxv)
Introduce scene analysis
Scene #1 choices due

Jan. 26: “Acting Professionally”: Chapter 1 (pp. 1-12)


Begin scene work for scene #1
Begin scene analysis work for scene #1
Week 3- Jan. 31: “Acting Professionally”: Chapter 2 (pp. 13-45)
Continue work on scene #1

Feb. 2: IMPROVISATION
Continue work on scene #1
Continue work on scene analysis for scene #1
Week 4-Feb. 7: “Acting Professionally”: Chapter 2 (pp. 49-66)
CLASS IMPROVISATION #1
Evaluation methods EVALUATION
Attendance/Participation 10%
Production Evaluation 20%
2 Scenes 30%
Final Exam / Scene 40%

ATTIRE AND PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS:


Please wear loose, comfortable clothing, which will allow for complete freedom of movement (no
high heels, mini-skirts, or clothes that restrict movement).

ATTENDANCE/PARTICIPATION:
Acting requires teamwork, collaborating with one or more partners in exercises and scenes. A
key component of teamwork is trust among the participants. Your regular attendance and good
preparation for rehearsals and performances are vital in establishing and maintaining trust with
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Alex Peevy
Year 2010-2011 Office 161AD
Term spring Phone 903 782 0327
Section 01 email apeevy@parisjc.edu

Course DRAM 2120

Title Theatre Practicum III

Description Practicum in theater with emphasis on technique and procedures with


experience gained in play productions. 1st semester of 4-semester sequence.

Textbooks None
Schedule Week 1-Introduction/Safety Practices
Week 2-Begin Set/costume Construction
Week 3-Cont' Set/costume Construction
Week 4-Props/painting
Week 5-Lighting Hang/Focus
Week 6-Performance Practices/Putting it all togather
Week 7-Striking show materials
Week 8-Prepare UIL Set/facilities
Week 9-SPRINGBREAK
Week 10-UIL
Week 11-Striking show materials
Week 12-Prepare facilities for Student Showcase
Week 13-Work on Facilities
Week 14-Instructor workshop
Week 15-Instructor workshop
Week16-Finishing up
Evaluation methods Quarterly assessments will be completed by the instructor in order to ascertain student’s
development in the fore mentioned learning outcomes. Students will also be graded based on
successful completion of a work call and a “strike” both to cumulatively equal no more than 10 hrs.
Student will also be given a grade for participation on and/or offstage in a production produced by
PJC.

Quarterly shop assessments 40%


Performance assessments 30%

Work Call 15%


“Strikes” 15%
.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Alex Peevy
Year 2010-2011 Office 161AD
Term spring Phone 903 782 0327
Section 01 email apeevy@parisjc.edu

Course DRAM 2121

Title Theatre Practicum IV

Description Practicum in theater with emphasis on technique and procedures with


experience gained in play productions. 1st semester of 4-semester sequence.

Textbooks None
Schedule Week 1-Introduction/Safety Practices
Week 2-Begin Set/costume Construction
Week 3-Cont' Set/costume Construction
Week 4-Props/painting
Week 5-Lighting Hang/Focus
Week 6-Performance Practices/Putting it all togather
Week 7-Striking show materials
Week 8-Prepare UIL Set/facilities
Week 9-SPRINGBREAK
Week 10-UIL
Week 11-Striking show materials
Week 12-Prepare facilities for Student Showcase
Week 13-Work on Facilities
Week 14-Instructor workshop
Week 15-Instructor workshop
Week16-Finishing up
Evaluation methods Quarterly assessments will be completed by the instructor in order to ascertain student’s
development in the fore mentioned learning outcomes. Students will also be graded based on
successful completion of a work call and a “strike” both to cumulatively equal no more than 10 hrs.
Student will also be given a grade for participation on and/or offstage in a production produced by
PJC.

Quarterly shop assessments 40%


Performance assessments 30%

Work Call 15%


“Strikes” 15%
.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Anthony Sawyer
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 145
Term Spring Phone (903) 782-0318
Section 01 email asawyer@parisjc.edu

Course ECON 2301

Title Principles of Macroeconomics

Description ECON 2301 Principles of Macroeconomics


ECON 2302 Principles of Microeconomics
History, development, and application of macroeconomic and microeconomic theory underlying the
production, distribution, and exchange of goods and services including the utilization of resources,
analysis of value and prices, national income analysis, fiscal policies, monetary and banking theory
and policy, distribution of income, labor problems, international economics, and economics
systems. Attention given to the application of economic principles to economic problems.

Textbooks Economics 18th Edition by McConnell, Brue, & Flynn, McGraw-Hill Publishing, 2009 (ISBN:
9780073375694).

Schedule Week 1- Course Orientation, Limits, Alternatives, and Choices


Week 2- The Market System and Circular Flow
Week 3- Demand, Supply and Market Equilibrium
Week 4- International Trade
Week 5- Exam 1
Week 6- Measuring Domestic Output and National Income
Week 7- Economic Growth
Week 8- Business Cycles, Unemployment, and Inflation
Week 9- Exam 2
Week 10- Aggregate Demand and Aggregate Supply
Week 11- Fiscal Policy, Deficits, and Debt
Week 12- Money and Banking, Money Creation, Interest Rates, and Monetary Policy
Week 13- Current Issues in Macro Theory and Policy
Week 14- Exam 3
Week 15- Catch up and study for Final
Week 16- Comprehensive Final Exam

Evaluation methods Letter grades will be assigned on the following scale:


Grade Average Letter Grade
90 - 100 = A
80 - 89 = B
70 - 79 = C
60 - 69 = D
0 - 59 = F
There will be four exams (including a comprehensive final exam). Each exam is 25% of your
semester grade. The final exam is comprehensive. Students are required to take the final exam.
Failure to take the final exam will result in an F in the course. Students are expected to take exams
at the scheduled time. There will be NO makeup exams. If you miss an exam, the final exam score
will replace it. If you miss two exams, you will receive an F in the course. All exams must be
proctored.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jeffrey C. Tarrant
Year 2010-2011 Office GC 207
Term Spring Phone (903) 457-8720
Section 40 email jtarrant@parisjc.edu

Course ECON 2301

Title Principles of Macroeconomics

Description History, development, and application of macroeconomic and microeconomic theory underlying the
production, distribution, and exchange of goods and services including the utilization of resources,
analysis of value and prices, national income analysis, fiscal policies, monetary and banking theory
and policy, distribution of income, labor problems, international economics, and economics
systems. Attention given to the application of economic principles to economic problems.

Textbooks Economics 18th Edition by McConnell, Brue, & Flynn, McGraw-Hill Publishing, 2009

Schedule Week 1-Utilization of Resources


Week 2-The Market System and the Circular Flow
Week 3-Demand, Supply and Market Equilibrium
Week 4-Mid-Term Exam 1
Week 5-National Income Analysis
Week 6-Economic Growth
Week 7-Business Cycles, Unemployment, & Inflation
Week 8-Mid-Term Exam 2
Week 9-Aggregate Demand and Aggregate Supply
Week 10-Fiscal Policy, Deficits, and Debt
Week 11-Money and Banking
Week 12-Mid-Term Exam 3
Week 13-Financial Economics
Week 14-Current Issues in Macro Theory and Policy
Week 15-International Trade
Week 16-Final Exam

Evaluation methods Attendance 15%


Average of Topic Quizzes 25%
Average of Mid-Term Exams 30%
Final Exam 20%
Current Issues Report 10%

Total Point Percentage Letter Grade


90% – 100% A
80% – 89% B
70% – 79% C
60% – 69% D
0% – 59% F
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jeffrey C. Tarrant
Year 2010-2011 Office GC 207
Term Spring Phone (903) 457-8720
Section 57 email jtarrant@parisjc.edu

Course ECON 2301

Title Principles of Macroeconomics

Description History, development, and application of macroeconomic and microeconomic theory underlying the
production, distribution, and exchange of goods and services including the utilization of resources,
analysis of value and prices, national income analysis, fiscal policies, monetary and banking theory
and policy, distribution of income, labor problems, international economics, and economics
systems. Attention given to the application of economic principles to economic problems.

Textbooks Economics 18th Edition by McConnell, Brue, & Flynn, McGraw-Hill Publishing, 2009

Schedule Week 1-Utilization of Resources


Week 2-The Market System and the Circular Flow
Week 3-Demand, Supply and Market Equilibrium
Week 4-Mid-Term Exam 1
Week 5-National Income Analysis
Week 6-Economic Growth
Week 7-Business Cycles, Unemployment, & Inflation
Week 8-Mid-Term Exam 2
Week 9-Aggregate Demand and Aggregate Supply
Week 10-Fiscal Policy, Deficits, and Debt
Week 11-Money and Banking
Week 12-Mid-Term Exam 3
Week 13-Financial Economics
Week 14-Current Issues in Macro Theory and Policy
Week 15-International Trade
Week 16-Final Exam

Evaluation methods Attendance 15%


Average of Topic Quizzes 25%
Average of Mid-Term Exams 30%
Final Exam 20%
Current Issues Report 10%

Total Point Percentage Letter Grade


90% – 100% A
80% – 89% B
70% – 79% C
60% – 69% D
0% – 59% F
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jeffrey C. Tarrant
Year 2010-2011 Office GC 207
Term Spring Phone (903) 457-8720
Section 58 email jtarrant@parisjc.edu

Course ECON 2301

Title Principles of Macroeconomics

Description History, development, and application of macroeconomic and microeconomic theory underlying the
production, distribution, and exchange of goods and services including the utilization of resources,
analysis of value and prices, national income analysis, fiscal policies, monetary and banking theory
and policy, distribution of income, labor problems, international economics, and economics
systems. Attention given to the application of economic principles to economic problems.

Textbooks Economics 18th Edition by McConnell, Brue, & Flynn, McGraw-Hill Publishing, 2009

Schedule Week 1-Utilization of Resources


Week 2-The Market System and the Circular Flow
Week 3-Demand, Supply and Market Equilibrium
Week 4-Mid-Term Exam 1
Week 5-National Income Analysis
Week 6-Economic Growth
Week 7-Business Cycles, Unemployment, & Inflation
Week 8-Mid-Term Exam 2
Week 9-Aggregate Demand and Aggregate Supply
Week 10-Fiscal Policy, Deficits, and Debt
Week 11-Money and Banking
Week 12-Mid-Term Exam 3
Week 13-Financial Economics
Week 14-Current Issues in Macro Theory and Policy
Week 15-International Trade
Week 16-Final Exam

Evaluation methods Attendance 15%


Average of Topic Quizzes 25%
Average of Mid-Term Exams 30%
Final Exam 20%
Current Issues Report 10%

Total Point Percentage Letter Grade


90% – 100% A
80% – 89% B
70% – 79% C
60% – 69% D
0% – 59% F
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jeffrey C. Tarrant
Year 2010-2011 Office GC 207
Term Spring Phone (903) 457-8720
Section 65 email jtarrant@parisjc.edu

Course ECON 2301

Title Principles of Macroeconomics

Description History, development, and application of macroeconomic and microeconomic theory underlying the
production, distribution, and exchange of goods and services including the utilization of resources,
analysis of value and prices, national income analysis, fiscal policies, monetary and banking theory
and policy, distribution of income, labor problems, international economics, and economics
systems. Attention given to the application of economic principles to economic problems.

Textbooks Economics 18th Edition by McConnell, Brue, & Flynn, McGraw-Hill Publishing, 2009

Schedule Week 1-Utilization of Resources


Week 2-The Market System and the Circular Flow
Week 3-Demand, Supply and Market Equilibrium
Week 4-Mid-Term Exam 1
Week 5-National Income Analysis
Week 6-Economic Growth
Week 7-Business Cycles, Unemployment, & Inflation
Week 8-Mid-Term Exam 2
Week 9-Aggregate Demand and Aggregate Supply
Week 10-Fiscal Policy, Deficits, and Debt
Week 11-Money and Banking
Week 12-Mid-Term Exam 3
Week 13-Financial Economics
Week 14-Current Issues in Macro Theory and Policy
Week 15-International Trade
Week 16-Final Exam

Evaluation methods Attendance 15%


Average of Topic Quizzes 25%
Average of Mid-Term Exams 30%
Final Exam 20%
Current Issues Report 10%

Total Point Percentage Letter Grade


90% – 100% A
80% – 89% B
70% – 79% C
60% – 69% D
0% – 59% F
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Anthony Sawyer
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 145
Term Spring Phone (903) 782-0318
Section 01 email asawyer@parisjc.edu

Course ECON 2301

Title Principles of Macroeconomics

Description ECON 2301 Principles of Macroeconomics


ECON 2302 Principles of Microeconomics
History, development, and application of macroeconomic and microeconomic theory underlying the
production, distribution, and exchange of goods and services including the utilization of resources,
analysis of value and prices, national income analysis, fiscal policies, monetary and banking theory
and policy, distribution of income, labor problems, international economics, and economics
systems. Attention given to the application of economic principles to economic problems.

Textbooks Economics 18th Edition by McConnell, Brue, & Flynn, McGraw-Hill Publishing, 2009 (ISBN:
9780073375694).

Schedule Week 1- Course Orientation, Limits, Alternatives, and Choices


Week 2- The Market System and Circular Flow
Week 3- Demand, Supply and Market Equilibrium
Week 4- International Trade
Week 5- Exam 1
Week 6- Measuring Domestic Output and National Income
Week 7- Economic Growth
Week 8- Business Cycles, Unemployment, and Inflation
Week 9- Exam 2
Week 10- Aggregate Demand and Aggregate Supply
Week 11- Fiscal Policy, Deficits, and Debt
Week 12- Money and Banking, Money Creation, Interest Rates, and Monetary Policy
Week 13- Current Issues in Macro Theory and Policy
Week 14- Exam 3
Week 15- Catch up and study for Final
Week 16- Comprehensive Final Exam
Evaluation methods Letter grades will be assigned on the following scale:
Grade Average Letter Grade
90 - 100 = A
80 - 89 = B
70 - 79 = C
60 - 69 = D
0 - 59 = F
There will be four exams (including a comprehensive final exam). Each exam is 25% of your
semester grade. The final exam is comprehensive. Students are required to take the final exam.
Failure to take the final exam will result in an F in the course. Students are expected to take exams
at the scheduled time. There will be NO makeup exams. If you miss an exam, the final exam score
will replace it. If you miss two exams, you will receive an F in the course. All exams must be
proctored.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Anthony Sawyer
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 145
Term Spring Phone (903) 782-0318
Section 01 email asawyer@parisjc.edu

Course ECON 2301

Title Principles of Macroeconomics

Description ECON 2301 Principles of Macroeconomics


ECON 2302 Principles of Microeconomics
History, development, and application of macroeconomic and microeconomic theory underlying the
production, distribution, and exchange of goods and services including the utilization of resources,
analysis of value and prices, national income analysis, fiscal policies, monetary and banking theory
and policy, distribution of income, labor problems, international economics, and economics
systems. Attention given to the application of economic principles to economic problems.

Textbooks Economics 18th Edition by McConnell, Brue, & Flynn, McGraw-Hill Publishing, 2009 (ISBN:
9780073375694).

Schedule Week 1- Course Orientation, Limits, Alternatives, and Choices


Week 2- The Market System and Circular Flow
Week 3- Demand, Supply and Market Equilibrium
Week 4- International Trade
Week 5- Exam 1
Week 6- Measuring Domestic Output and National Income
Week 7- Economic Growth
Week 8- Business Cycles, Unemployment, and Inflation
Week 9- Exam 2
Week 10- Aggregate Demand and Aggregate Supply
Week 11- Fiscal Policy, Deficits, and Debt
Week 12- Money and Banking, Money Creation, Interest Rates, and Monetary Policy
Week 13- Current Issues in Macro Theory and Policy
Week 14- Exam 3
Week 15- Catch up and study for Final
Week 16- Comprehensive Final Exam

Evaluation methods Letter grades will be assigned on the following scale:


Grade Average Letter Grade
90 - 100 = A
80 - 89 = B
70 - 79 = C
60 - 69 = D
0 - 59 = F
There will be four exams (including a comprehensive final exam). Each exam is 25% of your
semester grade. The final exam is comprehensive. Students are required to take the final exam.
Failure to take the final exam will result in an F in the course. Students are expected to take exams
at the scheduled time. There will be NO makeup exams. If you miss an exam, the final exam score
will replace it. If you miss two exams, you will receive an F in the course. All exams must be
proctored.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Anthony Sawyer
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 145
Term Spring Phone (903) 782-0318
Section 01 email asawyer@parisjc.edu

Course ECON 2301

Title Principles of Macroeconomics

Description ECON 2301 Principles of Macroeconomics


ECON 2302 Principles of Microeconomics
History, development, and application of macroeconomic and microeconomic theory underlying the
production, distribution, and exchange of goods and services including the utilization of resources,
analysis of value and prices, national income analysis, fiscal policies, monetary and banking theory
and policy, distribution of income, labor problems, international economics, and economics
systems. Attention given to the application of economic principles to economic problems.

Textbooks Economics 18th Edition by McConnell, Brue, & Flynn, McGraw-Hill Publishing, 2009 (ISBN:
9780073375694).

Schedule Week 1- Course Orientation, Limits, Alternatives, and Choices


Week 2- The Market System and Circular Flow
Week 3- Demand, Supply and Market Equilibrium
Week 4- International Trade
Week 5- Exam 1
Week 6- Measuring Domestic Output and National Income
Week 7- Economic Growth
Week 8- Business Cycles, Unemployment, and Inflation
Week 9- Exam 2
Week 10- Aggregate Demand and Aggregate Supply
Week 11- Fiscal Policy, Deficits, and Debt
Week 12- Money and Banking, Money Creation, Interest Rates, and Monetary Policy
Week 13- Current Issues in Macro Theory and Policy
Week 14- Exam 3
Week 15- Catch up and study for Final
Week 16- Comprehensive Final Exam
Evaluation methods Letter grades will be assigned on the following scale:
Grade Average Letter Grade
90 - 100 = A
80 - 89 = B
70 - 79 = C
60 - 69 = D
0 - 59 = F
There will be four exams (including a comprehensive final exam). Each exam is 25% of your
semester grade. The final exam is comprehensive. Students are required to take the final exam.
Failure to take the final exam will result in an F in the course. Students are expected to take exams
at the scheduled time. There will be NO makeup exams. If you miss an exam, the final exam score
will replace it. If you miss two exams, you will receive an F in the course. All exams must be
proctored.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Anthony Sawyer
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 145
Term Spring Phone (903) 782-0318
Section 01 email asawyer@parisjc.edu

Course ECON 2301

Title Principles of Macroeconomics

Description ECON 2301 Principles of Macroeconomics


ECON 2302 Principles of Microeconomics
History, development, and application of macroeconomic and microeconomic theory underlying the
production, distribution, and exchange of goods and services including the utilization of resources,
analysis of value and prices, national income analysis, fiscal policies, monetary and banking theory
and policy, distribution of income, labor problems, international economics, and economics
systems. Attention given to the application of economic principles to economic problems.

Textbooks Economics 18th Edition by McConnell, Brue, & Flynn, McGraw-Hill Publishing, 2009 (ISBN:
9780073375694).

Schedule Week 1- Course Orientation, Limits, Alternatives, and Choices


Week 2- The Market System and Circular Flow
Week 3- Demand, Supply and Market Equilibrium
Week 4- International Trade
Week 5- Exam 1
Week 6- Measuring Domestic Output and National Income
Week 7- Economic Growth
Week 8- Business Cycles, Unemployment, and Inflation
Week 9- Exam 2
Week 10- Aggregate Demand and Aggregate Supply
Week 11- Fiscal Policy, Deficits, and Debt
Week 12- Money and Banking, Money Creation, Interest Rates, and Monetary Policy
Week 13- Current Issues in Macro Theory and Policy
Week 14- Exam 3
Week 15- Catch up and study for Final
Week 16- Comprehensive Final Exam
Evaluation methods Letter grades will be assigned on the following scale:
Grade Average Letter Grade
90 - 100 = A
80 - 89 = B
70 - 79 = C
60 - 69 = D
0 - 59 = F
There will be four exams (including a comprehensive final exam). Each exam is 25% of your
semester grade. The final exam is comprehensive. Students are required to take the final exam.
Failure to take the final exam will result in an F in the course. Students are expected to take exams
at the scheduled time. There will be NO makeup exams. If you miss an exam, the final exam score
will replace it. If you miss two exams, you will receive an F in the course. All exams must be
proctored.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Anthony Sawyer
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 145
Term Spring Phone (903) 782-0318
Section 01 email asawyer@parisjc.edu

Course ECON 2302

Title Principles of Microeconomics

Description ECON 2301 Principles of Macroeconomics


ECON 2302 Principles of Microeconomics
History, development, and application of macroeconomic and microeconomic theory underlying the
production, distribution, and exchange of goods and services including the utilization of resources,
analysis of value and prices, national income analysis, fiscal policies, monetary and banking theory
and policy, distribution of income, labor problems, international economics, and economics
systems. Attention given to the application of economic principles to economic problems.

Textbooks Economics 18th Edition by McConnell, Brue, & Flynn, McGraw-Hill Publishing, 2009 (ISBN:
9780073375694).

Schedule Week 1- Course Orientation, Demand Supply and Market Equilibrium


Week 2- Demand, Supply and Market Equilibrium
Week 3- Elasticity, Consumer Surplus, and Producer Surplus
Week 4- Consumer Behavior
Week 5- Exam 1
Week 6- The Costs of Production
Week 7- Pure Competition
Week 8- Pure Monopoly
Week 9- Monopolistic Competition and Oligopoly
Week 10- Exam 2
Week 11- The Demand for Resources and Wage Determination
Week 12- Rent, Interest, and Profit
Week 13- Public Goods, Externalities, Information Asymmetries and Public Choice Theory
Week 14- Income Inequality
Week 15- Exam 3 and study for Final
Week 16- Comprehensive Final Exam

Evaluation methods Letter grades will be assigned on the following scale:


Grade Average Letter Grade
90 - 100 = A
80 - 89 = B
70 - 79 = C
60 - 69 = D
0 - 59 = F
There will be four exams (including a comprehensive final exam). Each exam is 25% of your
semester grade. The final exam is comprehensive. Students are required to take the final exam.
Failure to take the final exam will result in an F in the course. Students are expected to take exams
at the scheduled time. There will be NO makeup exams. If you miss an exam, the final exam score
will replace it. If you miss two exams, you will receive an F in the course. All exams must be
proctored
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jeffrey C. Tarrant
Year 2010-2011 Office GC 207
Term Spring Phone (903) 457-8720
Section 40 email jtarrant@parisjc.edu

Course ECON 2302

Title Principles of Microeconomics

Description History, development, and application of macroeconomic and microeconomic theory underlying the
production, distribution, and exchange of goods and services including the utilization of resources,
analysis of value and prices, national income analysis, fiscal policies, monetary and banking theory
and policy, distribution of income, labor problems, international economics, and economics
systems. Attention given to the application of economic principles to economic problems.

Textbooks Economics 18th Edition by McConnell, Brue, & Flynn, McGraw-Hill Publishing, 2009

Schedule Week 1-Demand, Supply and Market Equilibrium


Week 2-Elasticity, Consumer Surplus, & Producer Surplus
Week 3-Consumer Behavior
Week 4-Mid-Term Exam 1
Week 5-The Costs of Production
Week 6-Pure Competition
Week 7-Pure Monopoly
Week 8-Monopolistic Competition and Oligopoly
Week 9-Mid-Term Exam 2
Week 10-The Demand for Resources and Wages
Week 11-Rent, Interest, and Profit
Week 12-Mid-Term Exam 3
Week 13-Income Inequality, Poverty, and Discrimination
Week 14-Public Goods, Externalities, and Information
Week 15-Public Choice
Week 16-Final Exam

Evaluation methods Attendance 15%


Average of Topic Quizzes 25%
Average of Mid-Term Exams 30%
Final Exam 20%
Current Issues Report 10%

Total Point Percentage Letter Grade


90% – 100% A
80% – 89% B
70% – 79% C
60% – 69% D
0% – 59% F
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jeffrey C. Tarrant
Year 2010-2011 Office GC 207
Term Spring Phone (903) 457-8720
Section 41 email jtarrant@parisjc.edu

Course ECON 2302

Title Principles of Microeconomics

Description History, development, and application of macroeconomic and microeconomic theory underlying the
production, distribution, and exchange of goods and services including the utilization of resources,
analysis of value and prices, national income analysis, fiscal policies, monetary and banking theory
and policy, distribution of income, labor problems, international economics, and economics
systems. Attention given to the application of economic principles to economic problems.

Textbooks Economics 18th Edition by McConnell, Brue, & Flynn, McGraw-Hill Publishing, 2009

Schedule Week 1-Demand, Supply and Market Equilibrium


Week 2-Elasticity, Consumer Surplus, & Producer Surplus
Week 3-Consumer Behavior
Week 4-Mid-Term Exam 1
Week 5-The Costs of Production
Week 6-Pure Competition
Week 7-Pure Monopoly
Week 8-Monopolistic Competition and Oligopoly
Week 9-Mid-Term Exam 2
Week 10-The Demand for Resources and Wages
Week 11-Rent, Interest, and Profit
Week 12-Mid-Term Exam 3
Week 13-Income Inequality, Poverty, and Discrimination
Week 14-Public Goods, Externalities, and Information
Week 15-Public Choice
Week 16-Final Exam

Evaluation methods Attendance 15%


Average of Topic Quizzes 25%
Average of Mid-Term Exams 30%
Final Exam 20%
Current Issues Report 10%

Total Point Percentage Letter Grade


90% – 100% A
80% – 89% B
70% – 79% C
60% – 69% D
0% – 59% F
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jeffrey C. Tarrant
Year 2010-2011 Office GC 207
Term Spring Phone (903) 457-8720
Section 50 email jtarrant@parisjc.edu

Course ECON 2302

Title Principles of Microeconomics

Description History, development, and application of macroeconomic and microeconomic theory underlying the
production, distribution, and exchange of goods and services including the utilization of resources,
analysis of value and prices, national income analysis, fiscal policies, monetary and banking theory
and policy, distribution of income, labor problems, international economics, and economics
systems. Attention given to the application of economic principles to economic problems.

Textbooks Economics 18th Edition by McConnell, Brue, & Flynn, McGraw-Hill Publishing, 2009

Schedule Week 1-Demand, Supply and Market Equilibrium


Week 2-Elasticity, Consumer Surplus, & Producer Surplus
Week 3-Consumer Behavior
Week 4-Mid-Term Exam 1
Week 5-The Costs of Production
Week 6-Pure Competition
Week 7-Pure Monopoly
Week 8-Monopolistic Competition and Oligopoly
Week 9-Mid-Term Exam 2
Week 10-The Demand for Resources and Wages
Week 11-Rent, Interest, and Profit
Week 12-Mid-Term Exam 3
Week 13-Income Inequality, Poverty, and Discrimination
Week 14-Public Goods, Externalities, and Information
Week 15-Public Choice
Week 16-Final Exam

Evaluation methods Attendance 15%


Average of Topic Quizzes 25%
Average of Mid-Term Exams 30%
Final Exam 20%
Current Issues Report 10%

Total Point Percentage Letter Grade


90% – 100% A
80% – 89% B
70% – 79% C
60% – 69% D
0% – 59% F
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Anthony Sawyer
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 145
Term Spring Phone (903) 782-0318
Section 01 email asawyer@parisjc.edu

Course ECON 2302

Title Principles of Microeconomics

Description ECON 2301 Principles of Macroeconomics


ECON 2302 Principles of Microeconomics
History, development, and application of macroeconomic and microeconomic theory underlying the
production, distribution, and exchange of goods and services including the utilization of resources,
analysis of value and prices, national income analysis, fiscal policies, monetary and banking theory
and policy, distribution of income, labor problems, international economics, and economics
systems. Attention given to the application of economic principles to economic problems.

Textbooks Economics 18th Edition by McConnell, Brue, & Flynn, McGraw-Hill Publishing, 2009 (ISBN:
9780073375694).

Schedule Week 1- Course Orientation, Demand Supply and Market Equilibrium


Week 2- Demand, Supply and Market Equilibrium
Week 3- Elasticity, Consumer Surplus, and Producer Surplus
Week 4- Consumer Behavior
Week 5- Exam 1
Week 6- The Costs of Production
Week 7- Pure Competition
Week 8- Pure Monopoly
Week 9- Monopolistic Competition and Oligopoly
Week 10- Exam 2
Week 11- The Demand for Resources and Wage Determination
Week 12- Rent, Interest, and Profit
Week 13- Public Goods, Externalities, Information Asymmetries and Public Choice Theory
Week 14- Income Inequality
Week 15- Exam 3 and study for Final
Week 16- Comprehensive Final Exam
Evaluation methods Letter grades will be assigned on the following scale:
Grade Average Letter Grade
90 - 100 = A
80 - 89 = B
70 - 79 = C
60 - 69 = D
0 - 59 = F
There will be four exams (including a comprehensive final exam). Each exam is 25% of your
semester grade. The final exam is comprehensive. Students are required to take the final exam.
Failure to take the final exam will result in an F in the course. Students are expected to take exams
at the scheduled time. There will be NO makeup exams. If you miss an exam, the final exam score
will replace it. If you miss two exams, you will receive an F in the course. All exams must be
proctored
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Anthony Sawyer
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 145
Term Spring Phone (903) 782-0318
Section 01 email asawyer@parisjc.edu

Course ECON 2302

Title Principles of Microeconomics

Description ECON 2301 Principles of Macroeconomics


ECON 2302 Principles of Microeconomics
History, development, and application of macroeconomic and microeconomic theory underlying the
production, distribution, and exchange of goods and services including the utilization of resources,
analysis of value and prices, national income analysis, fiscal policies, monetary and banking theory
and policy, distribution of income, labor problems, international economics, and economics
systems. Attention given to the application of economic principles to economic problems.

Textbooks Economics 18th Edition by McConnell, Brue, & Flynn, McGraw-Hill Publishing, 2009 (ISBN:
9780073375694).

Schedule Week 1- Course Orientation, Demand Supply and Market Equilibrium


Week 2- Demand, Supply and Market Equilibrium
Week 3- Elasticity, Consumer Surplus, and Producer Surplus
Week 4- Consumer Behavior
Week 5- Exam 1
Week 6- The Costs of Production
Week 7- Pure Competition
Week 8- Pure Monopoly
Week 9- Monopolistic Competition and Oligopoly
Week 10- Exam 2
Week 11- The Demand for Resources and Wage Determination
Week 12- Rent, Interest, and Profit
Week 13- Public Goods, Externalities, Information Asymmetries and Public Choice Theory
Week 14- Income Inequality
Week 15- Exam 3 and study for Final
Week 16- Comprehensive Final Exam

Evaluation methods Letter grades will be assigned on the following scale:


Grade Average Letter Grade
90 - 100 = A
80 - 89 = B
70 - 79 = C
60 - 69 = D
0 - 59 = F
There will be four exams (including a comprehensive final exam). Each exam is 25% of your
semester grade. The final exam is comprehensive. Students are required to take the final exam.
Failure to take the final exam will result in an F in the course. Students are expected to take exams
at the scheduled time. There will be NO makeup exams. If you miss an exam, the final exam score
will replace it. If you miss two exams, you will receive an F in the course. All exams must be
proctored
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Jeffrey C. Tarrant
Year 2010-2011 Office GC 207
Term Spring Phone (903) 457-8720
Section 81 email jtarrant@parisjc.edu

Course ECON 2302

Title Principles of Microeconomics

Description History, development, and application of macroeconomic and microeconomic theory underlying the
production, distribution, and exchange of goods and services including the utilization of resources,
analysis of value and prices, national income analysis, fiscal policies, monetary and banking theory
and policy, distribution of income, labor problems, international economics, and economics
systems. Attention given to the application of economic principles to economic problems.

Textbooks Economics 18th Edition by McConnell, Brue, & Flynn, McGraw-Hill Publishing, 2009

Schedule Week 1-Demand, Supply and Market Equilibrium


Week 2-Elasticity, Consumer Surplus, & Producer Surplus
Week 3-Consumer Behavior
Week 4-Mid-Term Exam 1
Week 5-The Costs of Production
Week 6-Pure Competition
Week 7-Pure Monopoly
Week 8-Monopolistic Competition and Oligopoly
Week 9-Mid-Term Exam 2
Week 10-The Demand for Resources and Wages
Week 11-Rent, Interest, and Profit
Week 12-Mid-Term Exam 3
Week 13-Income Inequality, Poverty, and Discrimination
Week 14-Public Goods, Externalities, and Information
Week 15-Public Choice
Week 16-Final Exam

Evaluation methods Attendance 15%


Average of Topic Quizzes 25%
Average of Mid-Term Exams 30%
Final Exam 20%
Current Issues Report 10%

Total Point Percentage Letter Grade


90% – 100% A
80% – 89% B
70% – 79% C
60% – 69% D
0% – 59% F
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Anthony Sawyer
Year 2010-2011 Office AS 145
Term Spring Phone (903) 782-0318
Section 01 email asawyer@parisjc.edu

Course ECON 2302

Title Principles of Microeconomics

Description ECON 2301 Principles of Macroeconomics


ECON 2302 Principles of Microeconomics
History, development, and application of macroeconomic and microeconomic theory underlying the
production, distribution, and exchange of goods and services including the utilization of resources,
analysis of value and prices, national income analysis, fiscal policies, monetary and banking theory
and policy, distribution of income, labor problems, international economics, and economics
systems. Attention given to the application of economic principles to economic problems.

Textbooks Economics 18th Edition by McConnell, Brue, & Flynn, McGraw-Hill Publishing, 2009 (ISBN:
9780073375694).

Schedule Week 1- Course Orientation, Demand Supply and Market Equilibrium


Week 2- Demand, Supply and Market Equilibrium
Week 3- Elasticity, Consumer Surplus, and Producer Surplus
Week 4- Consumer Behavior
Week 5- Exam 1
Week 6- The Costs of Production
Week 7- Pure Competition
Week 8- Pure Monopoly
Week 9- Monopolistic Competition and Oligopoly
Week 10- Exam 2
Week 11- The Demand for Resources and Wage Determination
Week 12- Rent, Interest, and Profit
Week 13- Public Goods, Externalities, Information Asymmetries and Public Choice Theory
Week 14- Income Inequality
Week 15- Exam 3 and study for Final
Week 16- Comprehensive Final Exam

Evaluation methods Letter grades will be assigned on the following scale:


Grade Average Letter Grade
90 - 100 = A
80 - 89 = B
70 - 79 = C
60 - 69 = D
0 - 59 = F
There will be four exams (including a comprehensive final exam). Each exam is 25% of your
semester grade. The final exam is comprehensive. Students are required to take the final exam.
Failure to take the final exam will result in an F in the course. Students are expected to take exams
at the scheduled time. There will be NO makeup exams. If you miss an exam, the final exam score
will replace it. If you miss two exams, you will receive an F in the course. All exams must be
proctored
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Sean LeBeauf
Year 2010-2011 Office HC 104
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0233
Section 01 email slebeauf@parisjc.edu

Course EDUC 1100

Title Learning Frameworks

Description A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate andapply the learning skills discussed across their own
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.

Textbooks Connections: An Insider's Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2010.

Schedule Week 1- Course Overview Navigating the Campus Website & Campus Connect
Week 2- Pages 14-19 Learning Styles
Week 3- Pages 20-39 Reading & Writing Skills
Week 4- Pages 54-62 Note Taking
Week 5- Pages 76-86 Test Taking
Week 6- Pages 4-13 Time Management
Week 7- Pages 106-132 Stress Management
Week 8- Pages 64-73 Critical Thinking Skills
Week 9- Pages 88-95 Planning and Goal Setting
Week 10- Navigate www.carreronestop.org, Careers & Occupations and Degree Requirements
Week 11- Core Curriculum and Degree Requirements
Week 12-Job Applications, Resumes and Interviewing
Week 13-Financial Responsibility
Week 14-Diversity and Community Service
Week 15-Wrap Up and Course Evaluation
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods RMS College Student Inventory 10 pts.
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.
Interest Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan 10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Financial Plan 10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Total Points 200 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Mona Daniel
Year 2010-2011 Office AD 154
Term Spring Phone 903.782.0490
Section 02 email mdaniel@parisjc.edu

Course EDUC 1100

Title Learning Frameworks

Description A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate andapply the learning skills discussed across their own
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.

Textbooks Connections: An Insider's Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2010.

Schedule Week 1- Course Overview Navigating the Campus Website & Campus Connect
Week 2- Pages 14-19 Learning Styles
Week 3- Pages 20-39 Reading & Writing Skills
Week 4- Pages 54-62 Note Taking
Week 5- Pages 76-86 Test Taking
Week 6- Pages 4-13 Time Management
Week 7- Pages 106-132 Stress Management
Week 8- Pages 64-73 Critical Thinking Skills
Week 9- Pages 88-95 Planning and Goal Setting
Week 10- Navigate www.carreronestop.org, Careers & Occupations and Degree Requirements
Week 11- Core Curriculum and Degree Requirements
Week 12-Job Applications, Resumes and Interviewing
Week 13-Financial Responsibility
Week 14-Diversity and Community Service
Week 15-Wrap Up and Course Evaluation
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods RMS College Student Inventory 10 pts.
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.
Interest Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan 10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Financial Plan 10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Total Points 200 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Mona Daniel
Year 2010-2011 Office AD 154
Term Spring Phone 903.782.0490
Section 03 email mdaniel@parisjc.edu

Course EDUC 1100

Title Learning Frameworks

Description A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate andapply the learning skills discussed across their own
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.

Textbooks Connections: An Insider's Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2010.

Schedule Week 1- Course Overview Navigating the Campus Website & Campus Connect
Week 2- Pages 14-19 Learning Styles
Week 3- Pages 20-39 Reading & Writing Skills
Week 4- Pages 54-62 Note Taking
Week 5- Pages 76-86 Test Taking
Week 6- Pages 4-13 Time Management
Week 7- Pages 106-132 Stress Management
Week 8- Pages 64-73 Critical Thinking Skills
Week 9- Pages 88-95 Planning and Goal Setting
Week 10- Navigate www.carreronestop.org, Careers & Occupations and Degree Requirements
Week 11- Core Curriculum and Degree Requirements
Week 12-Job Applications, Resumes and Interviewing
Week 13-Financial Responsibility
Week 14-Diversity and Community Service
Week 15-Wrap Up and Course Evaluation
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods RMS College Student Inventory 10 pts.
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.
Interest Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan 10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Financial Plan 10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Total Points 200 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Sean LeBeauf
Year 2010-2011 Office HC 104
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0233
Section 04 email slebeauf@parisjc.edu

Course EDUC 1100

Title Learning Frameworks

Description A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate andapply the learning skills discussed across their own
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.

Textbooks Connections: An Insider's Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2010.

Schedule Week 1- Course Overview Navigating the Campus Website & Campus Connect
Week 2- Pages 14-19 Learning Styles
Week 3- Pages 20-39 Reading & Writing Skills
Week 4- Pages 54-62 Note Taking
Week 5- Pages 76-86 Test Taking
Week 6- Pages 4-13 Time Management
Week 7- Pages 106-132 Stress Management
Week 8- Pages 64-73 Critical Thinking Skills
Week 9- Pages 88-95 Planning and Goal Setting
Week 10- Navigate www.carreronestop.org, Careers & Occupations and Degree Requirements
Week 11- Core Curriculum and Degree Requirements
Week 12-Job Applications, Resumes and Interviewing
Week 13-Financial Responsibility
Week 14-Diversity and Community Service
Week 15-Wrap Up and Course Evaluation
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods RMS College Student Inventory 10 pts.
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.
Interest Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan 10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Financial Plan 10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Total Points 200 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Sheila Reece
Year 2010-2011 Office AD 149
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0431
Section 05 email sreece@parisjc.edu

Course EDUC 1100

Title Learning Frameworks

Description A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate andapply the learning skills discussed across their own
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.

Textbooks Connections: An Insider's Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2010.

Schedule Week 1- Course Overview Navigating the Campus Website & Campus Connect
Week 2- Pages 14-19 Learning Styles
Week 3- Pages 20-39 Reading & Writing Skills
Week 4- Pages 54-62 Note Taking
Week 5- Pages 76-86 Test Taking
Week 6- Pages 4-13 Time Management
Week 7- Pages 106-132 Stress Management
Week 8- Pages 64-73 Critical Thinking Skills
Week 9- Pages 88-95 Planning and Goal Setting
Week 10- Navigate www.carreronestop.org, Careers & Occupations and Degree Requirements
Week 11- Core Curriculum and Degree Requirements
Week 12-Job Applications, Resumes and Interviewing
Week 13-Financial Responsibility
Week 14-Diversity and Community Service
Week 15-Wrap Up and Course Evaluation
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods RMS College Student Inventory 10 pts.
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.
Interest Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan 10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Financial Plan 10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Total Points 200 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Gayla Jeffery
Year 2010-2011 Office EOC
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0352
Section 06 email gjeffery@parisjc.edu

Course EDUC 1100

Title Learning Frameworks

Description A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate andapply the learning skills discussed across their own
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.

Textbooks Connections: An Insider's Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2010.

Schedule Week 1- Course Overview Navigating the Campus Website & Campus Connect
Week 2- Pages 14-19 Learning Styles
Week 3- Pages 20-39 Reading & Writing Skills
Week 4- Pages 54-62 Note Taking
Week 5- Pages 76-86 Test Taking
Week 6- Pages 4-13 Time Management
Week 7- Pages 106-132 Stress Management
Week 8- Pages 64-73 Critical Thinking Skills
Week 9- Pages 88-95 Planning and Goal Setting
Week 10- Navigate www.carreronestop.org, Careers & Occupations and Degree Requirements
Week 11- Core Curriculum and Degree Requirements
Week 12-Job Applications, Resumes and Interviewing
Week 13-Financial Responsibility
Week 14-Diversity and Community Service
Week 15-Wrap Up and Course Evaluation
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods RMS College Student Inventory 10 pts.
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.
Interest Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan 10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Financial Plan 10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Total Points 200 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Sean LeBeauf
Year 2010-2011 Office HC 104
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0233
Section 07 email slebeauf@parisjc.edu

Course EDUC 1100

Title Learning Frameworks

Description A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate andapply the learning skills discussed across their own
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.

Textbooks Connections: An Insider's Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2010.

Schedule Week 1- Course Overview Navigating the Campus Website & Campus Connect
Week 2- Pages 14-19 Learning Styles
Week 3- Pages 20-39 Reading & Writing Skills
Week 4- Pages 54-62 Note Taking
Week 5- Pages 76-86 Test Taking
Week 6- Pages 4-13 Time Management
Week 7- Pages 106-132 Stress Management
Week 8- Pages 64-73 Critical Thinking Skills
Week 9- Pages 88-95 Planning and Goal Setting
Week 10- Navigate www.carreronestop.org, Careers & Occupations and Degree Requirements
Week 11- Core Curriculum and Degree Requirements
Week 12-Job Applications, Resumes and Interviewing
Week 13-Financial Responsibility
Week 14-Diversity and Community Service
Week 15-Wrap Up and Course Evaluation
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods RMS College Student Inventory 10 pts.
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.
Interest Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan 10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Financial Plan 10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Total Points 200 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Linda Slawson
Year 2010-2011 Office Alford Center Room 111A
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0242
Section 08 email lslawson@parisjc.edu

Course EDUC 1100

Title Learning Frameworks

Description A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate andapply the learning skills discussed across their own
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.

Textbooks Connections: An Insider's Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2010.

Schedule Week 1- Course Overview Navigating the Campus Website & Campus Connect
Week 2- Pages 14-19 Learning Styles
Week 3- Pages 20-39 Reading & Writing Skills
Week 4- Pages 54-62 Note Taking
Week 5- Pages 76-86 Test Taking
Week 6- Pages 4-13 Time Management
Week 7- Pages 106-132 Stress Management
Week 8- Pages 64-73 Critical Thinking Skills
Week 9- Pages 88-95 Planning and Goal Setting
Week 10- Navigate www.carreronestop.org, Careers & Occupations and Degree Requirements
Week 11- Core Curriculum and Degree Requirements
Week 12-Job Applications, Resumes and Interviewing
Week 13-Financial Responsibility
Week 14-Diversity and Community Service
Week 15-Wrap Up and Course Evaluation
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods RMS College Student Inventory 10 pts.
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.
Interest Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan 10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Financial Plan 10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Total Points 200 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Mona Daniel
Year 2010-2011 Office AD 154
Term Spring Phone 903.782.0490
Section 09 email mdaniel@parisjc.edu

Course EDUC 1100

Title Learning Frameworks

Description A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate andapply the learning skills discussed across their own
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.

Textbooks Connections: An Insider's Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2010.

Schedule Week 1- Course Overview Navigating the Campus Website & Campus Connect
Week 2- Pages 14-19 Learning Styles
Week 3- Pages 20-39 Reading & Writing Skills
Week 4- Pages 54-62 Note Taking
Week 5- Pages 76-86 Test Taking
Week 6- Pages 4-13 Time Management
Week 7- Pages 106-132 Stress Management
Week 8- Pages 64-73 Critical Thinking Skills
Week 9- Pages 88-95 Planning and Goal Setting
Week 10- Navigate www.carreronestop.org, Careers & Occupations and Degree Requirements
Week 11- Core Curriculum and Degree Requirements
Week 12-Job Applications, Resumes and Interviewing
Week 13-Financial Responsibility
Week 14-Diversity and Community Service
Week 15-Wrap Up and Course Evaluation
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods RMS College Student Inventory 10 pts.
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.
Interest Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan 10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Financial Plan 10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Total Points 200 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Scott Branum
Year 2010-2011 Office AD 138
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0302
Section 10 email sbranum@parisjc.edu

Course EDUC 1100

Title Learning Frameworks

Description A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate andapply the learning skills discussed across their own
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.

Textbooks Connections: An Insider's Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2010.

Schedule Week 1- Course Overview Navigating the Campus Website & Campus Connect
Week 2- Pages 14-19 Learning Styles
Week 3- Pages 20-39 Reading & Writing Skills
Week 4- Pages 54-62 Note Taking
Week 5- Pages 76-86 Test Taking
Week 6- Pages 4-13 Time Management
Week 7- Pages 106-132 Stress Management
Week 8- Pages 64-73 Critical Thinking Skills
Week 9- Pages 88-95 Planning and Goal Setting
Week 10- Navigate www.carreronestop.org, Careers & Occupations and Degree Requirements
Week 11- Core Curriculum and Degree Requirements
Week 12-Job Applications, Resumes and Interviewing
Week 13-Financial Responsibility
Week 14-Diversity and Community Service
Week 15-Wrap Up and Course Evaluation
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods RMS College Student Inventory 10 pts.
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.
Interest Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan 10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Financial Plan 10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Total Points 200 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Cathy McManus
Year 2010-2011 Office GC 107
Term Spring Phone 903-454-9333
Section 1G email cmcmanus@parisjc.edu

Course EDUC 1100

Title Learning Frameworks

Description A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate andapply the learning skills discussed across their own
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.

Textbooks Connections: An Insider's Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2010.

Schedule Week 1- Course Overview Navigating the Campus Website & Campus Connect
Week 2- Pages 14-19 Learning Styles
Week 3- Pages 20-39 Reading & Writing Skills
Week 4- Pages 54-62 Note Taking
Week 5- Pages 76-86 Test Taking
Week 6- Pages 4-13 Time Management
Week 7- Pages 106-132 Stress Management
Week 8- Pages 64-73 Critical Thinking Skills
Week 9- Pages 88-95 Planning and Goal Setting
Week 10- Navigate www.carreronestop.org, Careers & Occupations and Degree Requirements
Week 11- Core Curriculum and Degree Requirements
Week 12-Job Applications, Resumes and Interviewing
Week 13-Financial Responsibility
Week 14-Diversity and Community Service
Week 15-Wrap Up and Course Evaluation
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods RMS College Student Inventory 10 pts.
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.
Interest Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan 10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Financial Plan 10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Total Points 200 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty John Shasteen
Year 2010-2011 Office Greenville, Office #112
Term Spring Phone 903-454-9333
Section 2G email jshasteen@parisjc.edu

Course EDUC 1100

Title Learning Frameworks

Description A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate andapply the learning skills discussed across their own
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.

Textbooks Connections: An Insider's Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2010.

Schedule Week 1- Course Overview Navigating the Campus Website & Campus Connect
Week 2- Pages 14-19 Learning Styles
Week 3- Pages 20-39 Reading & Writing Skills
Week 4- Pages 54-62 Note Taking
Week 5- Pages 76-86 Test Taking
Week 6- Pages 4-13 Time Management
Week 7- Pages 106-132 Stress Management
Week 8- Pages 64-73 Critical Thinking Skills
Week 9- Pages 88-95 Planning and Goal Setting
Week 10- Navigate www.carreronestop.org, Careers & Occupations and Degree Requirements
Week 11- Core Curriculum and Degree Requirements
Week 12-Job Applications, Resumes and Interviewing
Week 13-Financial Responsibility
Week 14-Diversity and Community Service
Week 15-Wrap Up and Course Evaluation
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods RMS College Student Inventory 10 pts.
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.
Interest Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan 10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Financial Plan 10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Total Points 200 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Evan Moore
Year 2010-2011 Office GC 111
Term Spring Phone 903-457-8705
Section 3g email emmoore@parisjc.edu

Course EDUC 1100

Title Learning Frameworks

Description A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate andapply the learning skills discussed across their own
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.

Textbooks Connections: An Insider's Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2010.

Schedule Week 1- Course Overview Navigating the Campus Website & Campus Connect
Week 2- Pages 14-19 Learning Styles
Week 3- Pages 20-39 Reading & Writing Skills
Week 4- Pages 54-62 Note Taking
Week 5- Pages 76-86 Test Taking
Week 6- Pages 4-13 Time Management
Week 7- Pages 106-132 Stress Management
Week 8- Pages 64-73 Critical Thinking Skills
Week 9- Pages 88-95 Planning and Goal Setting
Week 10- Navigate www.carreronestop.org, Careers & Occupations and Degree Requirements
Week 11- Core Curriculum and Degree Requirements
Week 12-Job Applications, Resumes and Interviewing
Week 13-Financial Responsibility
Week 14-Diversity and Community Service
Week 15-Wrap Up and Course Evaluation
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods RMS College Student Inventory 10 pts.
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.
Interest Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan 10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Financial Plan 10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Total Points 200 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty John Shasteen
Year 2010-2011 Office Greenville: Office #112
Term Spring Phone 903-454-9333
Section 40 email jshasteen@parisjc.edu

Course EDUC 1100

Title Learning Frameworks

Description A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate andapply the learning skills discussed across their own
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.

Textbooks Connections: An Insider's Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2010.

Schedule Week 1- Course Overview Navigating the Campus Website & Campus Connect
Week 2- Pages 14-19 Learning Styles
Week 3- Pages 20-39 Reading & Writing Skills
Week 4- Pages 54-62 Note Taking
Week 5- Pages 76-86 Test Taking
Week 6- Pages 4-13 Time Management
Week 7- Pages 106-132 Stress Management
Week 8- Pages 64-73 Critical Thinking Skills
Week 9- Pages 88-95 Planning and Goal Setting
Week 10- Navigate www.carreronestop.org, Careers & Occupations and Degree Requirements
Week 11- Core Curriculum and Degree Requirements
Week 12-Job Applications, Resumes and Interviewing
Week 13-Financial Responsibility
Week 14-Diversity and Community Service
Week 15-Wrap Up and Course Evaluation
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods RMS College Student Inventory 10 pts.
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.
Interest Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan 10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Financial Plan 10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Total Points 200 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Scott Edwards
Year 2010-2011 Office GC 109
Term Spring Phone 903-454-9333
Section 41 email scottedwards@parisjc.edu

Course EDUC 1100

Title Learning Frameworks

Description A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate andapply the learning skills discussed across their own
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.

Textbooks Connections: An Insider's Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2010.

Schedule Week 1- Course Overview Navigating the Campus Website & Campus Connect
Week 2- Pages 14-19 Learning Styles
Week 3- Pages 20-39 Reading & Writing Skills
Week 4- Pages 54-62 Note Taking
Week 5- Pages 76-86 Test Taking
Week 6- Pages 4-13 Time Management
Week 7- Pages 106-132 Stress Management
Week 8- Pages 64-73 Critical Thinking Skills
Week 9- Pages 88-95 Planning and Goal Setting
Week 10- Navigate www.carreronestop.org, Careers & Occupations and Degree Requirements
Week 11- Core Curriculum and Degree Requirements
Week 12-Job Applications, Resumes and Interviewing
Week 13-Financial Responsibility
Week 14-Diversity and Community Service
Week 15-Wrap Up and Course Evaluation
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods RMS College Student Inventory 10 pts.
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.
Interest Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan 10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Financial Plan 10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Total Points 200 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Evan Moore
Year 2010-2011 Office GC 111
Term Spring Phone 903-457-8705
Section 42 email emmoore@parisjc.edu

Course EDUC 1100

Title Learning Frameworks

Description A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate andapply the learning skills discussed across their own
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.

Textbooks Connections: An Insider's Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2010.

Schedule Week 1- Course Overview Navigating the Campus Website & Campus Connect
Week 2- Pages 14-19 Learning Styles
Week 3- Pages 20-39 Reading & Writing Skills
Week 4- Pages 54-62 Note Taking
Week 5- Pages 76-86 Test Taking
Week 6- Pages 4-13 Time Management
Week 7- Pages 106-132 Stress Management
Week 8- Pages 64-73 Critical Thinking Skills
Week 9- Pages 88-95 Planning and Goal Setting
Week 10- Navigate www.carreronestop.org, Careers & Occupations and Degree Requirements
Week 11- Core Curriculum and Degree Requirements
Week 12-Job Applications, Resumes and Interviewing
Week 13-Financial Responsibility
Week 14-Diversity and Community Service
Week 15-Wrap Up and Course Evaluation
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods RMS College Student Inventory 10 pts.
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.
Interest Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan 10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Financial Plan 10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Total Points 200 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Donna Glass
Year 2010-2011 Office AD 148
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0432
Section 43 email dglass@parisjc.edu

Course EDUC 1100

Title Learning Frameworks

Description A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate andapply the learning skills discussed across their own
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.

Textbooks Connections: An Insider's Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2010.

Schedule Week 1- Course Overview Navigating the Campus Website & Campus Connect
Week 2- Pages 14-19 Learning Styles
Week 3- Pages 20-39 Reading & Writing Skills
Week 4- Pages 54-62 Note Taking
Week 5- Pages 76-86 Test Taking
Week 6- Pages 4-13 Time Management
Week 7- Pages 106-132 Stress Management
Week 8- Pages 64-73 Critical Thinking Skills
Week 9- Pages 88-95 Planning and Goal Setting
Week 10- Navigate www.carreronestop.org, Careers & Occupations and Degree Requirements
Week 11- Core Curriculum and Degree Requirements
Week 12-Job Applications, Resumes and Interviewing
Week 13-Financial Responsibility
Week 14-Diversity and Community Service
Week 15-Wrap Up and Course Evaluation
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods RMS College Student Inventory 10 pts.
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.
Interest Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan 10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Financial Plan 10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Total Points 200 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Scott Edwards
Year 2010-2011 Office GC 109
Term Spring Phone 903-454-9333
Section 44 email scottedwards@parisjc.edu

Course EDUC 1100

Title Learning Frameworks

Description A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate andapply the learning skills discussed across their own
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.

Textbooks Connections: An Insider's Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2010.

Schedule Week 1- Course Overview Navigating the Campus Website & Campus Connect
Week 2- Pages 14-19 Learning Styles
Week 3- Pages 20-39 Reading & Writing Skills
Week 4- Pages 54-62 Note Taking
Week 5- Pages 76-86 Test Taking
Week 6- Pages 4-13 Time Management
Week 7- Pages 106-132 Stress Management
Week 8- Pages 64-73 Critical Thinking Skills
Week 9- Pages 88-95 Planning and Goal Setting
Week 10- Navigate www.carreronestop.org, Careers & Occupations and Degree Requirements
Week 11- Core Curriculum and Degree Requirements
Week 12-Job Applications, Resumes and Interviewing
Week 13-Financial Responsibility
Week 14-Diversity and Community Service
Week 15-Wrap Up and Course Evaluation
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods RMS College Student Inventory 10 pts.
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.
Interest Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan 10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Financial Plan 10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Total Points 200 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Flossie Arnold
Year 2010-2011 Office Office #113
Term Spring Phone 903-454-9333
Section 45 email farnold@parisjc.edu

Course EDUC 1100

Title Learning Frameworks

Description A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate andapply the learning skills discussed across their own
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.

Textbooks Connections: An Insider's Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2010.

Schedule Week 1- Course Overview Navigating the Campus Website & Campus Connect
Week 2- Pages 14-19 Learning Styles
Week 3- Pages 20-39 Reading & Writing Skills
Week 4- Pages 54-62 Note Taking
Week 5- Pages 76-86 Test Taking
Week 6- Pages 4-13 Time Management
Week 7- Pages 106-132 Stress Management
Week 8- Pages 64-73 Critical Thinking Skills
Week 9- Pages 88-95 Planning and Goal Setting
Week 10- Navigate www.carreronestop.org, Careers & Occupations and Degree Requirements
Week 11- Core Curriculum and Degree Requirements
Week 12-Job Applications, Resumes and Interviewing
Week 13-Financial Responsibility
Week 14-Diversity and Community Service
Week 15-Wrap Up and Course Evaluation
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods RMS College Student Inventory 10 pts.
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.
Interest Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan 10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Financial Plan 10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Total Points 200 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Flossie Arnold
Year 2010-2011 Office Office #113
Term Spring Phone 903-454-9333
Section 46 email farnold@parisjc.edu

Course EDUC 1100

Title Learning Frameworks

Description A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate andapply the learning skills discussed across their own
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.

Textbooks Connections: An Insider's Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2010.

Schedule Week 1- Course Overview Navigating the Campus Website & Campus Connect
Week 2- Pages 14-19 Learning Styles
Week 3- Pages 20-39 Reading & Writing Skills
Week 4- Pages 54-62 Note Taking
Week 5- Pages 76-86 Test Taking
Week 6- Pages 4-13 Time Management
Week 7- Pages 106-132 Stress Management
Week 8- Pages 64-73 Critical Thinking Skills
Week 9- Pages 88-95 Planning and Goal Setting
Week 10- Navigate www.carreronestop.org, Careers & Occupations and Degree Requirements
Week 11- Core Curriculum and Degree Requirements
Week 12-Job Applications, Resumes and Interviewing
Week 13-Financial Responsibility
Week 14-Diversity and Community Service
Week 15-Wrap Up and Course Evaluation
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods RMS College Student Inventory 10 pts.
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.
Interest Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan 10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Financial Plan 10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Total Points 200 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Cathy McManus
Year 2010-2011 Office GC 107
Term Spring Phone 903-454-9333
Section 47 email cmcmanus@parisjc.edu

Course EDUC 1100

Title Learning Frameworks

Description A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate andapply the learning skills discussed across their own
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.

Textbooks Connections: An Insider's Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2010.

Schedule Week 1- Course Overview Navigating the Campus Website & Campus Connect
Week 2- Pages 14-19 Learning Styles
Week 3- Pages 20-39 Reading & Writing Skills
Week 4- Pages 54-62 Note Taking
Week 5- Pages 76-86 Test Taking
Week 6- Pages 4-13 Time Management
Week 7- Pages 106-132 Stress Management
Week 8- Pages 64-73 Critical Thinking Skills
Week 9- Pages 88-95 Planning and Goal Setting
Week 10- Navigate www.carreronestop.org, Careers & Occupations and Degree Requirements
Week 11- Core Curriculum and Degree Requirements
Week 12-Job Applications, Resumes and Interviewing
Week 13-Financial Responsibility
Week 14-Diversity and Community Service
Week 15-Wrap Up and Course Evaluation
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods RMS College Student Inventory 10 pts.
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.
Interest Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan 10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Financial Plan 10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Total Points 200 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Natasha Whitaker
Year 2010-2011 Office Room 109
Term Spring Phone 903-885-1232
Section 50 email twhitaker@parisjc.edu

Course EDUC 1100

Title Learning Frameworks

Description A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate andapply the learning skills discussed across their own
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.

Textbooks Connections: An Insider's Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2010.

Schedule Week 1- Course Overview Navigating the Campus Website & Campus Connect
Week 2- Pages 14-19 Learning Styles
Week 3- Pages 20-39 Reading & Writing Skills
Week 4- Pages 54-62 Note Taking
Week 5- Pages 76-86 Test Taking
Week 6- Pages 4-13 Time Management
Week 7- Pages 106-132 Stress Management
Week 8- Pages 64-73 Critical Thinking Skills
Week 9- Pages 88-95 Planning and Goal Setting
Week 10- Navigate www.carreronestop.org, Careers & Occupations and Degree Requirements
Week 11- Core Curriculum and Degree Requirements
Week 12-Job Applications, Resumes and Interviewing
Week 13-Financial Responsibility
Week 14-Diversity and Community Service
Week 15-Wrap Up and Course Evaluation
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods RMS College Student Inventory 10 pts.
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.
Interest Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan 10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Financial Plan 10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Total Points 200 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Natasha Whitaker
Year 2010-2011 Office Room 109
Term Spring Phone 903-885-1232
Section 51 email twhitaker@parisjc.edu

Course EDUC 1100

Title Learning Frameworks

Description A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate andapply the learning skills discussed across their own
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.

Textbooks Connections: An Insider's Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2010.

Schedule Week 1- Course Overview Navigating the Campus Website & Campus Connect
Week 2- Pages 14-19 Learning Styles
Week 3- Pages 20-39 Reading & Writing Skills
Week 4- Pages 54-62 Note Taking
Week 5- Pages 76-86 Test Taking
Week 6- Pages 4-13 Time Management
Week 7- Pages 106-132 Stress Management
Week 8- Pages 64-73 Critical Thinking Skills
Week 9- Pages 88-95 Planning and Goal Setting
Week 10- Navigate www.carreronestop.org, Careers & Occupations and Degree Requirements
Week 11- Core Curriculum and Degree Requirements
Week 12-Job Applications, Resumes and Interviewing
Week 13-Financial Responsibility
Week 14-Diversity and Community Service
Week 15-Wrap Up and Course Evaluation
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods RMS College Student Inventory 10 pts.
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.
Interest Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan 10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Financial Plan 10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Total Points 200 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Linda Miles
Year 2010-2011 Office AC 103
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0430
Section 52 email lmiles@parisjc.edu

Course EDUC 1100

Title Learning Frameworks

Description A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate andapply the learning skills discussed across their own
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.

Textbooks Connections: An Insider's Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2010.

Schedule Week 1- Course Overview Navigating the Campus Website & Campus Connect
Week 2- Pages 14-19 Learning Styles
Week 3- Pages 20-39 Reading & Writing Skills
Week 4- Pages 54-62 Note Taking
Week 5- Pages 76-86 Test Taking
Week 6- Pages 4-13 Time Management
Week 7- Pages 106-132 Stress Management
Week 8- Pages 64-73 Critical Thinking Skills
Week 9- Pages 88-95 Planning and Goal Setting
Week 10- Navigate www.carreronestop.org, Careers & Occupations and Degree Requirements
Week 11- Core Curriculum and Degree Requirements
Week 12-Job Applications, Resumes and Interviewing
Week 13-Financial Responsibility
Week 14-Diversity and Community Service
Week 15-Wrap Up and Course Evaluation
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods RMS College Student Inventory 10 pts.
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.
Interest Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan 10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Financial Plan 10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Total Points 200 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Linda Miles
Year 2010-2011 Office AC 103
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0430
Section 53 email lmiles@parisjc.edu

Course EDUC 1100

Title Learning Frameworks

Description A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate andapply the learning skills discussed across their own
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.

Textbooks Connections: An Insider's Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2010.

Schedule Week 1- Course Overview Navigating the Campus Website & Campus Connect
Week 2- Pages 14-19 Learning Styles
Week 3- Pages 20-39 Reading & Writing Skills
Week 4- Pages 54-62 Note Taking
Week 5- Pages 76-86 Test Taking
Week 6- Pages 4-13 Time Management
Week 7- Pages 106-132 Stress Management
Week 8- Pages 64-73 Critical Thinking Skills
Week 9- Pages 88-95 Planning and Goal Setting
Week 10- Navigate www.carreronestop.org, Careers & Occupations and Degree Requirements
Week 11- Core Curriculum and Degree Requirements
Week 12-Job Applications, Resumes and Interviewing
Week 13-Financial Responsibility
Week 14-Diversity and Community Service
Week 15-Wrap Up and Course Evaluation
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods RMS College Student Inventory 10 pts.
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.
Interest Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan 10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Financial Plan 10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Total Points 200 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Natasha Whitaker
Year 2010-2011 Office Room 109
Term Spring Phone 903-885-1232
Section 54 email twhitaker@parisjc.edu

Course EDUC 1100

Title Learning Frameworks

Description A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners.
Students are ultimately expected to integrate andapply the learning skills discussed across their own
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.

Textbooks Connections: An Insider's Guide to College Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2010.

Schedule Week 1- Course Overview Navigating the Campus Website & Campus Connect
Week 2- Pages 14-19 Learning Styles
Week 3- Pages 20-39 Reading & Writing Skills
Week 4- Pages 54-62 Note Taking
Week 5- Pages 76-86 Test Taking
Week 6- Pages 4-13 Time Management
Week 7- Pages 106-132 Stress Management
Week 8- Pages 64-73 Critical Thinking Skills
Week 9- Pages 88-95 Planning and Goal Setting
Week 10- Navigate www.carreronestop.org, Careers & Occupations and Degree Requirements
Week 11- Core Curriculum and Degree Requirements
Week 12-Job Applications, Resumes and Interviewing
Week 13-Financial Responsibility
Week 14-Diversity and Community Service
Week 15-Wrap Up and Course Evaluation
Week 16-Final Exam
Evaluation methods RMS College Student Inventory 10 pts.
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.
Interest Inventory 10 pts.
Degree Plan 10 pts.
College to Career Inventory 10 pts.
Resume 10 pts.
Financial Plan 10 pts.
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.
10 Weekly Quizzes 10 pts.
Final Exam 50 pts.
Total Points 200 pts.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Joe Oliver
Year 2010-2011 Office SS High 402
Term Spring Phone 903-348-4196
Section 50 email joe.oliver@wpisd.com

Course EDU 1301

Title Introduction to Education/Schools and Society

Description This course will introduce and analyze the "culture" of schooling and classrooms from the
perspective of current social, political, and familial issues and trends. Students will be given the
opportunity to contemplate teaching as a profession through self-examination and personal
introspection. An important component of this course is actual classroom experience in various
local schools. This field experience is designed to analyse the learning envirement and interactions
between learners and teachers. Sixteen clock hours of professional field experience are required.

Textbooks Teachers, Schools, and Society Ninth edition by David Miller Sadker and Karen R. Zittleman

Schedule Week 1-Introduction and Syllabus


Week 2-Becoming a Teacher
Week 3-Different Ways of Learning
Week 4-Culturally Responsive Teaching
Week 5-Schools:Choices and Challenges
Week 6-Test and TEA Internet Activity
Week 7-Student Life at School and at Home
Week 8-Curriculum Standards and Testing
Week 9-Philosophy of Education
Week 10-School Finance
Week 11-Test and SBEC
Week 12-School Law and Ethics
Week 13-Your First Classroom
Week 14-Education Technology
Week 15-Entering Teacher Profession and Oral Reflections
Week 16-Final

Evaluation methods Attendance, Class Participation, Tests, Current Events, Oral Presentations, Internet Activities, Field
Experience, Field Experience Reflection
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Marian Ellis
Year 2011 Office LRC 128
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0421
Section .65 email mellis@parisjc.edu

Course EDUC 1301

Title Introduction to

Description An enriched, integrated pre-service course and content experience that: provides active recruitment
and institutional support of students interested in a teaching career, especially in high need fields;
provides students with opportunities to participate in early field observations at all levels of P-12
schools with varied and diverse student populations; provides students with support from college
and school faculty, preferably in small cohort groups, for the purpose of introduction to and
analysis of the culture of schooling and classrooms; State Board for Educator Certification
Pedagogy and Professional Responsibilities standards; and course must include a minimum of 16
contact hours of field experience in P-12 classrooms.

Textbooks Sadker, D. M., Zittleman, K. R., & Sadker, M. P. (2009). Teachers, schools, and society, 9th Ed.
Boston, MA: The McGraw- Hill Companies, Inc. ISBN: 978-0077377489

Schedule Week 1- Introductions, Course Syllabus


Week 2- Chapter 1Becoming a Teacher
Week 3- Chapter 2 Different Ways of Learning
Week 4- Chapter 3 Teaching Your Diverse Students
Week 5- Chapter 4 Student Life in School and at Home
Week 6- Chapter 5 Reforming America's Schools
Week 7- Chapter 6 Curriculum, Standards, and Testing
Week 8- Midterm Exam
Week 9- Chapter 7 The History of Education
Week 10- Chapter 8 Philosophy of Education
Week 11- Chapter 9 Financing Education
Week 12- Chapter 10 School Law and Ethics
Week 13- Chapter 11 Teacher Effectiveness
Week 14- Chapter 12 Q&A Guide to Teaching
Week 15- Final Exam Review
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods
Each assignment in EDUC 1301 will receive a numerical grade based on a 100-point scale:
Chapter Quizzes, Letter to Yourself, Field Experience, Field Experience Reflection Paper, TExES
Competenies Course Notebook, Article/Case Study Critique.

Grading
90 or better equals: A
80-89 equals: B
70-79 equals: C
60-69 equals: D
less than 60 equals: F
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr. Crystal Torti
Year 2010-2011 Office Greenville 210
Term Spring Phone 903-457-8714
Section 01 email ctorti@parisjc.edu

Course Education 2301

Title Introduction to Special Populations

Description This course is a field-based course for all education majors. It offers an overview of schooling and
classrooms from the perspectives of language, gender, socioeconomic status, ethnicity, and
academic diversity and equity with an emphasis on the factors that facilitate learning. Students will
participate in early field experiences with varied and diverse student populations designed to
analyze the learning environment and the human experiences of teachers and learners. Sixteen clock
hours of professional field experience is required. You must undergo a thorough criminal
background check in order to be placed in a field assignment. This course has a prerequisite of
EDUC 1301.

Textbooks 1. Gollnick, D. M., & Chinn, P. C. (2009). Multicultural education in a pluralistic society, 8e.
Pearson: Upper Saddle River, NJ.

Schedule Week 1 & 2 Chapter 1 Foundations of Multicultural Education


Diversity in the Classroom
Mutlicultural Education
Culture
Cultural Identity
Pluralism in Society
Equality and Social Justice in a Democracy
3 & 4 Chapter 2 Ethnicity and Race
Ethnic and Racial Diversity
Civil Rights
Ethnicity
Race
Racism
5 & 6 Chapter 3 Class and Socioeconomic Status
Class Structure
Socioeconomic Status
Class Differences
Interaction of Class with Race and Ethnicity, Gender, and Age
7 & 8 Chapter 4 Gender and Sexual Orientation
Male and Female Differences
G d Id tit
Evaluation methods Weekly reading responses/ Assignments 150 points
Class participation 75 points
Exams 200 points
Field Experiences 100 points
Reflection Paper on FE 100 points
TExES compentencies 100 points
Article and Chapter Presentations 200 points
Attendance 75 points
_____________________
Total Points 1000 points
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Marian Ellis, M. Ed.
Year 2011 Office LRC 128
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0421
Section 02 email mellis@parisjc.edu

Course EDUC 2301

Title Introduction to Special Populations

Description An enriched, integrated pre-service course and content experience that: provides an overview of
schooling and classrooms from the perspectives of language, gender, socioeconomic status, ethnic
and academic diversity, and equity with an emphasis on factors that facilitate learning; provides
students with opportunities to participate in early field observations of P-12 special populations;
should be aligned as applicable with State Board for Educator Certification Pedagogy and
Professional Responsibilities standards; must include a minimum of 16 contact hours of field
experience in P-12 classrooms with special populations; and pre-requisite for this course is EDUC
1301.

Textbooks • Gollnick, D. M., & Chinn, P. C. (2009). Multicultural education in a pluralistic society, 8e.
Pearson: Upper Saddle River, NJ. - ISBN-10: 0137147996 ; ISBN-13: 9780137147991
• My Education Access Code: ISBN-10: 0131598023 | ISBN-13: 9780131598027

Schedule Week 1 Introductions- Requirements


Week 2 Chapter 1 - Multicultural Education and Ethnicity and Race
Week 3 Chapter 2 - Ethnicity and Race
Week 4 Chapter 3 - Class & Socioeconomic Status
Week 5 Chapter 4 - Gender and Sexual Orientation
Week 6 Chapter 5 - Exceptionality
Week 7 Review for Midterm – Midterm Exam
Week 8 Library Database practice and “How to critique an article”
Week 9 Chapter 6 - Language
Week 10 Chapter 7 - Religion
Week 11 Chapter 8 - Geography
Week 12 National Library Week and TExES Competencies Activities
Week 13 Chapter 9 - Age
Week 14 Chapter 10 - Education That Is Multicultural
Week 15 Review for Final Exam - TExES Competencies
Week 16 Final Exam
Evaluation methods Daily reading responses/ Assignments -75 points
Philosophy of Education – Revised ed. -75 points
Exams - 200 points
Field Experiences - 100 points
Reflection Paper on FE - 75 points
Field Experience Presentation - 75 points
TExES Notebook - 100 points
Chapter Group Presentations - 100 points
Article Critique - 100 points
Attendance/Class Participation - 100 points
Total Points - 1000 points
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr. Crystal Torti
Year 2010-2011 Office Greenville 210
Term Spring Phone 903-457-8714
Section 03 email ctorti@parisjc.edu

Course Education 2301

Title Introduction to Special Populations

Description This course is a field-based course for all education majors. It offers an overview of schooling and
classrooms from the perspectives of language, gender, socioeconomic status, ethnicity, and
academic diversity and equity with an emphasis on the factors that facilitate learning. Students will
participate in early field experiences with varied and diverse student populations designed to
analyze the learning environment and the human experiences of teachers and learners. Sixteen clock
hours of professional field experience is required. You must undergo a thorough criminal
background check in order to be placed in a field assignment. This course has a prerequisite of
EDUC 1301.

Textbooks 1. Gollnick, D. M., & Chinn, P. C. (2009). Multicultural education in a pluralistic society, 8e.
Pearson: Upper Saddle River, NJ.

Schedule Week 1 & 2 Chapter 1 Foundations of Multicultural Education


Diversity in the Classroom
Mutlicultural Education
Culture
Cultural Identity
Pluralism in Society
Equality and Social Justice in a Democracy
3 & 4 Chapter 2 Ethnicity and Race
Ethnic and Racial Diversity
Civil Rights
Ethnicity
Race
Racism
5 & 6 Chapter 3 Class and Socioeconomic Status
Class Structure
Socioeconomic Status
Class Differences
Interaction of Class with Race and Ethnicity, Gender, and Age
Evaluation methods Weekly reading responses/ Assignments 150 points
Class participation 75 points
Exams 200 points
Field Experiences 100 points
Reflection Paper on FE 100 points
TExES compentencies 100 points
Article and Chapter Presentations 200 points
Attendance 75 points
_____________________
Total Points 1000 points
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr. Crystal Torti
Year 2010-2011 Office Greenville 210
Term Spring Phone 903-457-8714
Section 40 email ctorti@parisjc.edu

Course Education 2301

Title Introduction to Special Populations

Description This course is a field-based course for all education majors. It offers an overview of schooling and
classrooms from the perspectives of language, gender, socioeconomic status, ethnicity, and
academic diversity and equity with an emphasis on the factors that facilitate learning. Students will
participate in early field experiences with varied and diverse student populations designed to
analyze the learning environment and the human experiences of teachers and learners. Sixteen clock
hours of professional field experience is required. You must undergo a thorough criminal
background check in order to be placed in a field assignment. This course has a prerequisite of
EDUC 1301.

Textbooks 1. Gollnick, D. M., & Chinn, P. C. (2009). Multicultural education in a pluralistic society, 8e.
Pearson: Upper Saddle River, NJ.

Schedule Week 1 & 2 Chapter 1 Foundations of Multicultural Education


Diversity in the Classroom
Mutlicultural Education
Culture
Cultural Identity
Pluralism in Society
Equality and Social Justice in a Democracy
3 & 4 Chapter 2 Ethnicity and Race
Ethnic and Racial Diversity
Civil Rights
Ethnicity
Race
Racism
5 & 6 Chapter 3 Class and Socioeconomic Status
Class Structure
Socioeconomic Status
Class Differences
Interaction of Class with Race and Ethnicity, Gender, and Age
Evaluation methods Weekly reading responses/ Assignments 150 points
Class participation 75 points
Exams 200 points
Field Experiences 100 points
Reflection Paper on FE 100 points
TExES compentencies 100 points
Article and Chapter Presentations 200 points
Attendance 75 points
_____________________
Total Points 1000 points
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr. Crystal Torti
Year 2010-2011 Office Greenville 210
Term Spring Phone 903-457-8714
Section 41 email ctorti@parisjc.edu

Course Education 2301

Title Introduction to Special Populations

Description This course is a field-based course for all education majors. It offers an overview of schooling and
classrooms from the perspectives of language, gender, socioeconomic status, ethnicity, and
academic diversity and equity with an emphasis on the factors that facilitate learning. Students will
participate in early field experiences with varied and diverse student populations designed to
analyze the learning environment and the human experiences of teachers and learners. Sixteen clock
hours of professional field experience is required. You must undergo a thorough criminal
background check in order to be placed in a field assignment. This course has a prerequisite of
EDUC 1301.

Textbooks 1. Gollnick, D. M., & Chinn, P. C. (2009). Multicultural education in a pluralistic society, 8e.
Pearson: Upper Saddle River, NJ.

Schedule Week 1 & 2 Chapter 1 Foundations of Multicultural Education


Diversity in the Classroom
Mutlicultural Education
Culture
Cultural Identity
Pluralism in Society
Equality and Social Justice in a Democracy
3 & 4 Chapter 2 Ethnicity and Race
Ethnic and Racial Diversity
Civil Rights
Ethnicity
Race
Racism
5 & 6 Chapter 3 Class and Socioeconomic Status
Class Structure
Socioeconomic Status
Class Differences
Interaction of Class with Race and Ethnicity, Gender, and Age
Evaluation methods Weekly reading responses/ Assignments 150 points
Class participation 75 points
Exams 200 points
Field Experiences 100 points
Reflection Paper on FE 100 points
TExES compentencies 100 points
Article and Chapter Presentations 200 points
Attendance 75 points
_____________________
Total Points 1000 points
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr. Crystal Torti
Year 2010-2011 Office Greenville 210
Term Spring Phone 903-457-8714
Section 50 email ctorti@parisjc.edu

Course Education 2301

Title Introduction to Special Populations

Description This course is a field-based course for all education majors. It offers an overview of schooling and
classrooms from the perspectives of language, gender, socioeconomic status, ethnicity, and
academic diversity and equity with an emphasis on the factors that facilitate learning. Students will
participate in early field experiences with varied and diverse student populations designed to
analyze the learning environment and the human experiences of teachers and learners. Sixteen clock
hours of professional field experience is required. You must undergo a thorough criminal
background check in order to be placed in a field assignment. This course has a prerequisite of
EDUC 1301.

Textbooks 1. Gollnick, D. M., & Chinn, P. C. (2009). Multicultural education in a pluralistic society, 8e.
Pearson: Upper Saddle River, NJ.

Schedule Week 1 & 2 Chapter 1 Foundations of Multicultural Education


Diversity in the Classroom
Mutlicultural Education
Culture
Cultural Identity
Pluralism in Society
Equality and Social Justice in a Democracy
3 & 4 Chapter 2 Ethnicity and Race
Ethnic and Racial Diversity
Civil Rights
Ethnicity
Race
Racism
5 & 6 Chapter 3 Class and Socioeconomic Status
Class Structure
Socioeconomic Status
Class Differences
Interaction of Class with Race and Ethnicity, Gender, and Age
Evaluation methods Weekly reading responses/ Assignments 150 points
Class participation 75 points
Exams 200 points
Field Experiences 100 points
Reflection Paper on FE 100 points
TExES compentencies 100 points
Article and Chapter Presentations 200 points
Attendance 75 points
_____________________
Total Points 1000 points
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr. Crystal Torti
Year 2010-2011 Office Greenville 210
Term Spring Phone 903-457-8714
Section 51 email ctorti@parisjc.edu

Course Education 2301

Title Introduction to Special Populations

Description This course is a field-based course for all education majors. It offers an overview of schooling and
classrooms from the perspectives of language, gender, socioeconomic status, ethnicity, and
academic diversity and equity with an emphasis on the factors that facilitate learning. Students will
participate in early field experiences with varied and diverse student populations designed to
analyze the learning environment and the human experiences of teachers and learners. Sixteen clock
hours of professional field experience is required. You must undergo a thorough criminal
background check in order to be placed in a field assignment. This course has a prerequisite of
EDUC 1301.

Textbooks 1. Gollnick, D. M., & Chinn, P. C. (2009). Multicultural education in a pluralistic society, 8e.
Pearson: Upper Saddle River, NJ.

Schedule Week 1 & 2 Chapter 1 Foundations of Multicultural Education


Diversity in the Classroom
Mutlicultural Education
Culture
Cultural Identity
Pluralism in Society
Equality and Social Justice in a Democracy
3 & 4 Chapter 2 Ethnicity and Race
Ethnic and Racial Diversity
Civil Rights
Ethnicity
Race
Racism
5 & 6 Chapter 3 Class and Socioeconomic Status
Class Structure
Socioeconomic Status
Class Differences
Interaction of Class with Race and Ethnicity, Gender, and Age

Evaluation methods Weekly reading responses/ Assignments 150 points


Class participation 75 points
Exams 200 points
Field Experiences 100 points
Reflection Paper on FE 100 points
TExES compentencies 100 points
Article and Chapter Presentations 200 points
Attendance 75 points
_____________________
Total Points 1000 points
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Dr. Crystal Torti
Year 2010-2011 Office Greenville 210
Term Spring Phone 903-457-8714
Section 65 email ctorti@parisjc.edu

Course Education 2301

Title Introduction to Special Populations

Description This course is a field-based course for all education majors. It offers an overview of schooling and
classrooms from the perspectives of language, gender, socioeconomic status, ethnicity, and
academic diversity and equity with an emphasis on the factors that facilitate learning. Students will
participate in early field experiences with varied and diverse student populations designed to
analyze the learning environment and the human experiences of teachers and learners. Sixteen clock
hours of professional field experience is required. You must undergo a thorough criminal
background check in order to be placed in a field assignment. This course has a prerequisite of
EDUC 1301.

Textbooks 1. Gollnick, D. M., & Chinn, P. C. (2009). Multicultural education in a pluralistic society, 8e.
Pearson: Upper Saddle River, NJ.

Schedule Week 1 & 2 Chapter 1 Foundations of Multicultural Education


Diversity in the Classroom
Mutlicultural Education
Culture
Cultural Identity
Pluralism in Society
Equality and Social Justice in a Democracy
3 & 4 Chapter 2 Ethnicity and Race
Ethnic and Racial Diversity
Civil Rights
Ethnicity
Race
Racism
5 & 6 Chapter 3 Class and Socioeconomic Status
Class Structure
Socioeconomic Status
Class Differences
Interaction of Class with Race and Ethnicity, Gender, and Age

Evaluation methods Weekly reading responses/ Assignments 150 points


Class participation 75 points
Exams 200 points
Field Experiences 100 points
Reflection Paper on FE 100 points
TExES compentencies 100 points
Article and Chapter Presentations 200 points
Attendance 75 points
_____________________
Total Points 1000 points
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Rickey McFadden
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC 1111
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0722
Section 01 email rmcfadden@parisjc.edu

Course EEIR 1201

Title Math for Electronics Technicians

Description An applied mathematics course with emphasis on the numbering systems, calculations and problem
solving skills needed to solve for electronic circuit parameters. Schematic diagrams and electronic
terminology are introduced.
Credits: 2 SCH = 1 lecture and 2 laboratory hours per week
TSI Requirement: xxx M, xxx R, xxx W.
Prerequisite(s): None

Textbooks Text: None (Everything on computer)


Lab: None

Schedule Week # 1 – Basic Math


Week # 2 - Fractions
Week # 3 - Exponents
Week # 4 – Metric Notation
Week # 5 – Fundamentals of Algebra
Week # 6 – Linear Equations
Week # 7 - Exponents
Week # 8 - Polynomials
Week # 9 – Fundamentals of Trigonometry
Week # 10 – Trig Functions
Week # 11 – Graphing Trig Functions
Week # 12 – Trig Identities
Week # 13 – Angle Formulas
Week # 14 – Computer Math
Week # 15 – Measurements
Week # 16 - Final Exam

Evaluation methods Grading: A grade of “D” or below is failing


100% : Weekly Exams 90 –100 is an “A”
80 – 90 is a “B”
70 – 80 is a “C"
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Larry Roberts
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC 1118
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0726
Section 01 email lroberts@parisjc.edu

Course ELMT 1480

Title Cooperative Education - Electromechanical Technology

Description Career related activities encountered in the student's area of specialization offered throught an
individualized agreement among the college, employer, and student. Under the supervision of the
college and the employer, the student combines classroom learning with work experience. Inc
ludes a lecture componennt.

Textbooks No textbook required

Schedule Week 1- Work


Week 2- Work
Week 3- Work
Week 4- Work
Week 5- Work
Week 6- Work
Week 7- Work
Week 8- Work
Week 9- Work
Week 10- Work
Week 11- Work
Week 12- Work
Week 13- Completion of Assignments and work
Week 14- Completion of Assignments and work
Week 15- Completion of Assignments and work
Week 16- Completion of Assignments and work

Evaluation methods The student will receive an A in the course if they complete all requirements of the course and
complete all paperwork by week 13, a B by week 14, a C by week 15 and will fail the course if all
work is not completed by week 15
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Larry Roberts
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC 1118
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0726
Section 01 email lroberts@parisjc.edu

Course ELMT 2380

Title Cooperative Education - Electromechanical Technology

Description Career related activities encountered in the student's area of specialization offered throught an
individualized agreement among the college, employer, and student. Under the supervision of the
college and the employer, the student combines classroom learning with work experience. Inc
ludes a lecture componennt.

Textbooks No textbook required

Schedule Week 1- Work


Week 2- Work
Week 3- Work
Week 4- Work
Week 5- Work
Week 6- Work
Week 7- Work
Week 8- Work
Week 9- Work
Week 10- Work
Week 11- Work
Week 12- Work
Week 13- Completion of Assignments and work
Week 14- Completion of Assignments and work
Week 15- Completion of Assignments and work
Week 16- Completion of Assignments and work

Evaluation methods The student will receive an A in the course if they complete all requirements of the course and
complete all paperwork by week 13, a B by week 14, a C by week 15 and will fail the course if all
work is not completed by week 15
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Patrick M. O'Connor
Year 2011-2011 Office WTC1116
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0283
Section 02 email poconnor@parisjc.edu

Course ELMT-2441

Title Electro-Mechanical Systems

Description Application of electromechanical systems. Emphasizes programmable control devices and solid
state systems. Credits: SCH = 3 lecture and 1 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list.
CIP Code Description: 15.0403 (Electromechanical Technology/Electromechanical Engineering
Technology). Prerequisite(s): RBTC-1401 Programmable Logic Controllers.

Textbooks No text book required. Books will be provided. Handouts will be provided. A Jump Drive will be
required. A binder would be useful.

Schedule Week 1 – Introductions, Syllabus Review, Course Objectives, Grading, Class Schedule,
Homework, Tests, Programs, Communications Drivers, Final Exam, Intro to Hardware
Week 2 – Available Network Topologies, Software Overview (RSLogix 5000, RSLinx,
ControlFLASH, RSNetWorx), Communications Drivers, Homework Due (Lessons 1-3)
Week 3 – Adding Local IO, Program Structure, Program Execution, Download/Upload, Basic
Editing, Programming Exercises, Homework Due (Lessons 4-6)
Week 4 – Tags, Aliases, Arrays, Bit Instructions, Timer Instructions, Counter Instructions,
Programming Exercises, Homework Due (Lessons 7-9)
Week 5 – Test #1, Homework Due (Lessons 10-12)
Week 6 - Instructions (Math/Compute, Move/Mask, Program Control, Sequencer), Programming
Exercises, Homework Due (Lessons 13-15)
Week 7 – Remote IO, Ethernet, ControlNet, Scheduling a Network, Program Exercise, Homework
Due (Lessons 16-18)
Week 8 – Messaging, Ethernet, ControlNet, Programming Exercises
Week 9 – Test #2
Week 10 – Documenting and Searching, CTRL+F, Quick Search, Cross Reference, Search and
Find Exercises
Week 11 – Process Flow Control (PID Loops); Bit Tracing
Week 12 – Producer/Consumer Model, Ethernet, ControlNet, Programming Exercises
Week 13 – Test #3
Week 14 – Print Reading; All outstanding assignments due
Week 15 – Final Exam Review
Week 16 – Final Exam

Evaluation methods Tests and labs. Proctored demonstration by student.


Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Rickey McFadden
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC 1111
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0722
Section 01 email rmcfadden@parisjc.edu

Course ELMT 2433

Title Industrial Electronics

Description A study of devices, circuits, and systems primarily used in automated manufacturing and/or process
control including computer controls and interfacing between mechanical, electrical, and electronic,
and computer equipment. Presentation of programming schemes.
Credits: 4 SCH = 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours per week
TSI Requirement: xxx M, xxx R, xxx W.
Prerequisite(s):

Textbooks Text: Electrical Motor Controls - Rockis/Mazur 4th edition


Lab: Experiments for... (above text) - Rockis/Mazur (NEW ONLY) \4th edition

Schedule Week # 1 - Electrical Quantities and Circuits


Week # 2 - Electrical Tools and Test Instruments and Electrical Safety
Week # 4 - Electrical Symbols and Diagrams
Week # 5 - Control Logic
Week # 6 - Solenoids, DC Generators, and DC Motors
Week # 7 - AC Generators, Transformers, and AC Motors
Week # 8 - Power Distribution Systems
Week # 9 - Contactors and Magnetic Motor Starters
Week # 10 - AC and DC Motor Drives and Control Devices
Week # 11 - Reversing Motor Circuits
Week # 12 - Solid-State Devices and System Integration
Week # 13 - Timing and Counting Functions
Week # 14 - Relays and Solid-State Starters and Sensing Devices and Controls
Week # 15- Programmable Controllers and Preventive and Predictive Maintenance Systems
Week # 16 – Final Exam

Evaluation methods Grading: A grade of “D” or below is failing


30% : Unit Tests (no-makeup’s) 90 –100 is an “A”
20% : Labs / Workbook Exercises 80 – 90 is a “B”
50% : Final Exam 70 – 80 is a “C”
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Tony Hooks
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC 1112
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0723
Section 02 email thooks@flowserve.com

Course ELMT 2433

Title Industrial Electronics

Description A study of devices, circuits, and systems primarily used in automated manufacturing and/or process
control including computer controls and interfacing between mechanical, electrical, and electronic,
and computer equipment. Presentation of programming schemes.
Credits: 4 SCH = 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours per week
TSI Requirement: xxx M, xxx R, xxx W.
Prerequisite(s):

Textbooks Text: Electrical Motor Controls - Rockis/Mazur 4th edition


Lab: Experiments for... (above text) - Rockis/Mazur (NEW ONLY) \4th edition

Schedule Week # 1 - Electrical Quantities and Circuits


Week # 2 - Electrical Tools and Test Instruments and Electrical Safety
Week # 4 - Electrical Symbols and Diagrams
Week # 5 - Control Logic
Week # 6 - Solenoids, DC Generators, and DC Motors
Week # 7 - AC Generators, Transformers, and AC Motors
Week # 8 - Power Distribution Systems
Week # 9 - Contactors and Magnetic Motor Starters
Week # 10 - AC and DC Motor Drives and Control Devices
Week # 11 - Reversing Motor Circuits
Week # 12 - Solid-State Devices and System Integration
Week # 13 - Timing and Counting Functions
Week # 14 - Relays and Solid-State Starters and Sensing Devices and Controls
Week # 15- Programmable Controllers and Preventive and Predictive Maintenance Systems
Week # 16 – Final Exam

Evaluation methods Grading: A grade of “D” or below is failing


30% : Unit Tests (no-makeup’s) 90 –100 is an “A”
20% : Labs / Workbook Exercises 80 – 90 is a “B”
50% : Final Exam 70 – 80 is a “C”
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Rickey McFadden
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC 1111
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0722
Section 01 email rmcfadden@parisjc.edu

Course ELMT 2437

Title Electronic Troubleshooting, Service, and Repair

Description In-depth coverage of electronic systems, maintenance, troubleshooting, and repair. Topics include
symptom identification, proper repair procedures, repair checkout, preventive maintenance.
Emphasis on safety and proper use of test equipment. May be offered as a capstone course.
Credits: 4 SCH = 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours per week
TSI Requirement: xxx M, xxx R, xxx W.
Prerequisite(s): 2433

Textbooks Text: Electrical Troubleshooting Electrical/Electronic Systems 3rd ed. - Mazur / Proctor ISBN #
978-0-8269-1791-1
Lab: Electrical Troubleshooting Electrical/Electronic Systems Workbook 3rd ed. (NEW ONLY) –
Mazur/Proctor 978-0-8269-1793-0

Schedule Week # 1 - Electrical Quantities and Circuits


Week # 2 - Electrical Tools and Test Instruments and Electrical Safety
Week # 4 - Electrical Symbols and Diagrams
Week # 5 - Control Logic
Week # 6 - Solenoids, DC Generators, and DC Motors
Week # 7 - AC Generators, Transformers, and AC Motors
Week # 8 - Power Distribution Systems
Week # 9 - Contactors and Magnetic Motor Starters
Week # 10 - AC and DC Motor Drives and Control Devices
Week # 11 - Reversing Motor Circuits
Week # 12 - Solid-State Devices and System Integration
Week # 13 - Timing and Counting Functions
Week # 14 - Relays and Solid-State Starters and Sensing Devices and Controls
Week # 15- Programmable Controllers and Preventive and Predictive Maintenance Systems
Week # 16 – Final Exam
Evaluation methods Grading: A grade of “D” or below is failing
30% : Unit Tests (no-makeup’s) 90 –100 is an “A”
20% : Labs / Workbook Exercises 80 – 90 is a “B”
50% : Final Exam 70 – 80 is a “C”
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Rickey McFadden
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC 1111
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0722
Section 03 email rmcfadden@parisjc.edu

Course ELMT 2437

Title Electronic Troubleshooting, Service, and Repair

Description In-depth coverage of electronic systems, maintenance, troubleshooting, and repair. Topics include
symptom identification, proper repair procedures, repair checkout, preventive maintenance.
Emphasis on safety and proper use of test equipment. May be offered as a capstone course.
Credits: 4 SCH = 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours per week
TSI Requirement: xxx M, xxx R, xxx W.
Prerequisite(s): 2433

Textbooks Text: Electrical Troubleshooting Electrical/Electronic Systems 3rd ed. - Mazur / Proctor ISBN #
978-0-8269-1791-1
Lab: Electrical Troubleshooting Electrical/Electronic Systems Workbook 3rd ed. (NEW ONLY) –
Mazur/Proctor 978-0-8269-1793-0

Schedule Week # 1 - Electrical Quantities and Circuits


Week # 2 - Electrical Tools and Test Instruments and Electrical Safety
Week # 4 - Electrical Symbols and Diagrams
Week # 5 - Control Logic
Week # 6 - Solenoids, DC Generators, and DC Motors
Week # 7 - AC Generators, Transformers, and AC Motors
Week # 8 - Power Distribution Systems
Week # 9 - Contactors and Magnetic Motor Starters
Week # 10 - AC and DC Motor Drives and Control Devices
Week # 11 - Reversing Motor Circuits
Week # 12 - Solid-State Devices and System Integration
Week # 13 - Timing and Counting Functions
Week # 14 - Relays and Solid-State Starters and Sensing Devices and Controls
Week # 15- Programmable Controllers and Preventive and Predictive Maintenance Systems
Week # 16 – Final Exam

Evaluation methods Grading: A grade of “D” or below is failing


30% : Unit Tests (no-makeup’s) 90 –100 is an “A”
20% : Labs / Workbook Exercises 80 – 90 is a “B”
50% : Final Exam 70 – 80 is a “C”
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Brad Bolton
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC 1042
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0754
Section 01 email bbolton@parisjc.edu

Course EMSP 1160

Title Clinical - Emergency Medical Technology/Technician

Description A health-related work-based learning experience that enables the student to apply specialized
occupational theory, skills, and concepts. Direct supervision is proviced by the clinical
professional.

Textbooks None required

Schedule Week 1-16: Students participate weekly in the following areas:


Hospitals - 2 hours
Emergency Medical Services - 4 hours

Evaluation methods Required competencis are recorded and tracked for each student.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Brad Bolton
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC 1042
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0754
Section 40 email bbolton@parisjc.edu

Course EMSP 1160

Title Clinical - Emergency Medical Technology/Technician

Description A health-related work-based learning experience that enables the student to apply specialized
occupational theory, skills, and concepts. Direct supervision is proviced by the clinical
professional.

Textbooks None required

Schedule Week 1-16: Students participate weekly in the following areas:


Hospitals - 2 hours
Emergency Medical Services - 4 hours

Evaluation methods Required competencis are recorded and tracked for each student.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Brad Bolton
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC 1042
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0754
Section 01 email bbolton@parisjc.edu

Course EMSP 1162

Title Clinical - Emergency Medical Technology/Technician

Description A health-related work-based learning experience that enables the student to apply specialized
occupational theory, skills, and concepts. Direct supervision is proviced by the clinical
professional.

Textbooks None required

Schedule Week 1-16: Students participate weekly in the following areas:


Hospitals - 2.5 hours
Emergency Medical Services - 3.5 hours

Evaluation methods Required competencis are recorded and tracked for each student.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Blaine Jones
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC 1044
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0735
Section 01 email bjones@parisjc.edu

Course EMSP 1355

Title Trauma Management

Description A detailed study of the knowledge and skills necessary to reach competence in the assessment and
management of patients with traumatic injuries.

Textbooks Mosby’s Paramedic Textbook Revised 3rd Edition and workbook, International Trauma Life
Support ACLS and EKG, ISBN: 978-0-323-04690-9

Schedule Week 1-16: *Content covered in this course is as follows:


Trauma Systems, MOI, Hemorrhage and Shock,
Soft Tissue Trauma & Musculoskeletal, Burns,
Head and Face Trauma and Spinal Trauma,
Thoracic Trauma and Abdominal Trauma

*Scheduling of Content and Exams vary throughout the Spring semester

Evaluation methods Exams - 75%


Homework and Quizzes - 25%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Brad Bolton
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC 1042
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0734
Section 01 email bbolton@parisjc.edu

Course EMSP 1501

Title Emergency Medical Technician - Basic

Description Preparation for certification as an Emergency Medical Technician (EMT) - Basic. Includes all the
skills necessary to provide emergency medical care at a basic life support level with an emergency
service or other specialized services.

Textbooks Limmer/Okeefe, (2009). Brady’s Emergency Care, (11th ed.) Pearson Prentice Hall.
ISBN: 0-13-507467-3

Schedule Week 1: Orientation, Introduction to EMS, Well-Being of EMT,


Medical Legal
Week 2: The Human Body
Week 3: Lifting & Moving Patients , Airway Lecture Groups
Baseline Vital Signs
Week 4: Practical Mechanical Aids to Breathing,
Vital Signs/ Sample History
Skill practice
Week 5: Skills Evaluation, Mechanical Aids to Breathing, Vital Signs
Week 6: Patient Assessment, Practical Lab
Patient Assessment
Week 7: Documentation, Communications
Week 8: General Pharmacology, Respiratory Emergencies,
Cardiovascular Emergencies
Week 9: Diabetic Emergencies, Altered Level of Consciousness,
Allergies/Poisonings/Overdose
Week 10: Practical Lab, Medications Administration, AED
Week 11: Obstetrics, Gynecological Emergencies, Behavioral Emergencies,
Environmental Emergencies
Week 12: Bleeding & Shock, Soft Tissues Injuries, Musculoskeletal Injuries
Head & Spinal Injuries, Infants & Children
Week 13: EMS Operations, Weapons of Mass Destruction, MCI/ICS, HazMat Awareness
Week 14: Practical Lab, Bandaging, Splinting, Traction Splint, Spinal Immobilization, PASG
Week 15: Skills Evaluation, Bandaging, Splinting, Traction Splint, Spinal Immobilization, PASG
Week 16: Final Exam

Evaluation methods Exams - 75%


Homework and Quizzes - 25%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Brad Bolton
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC 1042
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0734
Section 40 email bbolton@parisjc.edu

Course EMSP 1501

Title Emergency Medical Technician - Basic

Description Preparation for certification as an Emergency Medical Technician (EMT) - Basic. Includes all the
skills necessary to provide emergency medical care at a basic life support level with an emergency
service or other specialized services.

Textbooks Limmer/Okeefe, (2009). Brady’s Emergency Care, (11th ed.) Pearson Prentice Hall.
ISBN: 0-13-507467-3

Schedule Week 1: Orientation, Introduction to EMS, Well-Being of EMT,


Medical Legal
Week 2: The Human Body
Week 3: Lifting & Moving Patients , Airway Lecture Groups
Baseline Vital Signs
Week 4: Practical Mechanical Aids to Breathing,
Vital Signs/ Sample History
Skill practice
Week 5: Skills Evaluation, Mechanical Aids to Breathing, Vital Signs
Week 6: Patient Assessment, Practical Lab
Patient Assessment
Week 7: Documentation, Communications
Week 8: General Pharmacology, Respiratory Emergencies,
Cardiovascular Emergencies
Week 9: Diabetic Emergencies, Altered Level of Consciousness,
Allergies/Poisonings/Overdose
Week 10: Practical Lab, Medications Administration, AED
Week 11: Obstetrics, Gynecological Emergencies, Behavioral Emergencies,
Environmental Emergencies
Week 12: Bleeding & Shock, Soft Tissues Injuries, Musculoskeletal Injuries
Head & Spinal Injuries, Infants & Children
Week 13: EMS Operations, Weapons of Mass Destruction, MCI/ICS, HazMat Awareness
Week 14: Practical Lab, Bandaging, Splinting, Traction Splint, Spinal Immobilization, PASG
Week 15: Skills Evaluation, Bandaging, Splinting, Traction Splint, Spinal Immobilization, PASG
Week 16: Final Exam

Evaluation methods Exams - 75%


Homework and Quizzes - 25%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Blaine Jones
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC 1044
Term spring Phone 903-782-0735
Section 01 email bjones@parisjc.edu

Course EMSP 2434

Title Medical Emergencies

Description A detailed study of the knowledge and skills necessary to reach competence in the assessment and
management of patients with medical emergencies.

Textbooks Mosby’s Paramedic Textbook Revised 3rd Edition and workbook, International Trauma Life
Support ACLS and EKG, ISBN: 978-0-323-04690-9

Schedule Week 1-16: *Content covered in this course is as follows:


Pulmonary, Neurology, Endocrinology
Allergies and Anaphylaxis, Gastroenterology and Urology
Toxicology, Environmental, Infectious and Communicable Diseases,
Behavioral/Psychiatric and Hematology, Gynocology/Obstetrics

*Scheduling of Content and Exams vary throughout the Spring semester

Evaluation methods Exams - 75%


Homework and Quizzes - 25%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Blaine Jones
Year 2010-2011 Office WTC 1044
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0735
Section 01 email bjones@parisjc.edu

Course EMSP 2444

Title Cardiology

Description Assessment and management of patients with cardiac emergencies. Includes single and multi-lead
ECG interpretation.

Textbooks Mosby’s Paramedic Textbook Revised 3rd Edition and workbook, International Trauma Life
Support ACLS and EKG, ISBN: 978-0-323-04690-9

Schedule Week 1-16: *Content covered in this course is as follows:


Electrocardiograms Single Lead, Week 3-Electrocardiograms 12 Lead
Assessment of Cardiac Patient and Angina/AMI,
Left/Right Heart Failure, Cardiogenic Shock/Hypotension,
ACLS-Algorythms, ACLS SKILLS, Difibrillation/Pacing/Cardioverson
Megacode

*Scheduling of Content and Exams vary throughout the Spring semester

Evaluation methods Exams - 75%


Homework and Quizzes - 25%
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Pamela Smith
Year 2011 Office AD 125/129
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0225
Section .01 email psmith@parisjc.edu

Course ENGL0101

Title Development in Writing I

Description The main purpose of ENGL 0101 is to assist students with problems of grammar, spelling, and
punctuation.
Another purpose of ENGL 0101 is to help with writing assignments for ENGL 0301.

Textbooks No textbook is required for this lab


Schedule Tentative Due Dates
Week 1: Tue., Jan 18 → Mon., Jan 24
Overview of the syllabus and get acquainted
Week 2: Tue., Jan 25 → Mon., Jan 31
Homonyms and commonly confused words
Parts of Speech (handout)
Week 3: Tue., Feb. 1 → Mon., Feb. 7
Unit 1 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Proper nouns vs. general nouns
Singular and plurals of nouns
Apostrophes (possession)
Week 4: Tue., Feb. 8 → Mon., Feb. 14
Punctuation
Capitalization
Week 5: Tue., Feb. 15 → Mon., Feb. 21
Unit 2 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Finding subjects and verbs
Week 6: Tue., Feb. 22 → Mon., Feb. 28
Subject/verb agreement
Week 7: Tue., Mar. 1 → Mon., Mar. 7
Unit 3 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Present tense verbs
Week 8: Tue., Mar. 8 → Mon., Mar. 21 (Spring Break)
Past tense verbs
Week 9: Tue., Mar. 22 → Mon., Mar. 28
Unit 4 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Simple sentences
Week 10: Tue., Mar. 29 → Mon., Apr. 4
Compound sentences
Week 11: Tue., Apr. 5 → Mon., Apr. 11
Unit 5 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Evaluation methods The ENGL 0101 grade is 25% of the ENGL 0301 grade; therefore, the ENGL 0301 grade is 75%
of the ENGL 0101 grade. Grades for both classes will appear on the semester grade report.
Exit Exam

The ENGL 0101 lab does not have a final exam. The Exit Exam for the ENGL 0301
class serves as the final exam for both classes. At the end of the semester a final exam, the Exit
Exam, is given. The Exit Exam will be given on Friday, April, 29, 2011, from 9:00a.m. – 11:00a.m.
The Monday night ENGL 0301/0302 Exit Exam will be given Monday, May 2, 2011, from 6:00pm-
8:00pm. You MUST have a C or better average in order to take the Exit Exam. If you do not have
a “C” or better average, you will receive a “F” for the class. If you take the Exit Exam, but do not
pass it, you will receive a D for the class, and you must take the class again or retest before
progressing to the next English class.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Pamela Smith
Year 2011 Office AD 125/129
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0225
Section .02 email psmith@parisjc.edu

Course ENGL0101

Title Development in Writing I

Description The main purpose of ENGL 0101 is to assist students with problems of grammar, spelling, and
punctuation.
Another purpose of ENGL 0101 is to help with writing assignments for ENGL 0301.

Textbooks No textbook is required for this lab


Schedule Tentative Due Dates
Week 1: Tue., Jan 18 → Mon., Jan 24
Overview of the syllabus and get acquainted
Week 2: Tue., Jan 25 → Mon., Jan 31
Homonyms and commonly confused words
Parts of Speech (handout)
Week 3: Tue., Feb. 1 → Mon., Feb. 7
Unit 1 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Proper nouns vs. general nouns
Singular and plurals of nouns
Apostrophes (possession)
Week 4: Tue., Feb. 8 → Mon., Feb. 14
Punctuation
Capitalization
Week 5: Tue., Feb. 15 → Mon., Feb. 21
Unit 2 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Finding subjects and verbs
Week 6: Tue., Feb. 22 → Mon., Feb. 28
Subject/verb agreement
Week 7: Tue., Mar. 1 → Mon., Mar. 7
Unit 3 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Present tense verbs
Week 8: Tue., Mar. 8 → Mon., Mar. 21 (Spring Break)
Past tense verbs
Week 9: Tue., Mar. 22 → Mon., Mar. 28
Unit 4 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Simple sentences
Week 10: Tue., Mar. 29 → Mon., Apr. 4
Compound sentences
Week 11: Tue., Apr. 5 → Mon., Apr. 11
Unit 5 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Evaluation methods The ENGL 0101 grade is 25% of the ENGL 0301 grade; therefore, the ENGL 0301 grade is 75%
of the ENGL 0101 grade. Grades for both classes will appear on the semester grade report.
Exit Exam

The ENGL 0101 lab does not have a final exam. The Exit Exam for the ENGL 0301
class serves as the final exam for both classes. At the end of the semester a final exam, the Exit
Exam, is given. The Exit Exam will be given on Friday, April, 29, 2011, from 9:00a.m. – 11:00a.m.
The Monday night ENGL 0301/0302 Exit Exam will be given Monday, May 2, 2011, from 6:00pm-
8:00pm. You MUST have a C or better average in order to take the Exit Exam. If you do not have
a “C” or better average, you will receive a “F” for the class. If you take the Exit Exam, but do not
pass it, you will receive a D for the class, and you must take the class again or retest before
progressing to the next English class.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Pamela Smith
Year 2011 Office AD 125/129
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0225
Section .03 email psmith@parisjc.edu

Course ENGL0101

Title Development in Writing I

Description The main purpose of ENGL 0101 is to assist students with problems of grammar, spelling, and
punctuation.
Another purpose of ENGL 0101 is to help with writing assignments for ENGL 0301.

Textbooks No textbook is required for this lab


Schedule Tentative Due Dates
Week 1: Tue., Jan 18 → Mon., Jan 24
Overview of the syllabus and get acquainted
Week 2: Tue., Jan 25 → Mon., Jan 31
Homonyms and commonly confused words
Parts of Speech (handout)
Week 3: Tue., Feb. 1 → Mon., Feb. 7
Unit 1 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Proper nouns vs. general nouns
Singular and plurals of nouns
Apostrophes (possession)
Week 4: Tue., Feb. 8 → Mon., Feb. 14
Punctuation
Capitalization
Week 5: Tue., Feb. 15 → Mon., Feb. 21
Unit 2 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Finding subjects and verbs
Week 6: Tue., Feb. 22 → Mon., Feb. 28
Subject/verb agreement
Week 7: Tue., Mar. 1 → Mon., Mar. 7
Unit 3 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Present tense verbs
Week 8: Tue., Mar. 8 → Mon., Mar. 21 (Spring Break)
Past tense verbs
Week 9: Tue., Mar. 22 → Mon., Mar. 28
Unit 4 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Simple sentences
Week 10: Tue., Mar. 29 → Mon., Apr. 4
Compound sentences
Week 11: Tue., Apr. 5 → Mon., Apr. 11
Unit 5 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Evaluation methods The ENGL 0101 grade is 25% of the ENGL 0301 grade; therefore, the ENGL 0301 grade is 75%
of the ENGL 0101 grade. Grades for both classes will appear on the semester grade report.
Exit Exam

The ENGL 0101 lab does not have a final exam. The Exit Exam for the ENGL 0301
class serves as the final exam for both classes. At the end of the semester a final exam, the Exit
Exam, is given. The Exit Exam will be given on Friday, April, 29, 2011, from 9:00a.m. – 11:00a.m.
The Monday night ENGL 0301/0302 Exit Exam will be given Monday, May 2, 2011, from 6:00pm-
8:00pm. You MUST have a C or better average in order to take the Exit Exam. If you do not have
a “C” or better average, you will receive a “F” for the class. If you take the Exit Exam, but do not
pass it, you will receive a D for the class, and you must take the class again or retest before
progressing to the next English class.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Pamela Smith
Year 2011 Office AD 125/129
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0225
Section .04 email psmith@parisjc.edu

Course ENGL0101

Title Development in Writing I

Description The main purpose of ENGL 0101 is to assist students with problems of grammar, spelling, and
punctuation.
Another purpose of ENGL 0101 is to help with writing assignments for ENGL 0301.

Textbooks No textbook is required for this lab


Schedule Tentative Due Dates
Week 1: Tue., Jan 18 → Mon., Jan 24
Overview of the syllabus and get acquainted
Week 2: Tue., Jan 25 → Mon., Jan 31
Homonyms and commonly confused words
Parts of Speech (handout)
Week 3: Tue., Feb. 1 → Mon., Feb. 7
Unit 1 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Proper nouns vs. general nouns
Singular and plurals of nouns
Apostrophes (possession)
Week 4: Tue., Feb. 8 → Mon., Feb. 14
Punctuation
Capitalization
Week 5: Tue., Feb. 15 → Mon., Feb. 21
Unit 2 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Finding subjects and verbs
Week 6: Tue., Feb. 22 → Mon., Feb. 28
Subject/verb agreement
Week 7: Tue., Mar. 1 → Mon., Mar. 7
Unit 3 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Present tense verbs
Week 8: Tue., Mar. 8 → Mon., Mar. 21 (Spring Break)
Past tense verbs
Week 9: Tue., Mar. 22 → Mon., Mar. 28
Unit 4 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Simple sentences
Week 10: Tue., Mar. 29 → Mon., Apr. 4
Compound sentences
Week 11: Tue., Apr. 5 → Mon., Apr. 11
Unit 5 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Evaluation methods The ENGL 0101 grade is 25% of the ENGL 0301 grade; therefore, the ENGL 0301 grade is 75%
of the ENGL 0101 grade. Grades for both classes will appear on the semester grade report.
Exit Exam

The ENGL 0101 lab does not have a final exam. The Exit Exam for the ENGL 0301
class serves as the final exam for both classes. At the end of the semester a final exam, the Exit
Exam, is given. The Exit Exam will be given on Friday, April, 29, 2011, from 9:00a.m. – 11:00a.m.
The Monday night ENGL 0301/0302 Exit Exam will be given Monday, May 2, 2011, from 6:00pm-
8:00pm. You MUST have a C or better average in order to take the Exit Exam. If you do not have
a “C” or better average, you will receive a “F” for the class. If you take the Exit Exam, but do not
pass it, you will receive a D for the class, and you must take the class again or retest before
progressing to the next English class.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Pamela Smith
Year 2011 Office AD 125/129
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0225
Section .05 email psmith@parisjc.edu

Course ENGL0101

Title Development in Writing I

Description The main purpose of ENGL 0101 is to assist students with problems of grammar, spelling, and
punctuation.
Another purpose of ENGL 0101 is to help with writing assignments for ENGL 0301.

Textbooks No textbook is required for this lab


Schedule Tentative Due Dates
Week 1: Tue., Jan 18 → Mon., Jan 24
Overview of the syllabus and get acquainted
Week 2: Tue., Jan 25 → Mon., Jan 31
Homonyms and commonly confused words
Parts of Speech (handout)
Week 3: Tue., Feb. 1 → Mon., Feb. 7
Unit 1 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Proper nouns vs. general nouns
Singular and plurals of nouns
Apostrophes (possession)
Week 4: Tue., Feb. 8 → Mon., Feb. 14
Punctuation
Capitalization
Week 5: Tue., Feb. 15 → Mon., Feb. 21
Unit 2 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Finding subjects and verbs
Week 6: Tue., Feb. 22 → Mon., Feb. 28
Subject/verb agreement
Week 7: Tue., Mar. 1 → Mon., Mar. 7
Unit 3 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Present tense verbs
Week 8: Tue., Mar. 8 → Mon., Mar. 21 (Spring Break)
Past tense verbs
Week 9: Tue., Mar. 22 → Mon., Mar. 28
Unit 4 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Simple sentences
Week 10: Tue., Mar. 29 → Mon., Apr. 4
Compound sentences
Week 11: Tue., Apr. 5 → Mon., Apr. 11
Unit 5 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Evaluation methods The ENGL 0101 grade is 25% of the ENGL 0301 grade; therefore, the ENGL 0301 grade is 75%
of the ENGL 0101 grade. Grades for both classes will appear on the semester grade report.
Exit Exam

The ENGL 0101 lab does not have a final exam. The Exit Exam for the ENGL 0301
class serves as the final exam for both classes. At the end of the semester a final exam, the Exit
Exam, is given. The Exit Exam will be given on Friday, April, 29, 2011, from 9:00a.m. – 11:00a.m.
The Monday night ENGL 0301/0302 Exit Exam will be given Monday, May 2, 2011, from 6:00pm-
8:00pm. You MUST have a C or better average in order to take the Exit Exam. If you do not have
a “C” or better average, you will receive a “F” for the class. If you take the Exit Exam, but do not
pass it, you will receive a D for the class, and you must take the class again or retest before
progressing to the next English class.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Roberta Harris
Year 2011 Office Room 201
Term Spring Phone 903.454.9333
Section 40 email rharris@parisjc.edu

Course ENGL 0101

Title Development in Writing Lab

Description The writing lab course is taken concurrently with Developmental English 0301. The lab focuses on
how grammar, usage, and sentence structure contribute to clarity of communication and, thus, to
writing that is clear and easy to understand. The course is designed to facilitate the students'
endeavors to acquire a level of English usage that matches standards of edited American English set
by the core curriculum and the Communications Division.

Textbooks Kirszner, Laurie G., and Stephen R. Mandell. Foundations First: Sentences and Paragraphs with
Readings. 3rd ed. Boston: Bedford, 2008. ISBN 978.0312.45989-5.

Schedule Lab work will coordinate with assignments in 0301.40


Evaluation methods All grades in lab practice work will be considered equal.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Sandie Upchurch
Year 2010-2011 Office Greenville, TX
Term Spring Phone 903-454-9333\
Section 41 email supchurch@parisjc.edu

Course ENGL301 /ENGL101

Title Basic English I

Description English I is designed for students to gain skills in writing clear, logically developed paragraphs,
using standard English. Also designed for students seeking English usage mandated by assessment.
Lab (English) 101 is required. Essay Exit Exam required. (May not be used to satisfy degree
requirements).

Textbooks Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner and Diana Holquin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays:
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th. Belmong, CA: Thompson, 2009.

Schedule 1. First week: discussing syllalbus, and what is required from the course. Write a paragraph: If
you could change one situation/decision in your life, what would it be and why? 2. Topic sentence
that states the direction of the paragraph. Topic statements that are not too broad or too narrow.
Write a pargraph stating the long-term goals you want to achieve in life. 3. Parts of a paragraph:
Topic sentence, supporting sentences, and concluding sentences. Write a paragraph about what was
different in your childhood. 4. Recognizing sentence fragments, comma splices, and run-on
sentences. Write a paragraph describing a place that gave you a feeling of warmth and security as a
child. 5. Subject/verb agreement - singular and plural verbs. Recognizing singular and plural
nouns and pronouns. Write a paragraph about the qualities of a good parent. 6. Recognizing
consistent verb tense. Write a paragraph abouat what role does honesty play in our world today. 7.
Recognize misspelled words. Write a paragraph about how communication has changed since your
grandparent's day. 8. Review sentence fragments. Write a paragraph about where you have
experienced or seen prejudice in society today. 9. Review comma splices. Write a paragraph
about which person influenced you the most as a child. 10. Review run-on sentences. Write a
paragraph about whether schools have the righat to search a student's locker. 11. Review
subject/verb agreement. Write a paragraph about a beautiful object. 12. Review recogizing
consisent verb tense. Write a paragraph about what makes body piercing appealing. Have students
make a list of items to review for test. 13. Turn in paragraph that has been redone for a better
grade. Review. 14. Final exam.
Evaluation methods Grades will be determined by the quality of work in class and in the ENGL0101. In addition, at the
end of the semester, you must pass an exit exam, which will measure your grammar and writing
skills, demonstrating those competencies you will need to enter 0302. COMPUTATION OF
GRADE: ENGL 0101 25%, Daily Work, 15%, Writing assignments, 60%. Semester grade, 100%
plus passing of exit exam.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Patti Laeding
Year 2010-2011 Office Classroom
Term Spring Phone 903--439-6154 ext 457
Section 50 email plaeding@pjc.edu

Course ENGL 0301 / ENGL 0101

Title Basic English Level I and Lab

Description English 030 will concentrate upon reading, writing, and grammar skills. Since mastery of reading
and writing skills is essential to your success in college, English 0301/0302 will help give you the
opportunity to learn these skills. Class time will include lecture, demonstration, practice, and a
quiz for each scheduled lesson. Reading selections will help generate ideas and serve as models
for your writing assignments. The accompanying lab, English 0101/0102 will provide a time for
personal assistance with individual writing assignments.

Textbooks Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diana Holguin-Balough Writing Paragraphs and Essays. 6th ed.
Schedule Week 1- Topic Sentences, Paragraphs
Week 2- Grammar for Effective Writing, Subject-Verb Agreement WA pg 56
Week 3- Consistent Verb Tense, Irregular Verbs WA pg 92
Week 4- Interaction of Topic,Purpose, Audience, Voice WA pg 93
Week 5- Consistent Point ofView WA pg 119 and 131
Week 6- Thesis Sentence WA pg 153
Week 7- Fragments, Run-Ons, Comma Splices WA pg 181
Week 8-Writing with Examples WA 210-11
Week 9- Sentence Variety, Compound Sentences WA pg 242
Week 10- Introductions and Conclusions WA pg 261
Week 11- Sentence Variety, Complex Sentences WA pg 294
Week 12- Coherence WA pg 390
Week 13- Spelling, Punctuation, Practice Essays with Prompts
Week 14- FINAL EXIT EXAM
Evaluation methods
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Linda Bailey
Year 2010-2011 Office Sulphur Springs Campus
Term Spring Phone 903-885-1232
Section 51 email lbailey@parisjc.edu

Course English 0101, 0301

Title Dev in Writing

Description A basic development course designed to improve students’ skills in formulating


simple and compound sentences, basic subject-verb agreement, punctuation,
and spelling rules. Students will also gain skills in writing clear logically
developed paragraphs, using standard English. Designed for students seeking
basic English usage as mandated by assessment. Students must take ENGL
0101 concurrently. Essay Exit Exam required. May not be used to satisfy
degree requirements.
A developmental writing course which continues the instruction and
reinforcement of those skills taught in ENGL 0301. This course is designed
to provide varied writing exercises on paragraphs and short composition
with emphasis on clarity, coherence, and correction of usage and mechanics.
Students must take ENGL 0102 concurrently. Essay Exit Exam required.
May not be used to satisfy degree requirements. Prerequisite: ENGL 0301 or
placement by department.

Textbooks Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diana Holguin-Balogh. Writing


Paragraphs and Essays. 6th ed. Boston: Houghton-Mifflin, 2003.
Non-fiction selection of choice that is biographical or autobiographical in nature:

Schedule Week 1 - Intro to Writing


Week 2 - Topic Sentences and Paragraphs
Week 3 - Journaling and Grammar
Week 4 - Figures of Speech and Confusing Words
Week 5 - Spelling
Week 6- Confusing words and paragraph writing
Week 7 - Grammar and essay writing
Week 8 - Writing with examples
Week 9- Introductions and Conclusions Week 9- Thesis
Week 10- Essays for Discussion and Analysis
Week 11- Writing with Coherence
Week 12- Mechanics and logical order
Week 13- Illustration, Compare/Contrast, Classification and Definition Writing
Week 14- Cause/Effect, Process Analysis, Arguemation Writing
Week 15- Review/Final
Week 16- Final
Evaluation methods Lab Participation 25%, Daily Work/Quizzes 25%, Writing Assignments 50% Students must have at
least a 70% average to be permitted to write the final exam. If you do not have a 70% , you will
receive a grade of “F” and must repeat the course. Students who do have a grade of 70% but fail the
exam, will receive a grade of “D” and must repeat the course. Your Final grade will be an average
of course grade and final essay grade.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Patti Laeding
Year 2010-2011 Office Classroom
Term Spring Phone 903--439-6154 ext 457
Section 52 email plaeding@pjc.edu

Course ENGL 0301 / ENGL 0101

Title Basic English Level I and Lab

Description English 030 will concentrate upon reading, writing, and grammar skills. Since mastery of reading
and writing skills is essential to your success in college, English 0301/0302 will help give you the
opportunity to learn these skills. Class time will include lecture, demonstration, practice, and a
quiz for each scheduled lesson. Reading selections will help generate ideas and serve as models
for your writing assignments. The accompanying lab, English 0101/0102 will provide a time for
personal assistance with individual writing assignments.

Textbooks Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diana Holguin-Balough Writing Paragraphs and Essays. 6th ed.
Schedule Week 1- Topic Sentences, Paragraphs
Week 2- Grammar for Effective Writing, Subject-Verb Agreement WA pg 56
Week 3- Consistent Verb Tense, Irregular Verbs WA pg 92
Week 4- Interaction of Topic,Purpose, Audience, Voice WA pg 93
Week 5- Consistent Point ofView WA pg 119 and 131
Week 6- Thesis Sentence WA pg 153
Week 7- Fragments, Run-Ons, Comma Splices WA pg 181
Week 8-Writing with Examples WA 210-11
Week 9- Sentence Variety, Compound Sentences WA pg 242
Week 10- Introductions and Conclusions WA pg 261
Week 11- Sentence Variety, Complex Sentences WA pg 294
Week 12- Coherence WA pg 390
Week 13- Spelling, Punctuation, Practice Essays with Prompts
Week 14- FINAL EXIT EXAM
Evaluation methods
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Pamela Smith
Year 2011 Office AD 125/129
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0225
Section .01 email psmith@parisjc.edu

Course ENGL0102

Title Development in Writing II

Description The main purpose of ENGL 0102 is to assist students with problems of grammar, spelling,
punctuation, and vocabulary.
Another purpose of ENGL 0102 is to reinforce skills taught in ENGL 0302.

Textbooks No textbook is required for this lab


Schedule Tentative Due Dates
Week 1: Tue., Jan 18 → Mon., Jan 24
Overview of the syllabus and get acquainted

Week 2: Tue., Jan 25 → Mon., Jan 31


Homonyms and commonly confused words
Apostrophes (possession and contractions)
Parts of Speech (handout)

Week 3: Tue., Feb. 1 → Mon., Feb. 7


Unit 1 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Finding subjects and verbs

Week 4: Tue., Feb. 8 → Mon., Feb. 14


Unit 2 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Subject/verb agreement

Week 5: Tue., Feb. 15 → Mon., Feb. 21


Irregular verbs
Coordinating conjunctions

Week 6: Tue., Feb. 22 → Mon., Feb. 28


Unit 3 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Punctuation with introductory elements (prepositional phrase and complex sentences using
subordinating conjunctions)

Week 7: Tue., Mar. 1 → Mon., Mar. 7


Punctuation with introductory elements- cont.
Participle phrases

Week 8: Tue., Mar. 8 → Mon., Mar. 21 (Spring Break)


Evaluation methods The ENGL 0102 grade is 25% of the ENGL 0302 grade; therefore, the ENGL 0302 grade is 75%
of the ENGL 0102 grade. Grades for both classes will appear on the semester grade report.
Exit Exam

The ENGL 0102 lab does not have a final exam. The Exit Exam for the ENGL 0302
class serves as the final exam for both classes. At the end of the semester a final exam, the Exit
Exam, is given. The Exit Exam will be given on Friday, April, 29, 2011, from 9:00a.m. – 11:00a.m.
The Monday night ENGL 0301/0302 Exit Exam will be given Monday, May 2, 2011, from 6:00pm-
8:00pm. You MUST have a C or better average in order to take the Exit Exam. If you do not have
a “C” or better average, you will receive a “F” for the class. If you take the Exit Exam, but do not
pass it, you will receive a D for the class, and you must take the class again or retest before
progressing to the next English class.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Pamela Smith
Year 2011 Office AD 125/129
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0225
Section .02 email psmith@parisjc.edu

Course ENGL0102

Title Development in Writing II

Description The main purpose of ENGL 0102 is to assist students with problems of grammar, spelling,
punctuation, and vocabulary.
Another purpose of ENGL 0102 is to reinforce skills taught in ENGL 0302.

Textbooks No textbook is required for this lab


Schedule Tentative Due Dates
Week 1: Tue., Jan 18 → Mon., Jan 24
Overview of the syllabus and get acquainted

Week 2: Tue., Jan 25 → Mon., Jan 31


Homonyms and commonly confused words
Apostrophes (possession and contractions)
Parts of Speech (handout)

Week 3: Tue., Feb. 1 → Mon., Feb. 7


Unit 1 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Finding subjects and verbs

Week 4: Tue., Feb. 8 → Mon., Feb. 14


Unit 2 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Subject/verb agreement

Week 5: Tue., Feb. 15 → Mon., Feb. 21


Irregular verbs
Coordinating conjunctions

Week 6: Tue., Feb. 22 → Mon., Feb. 28


Unit 3 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Punctuation with introductory elements (prepositional phrase and complex sentences using
subordinating conjunctions)

Week 7: Tue., Mar. 1 → Mon., Mar. 7


Punctuation with introductory elements- cont.
Participle phrases

Week 8: Tue., Mar. 8 → Mon., Mar. 21 (Spring Break)


Evaluation methods The ENGL 0102 grade is 25% of the ENGL 0302 grade; therefore, the ENGL 0302 grade is 75%
of the ENGL 0102 grade. Grades for both classes will appear on the semester grade report.
Exit Exam

The ENGL 0102 lab does not have a final exam. The Exit Exam for the ENGL 0302
class serves as the final exam for both classes. At the end of the semester a final exam, the Exit
Exam, is given. The Exit Exam will be given on Friday, April, 29, 2011, from 9:00a.m. – 11:00a.m.
The Monday night ENGL 0301/0302 Exit Exam will be given Monday, May 2, 2011, from 6:00pm-
8:00pm. You MUST have a C or better average in order to take the Exit Exam. If you do not have
a “C” or better average, you will receive a “F” for the class. If you take the Exit Exam, but do not
pass it, you will receive a D for the class, and you must take the class again or retest before
progressing to the next English class.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Pamela Smith
Year 2011 Office AD 125/129
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0225
Section .03 email psmith@parisjc.edu

Course ENGL0102

Title Development in Writing II

Description The main purpose of ENGL 0102 is to assist students with problems of grammar, spelling,
punctuation, and vocabulary.
Another purpose of ENGL 0102 is to reinforce skills taught in ENGL 0302.

Textbooks No textbook is required for this lab


Schedule Tentative Due Dates
Week 1: Tue., Jan 18 → Mon., Jan 24
Overview of the syllabus and get acquainted

Week 2: Tue., Jan 25 → Mon., Jan 31


Homonyms and commonly confused words
Apostrophes (possession and contractions)
Parts of Speech (handout)

Week 3: Tue., Feb. 1 → Mon., Feb. 7


Unit 1 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Finding subjects and verbs

Week 4: Tue., Feb. 8 → Mon., Feb. 14


Unit 2 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Subject/verb agreement

Week 5: Tue., Feb. 15 → Mon., Feb. 21


Irregular verbs
Coordinating conjunctions

Week 6: Tue., Feb. 22 → Mon., Feb. 28


Unit 3 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Punctuation with introductory elements (prepositional phrase and complex sentences using
subordinating conjunctions)

Week 7: Tue., Mar. 1 → Mon., Mar. 7


Punctuation with introductory elements- cont.
Participle phrases

Week 8: Tue., Mar. 8 → Mon., Mar. 21 (Spring Break)


Evaluation methods The ENGL 0102 grade is 25% of the ENGL 0302 grade; therefore, the ENGL 0302 grade is 75%
of the ENGL 0102 grade. Grades for both classes will appear on the semester grade report.
Exit Exam

The ENGL 0102 lab does not have a final exam. The Exit Exam for the ENGL 0302
class serves as the final exam for both classes. At the end of the semester a final exam, the Exit
Exam, is given. The Exit Exam will be given on Friday, April, 29, 2011, from 9:00a.m. – 11:00a.m.
The Monday night ENGL 0301/0302 Exit Exam will be given Monday, May 2, 2011, from 6:00pm-
8:00pm. You MUST have a C or better average in order to take the Exit Exam. If you do not have
a “C” or better average, you will receive a “F” for the class. If you take the Exit Exam, but do not
pass it, you will receive a D for the class, and you must take the class again or retest before
progressing to the next English class.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Pamela Smith
Year 2011 Office AD 125/129
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0225
Section .04 email psmith@parisjc.edu

Course ENGL0102

Title Development in Writing II

Description The main purpose of ENGL 0102 is to assist students with problems of grammar, spelling,
punctuation, and vocabulary.
Another purpose of ENGL 0102 is to reinforce skills taught in ENGL 0302.

Textbooks No textbook is required for this lab


Schedule Tentative Due Dates
Week 1: Tue., Jan 18 → Mon., Jan 24
Overview of the syllabus and get acquainted

Week 2: Tue., Jan 25 → Mon., Jan 31


Homonyms and commonly confused words
Apostrophes (possession and contractions)
Parts of Speech (handout)

Week 3: Tue., Feb. 1 → Mon., Feb. 7


Unit 1 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Finding subjects and verbs

Week 4: Tue., Feb. 8 → Mon., Feb. 14


Unit 2 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Subject/verb agreement

Week 5: Tue., Feb. 15 → Mon., Feb. 21


Irregular verbs
Coordinating conjunctions

Week 6: Tue., Feb. 22 → Mon., Feb. 28


Unit 3 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Punctuation with introductory elements (prepositional phrase and complex sentences using
subordinating conjunctions)

Week 7: Tue., Mar. 1 → Mon., Mar. 7


Punctuation with introductory elements- cont.
Participle phrases

Week 8: Tue., Mar. 8 → Mon., Mar. 21 (Spring Break)


Evaluation methods The ENGL 0102 grade is 25% of the ENGL 0302 grade; therefore, the ENGL 0302 grade is 75%
of the ENGL 0102 grade. Grades for both classes will appear on the semester grade report.
Exit Exam

The ENGL 0102 lab does not have a final exam. The Exit Exam for the ENGL 0302
class serves as the final exam for both classes. At the end of the semester a final exam, the Exit
Exam, is given. The Exit Exam will be given on Friday, April, 29, 2011, from 9:00a.m. – 11:00a.m.
The Monday night ENGL 0301/0302 Exit Exam will be given Monday, May 2, 2011, from 6:00pm-
8:00pm. You MUST have a C or better average in order to take the Exit Exam. If you do not have
a “C” or better average, you will receive a “F” for the class. If you take the Exit Exam, but do not
pass it, you will receive a D for the class, and you must take the class again or retest before
progressing to the next English class.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Pamela Smith
Year 2011 Office AD 125/129
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0225
Section .05 email psmith@parisjc.edu

Course ENGL0102

Title Development in Writing II

Description The main purpose of ENGL 0102 is to assist students with problems of grammar, spelling,
punctuation, and vocabulary.
Another purpose of ENGL 0102 is to reinforce skills taught in ENGL 0302.

Textbooks No textbook is required for this lab


Schedule Tentative Due Dates
Week 1: Tue., Jan 18 → Mon., Jan 24
Overview of the syllabus and get acquainted

Week 2: Tue., Jan 25 → Mon., Jan 31


Homonyms and commonly confused words
Apostrophes (possession and contractions)
Parts of Speech (handout)

Week 3: Tue., Feb. 1 → Mon., Feb. 7


Unit 1 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Finding subjects and verbs

Week 4: Tue., Feb. 8 → Mon., Feb. 14


Unit 2 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Subject/verb agreement

Week 5: Tue., Feb. 15 → Mon., Feb. 21


Irregular verbs
Coordinating conjunctions

Week 6: Tue., Feb. 22 → Mon., Feb. 28


Unit 3 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Punctuation with introductory elements (prepositional phrase and complex sentences using
subordinating conjunctions)

Week 7: Tue., Mar. 1 → Mon., Mar. 7


Punctuation with introductory elements- cont.
Participle phrases

Week 8: Tue., Mar. 8 → Mon., Mar. 21 (Spring Break)


Evaluation methods The ENGL 0102 grade is 25% of the ENGL 0302 grade; therefore, the ENGL 0302 grade is 75%
of the ENGL 0102 grade. Grades for both classes will appear on the semester grade report.
Exit Exam

The ENGL 0102 lab does not have a final exam. The Exit Exam for the ENGL 0302
class serves as the final exam for both classes. At the end of the semester a final exam, the Exit
Exam, is given. The Exit Exam will be given on Friday, April, 29, 2011, from 9:00a.m. – 11:00a.m.
The Monday night ENGL 0301/0302 Exit Exam will be given Monday, May 2, 2011, from 6:00pm-
8:00pm. You MUST have a C or better average in order to take the Exit Exam. If you do not have
a “C” or better average, you will receive a “F” for the class. If you take the Exit Exam, but do not
pass it, you will receive a D for the class, and you must take the class again or retest before
progressing to the next English class.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Pamela Smith
Year 2011 Office AD 125/129
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0225
Section .06 email psmith@parisjc.edu

Course ENGL0102

Title Development in Writing II

Description The main purpose of ENGL 0102 is to assist students with problems of grammar, spelling,
punctuation, and vocabulary.
Another purpose of ENGL 0102 is to reinforce skills taught in ENGL 0302.

Textbooks No textbook is required for this lab


Schedule Tentative Due Dates
Week 1: Tue., Jan 18 → Mon., Jan 24
Overview of the syllabus and get acquainted

Week 2: Tue., Jan 25 → Mon., Jan 31


Homonyms and commonly confused words
Apostrophes (possession and contractions)
Parts of Speech (handout)

Week 3: Tue., Feb. 1 → Mon., Feb. 7


Unit 1 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Finding subjects and verbs

Week 4: Tue., Feb. 8 → Mon., Feb. 14


Unit 2 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Subject/verb agreement

Week 5: Tue., Feb. 15 → Mon., Feb. 21


Irregular verbs
Coordinating conjunctions

Week 6: Tue., Feb. 22 → Mon., Feb. 28


Unit 3 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Punctuation with introductory elements (prepositional phrase and complex sentences using
subordinating conjunctions)

Week 7: Tue., Mar. 1 → Mon., Mar. 7


Punctuation with introductory elements- cont.
Participle phrases

Week 8: Tue., Mar. 8 → Mon., Mar. 21 (Spring Break)


Evaluation methods The ENGL 0102 grade is 25% of the ENGL 0302 grade; therefore, the ENGL 0302 grade is 75%
of the ENGL 0102 grade. Grades for both classes will appear on the semester grade report.
Exit Exam

The ENGL 0102 lab does not have a final exam. The Exit Exam for the ENGL 0302
class serves as the final exam for both classes. At the end of the semester a final exam, the Exit
Exam, is given. The Exit Exam will be given on Friday, April, 29, 2011, from 9:00a.m. – 11:00a.m.
The Monday night ENGL 0301/0302 Exit Exam will be given Monday, May 2, 2011, from 6:00pm-
8:00pm. You MUST have a C or better average in order to take the Exit Exam. If you do not have
a “C” or better average, you will receive a “F” for the class. If you take the Exit Exam, but do not
pass it, you will receive a D for the class, and you must take the class again or retest before
progressing to the next English class.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Pamela Smith
Year 2011 Office AD 125/129
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0225
Section .07 email psmith@parisjc.edu

Course ENGL0102

Title Development in Writing II

Description The main purpose of ENGL 0102 is to assist students with problems of grammar, spelling,
punctuation, and vocabulary.
Another purpose of ENGL 0102 is to reinforce skills taught in ENGL 0302.

Textbooks No textbook is required for this lab


Schedule Tentative Due Dates
Week 1: Tue., Jan 18 → Mon., Jan 24
Overview of the syllabus and get acquainted

Week 2: Tue., Jan 25 → Mon., Jan 31


Homonyms and commonly confused words
Apostrophes (possession and contractions)
Parts of Speech (handout)

Week 3: Tue., Feb. 1 → Mon., Feb. 7


Unit 1 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Finding subjects and verbs

Week 4: Tue., Feb. 8 → Mon., Feb. 14


Unit 2 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Subject/verb agreement

Week 5: Tue., Feb. 15 → Mon., Feb. 21


Irregular verbs
Coordinating conjunctions

Week 6: Tue., Feb. 22 → Mon., Feb. 28


Unit 3 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Punctuation with introductory elements (prepositional phrase and complex sentences using
subordinating conjunctions)

Week 7: Tue., Mar. 1 → Mon., Mar. 7


Punctuation with introductory elements- cont.
Participle phrases

Week 8: Tue., Mar. 8 → Mon., Mar. 21 (Spring Break)


Evaluation methods The ENGL 0102 grade is 25% of the ENGL 0302 grade; therefore, the ENGL 0302 grade is 75%
of the ENGL 0102 grade. Grades for both classes will appear on the semester grade report.
Exit Exam

The ENGL 0102 lab does not have a final exam. The Exit Exam for the ENGL 0302
class serves as the final exam for both classes. At the end of the semester a final exam, the Exit
Exam, is given. The Exit Exam will be given on Friday, April, 29, 2011, from 9:00a.m. – 11:00a.m.
The Monday night ENGL 0301/0302 Exit Exam will be given Monday, May 2, 2011, from 6:00pm-
8:00pm. You MUST have a C or better average in order to take the Exit Exam. If you do not have
a “C” or better average, you will receive a “F” for the class. If you take the Exit Exam, but do not
pass it, you will receive a D for the class, and you must take the class again or retest before
progressing to the next English class.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Pamela Smith
Year 2011 Office AD 125/129
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0225
Section .08 email psmith@parisjc.edu

Course ENGL0102

Title Development in Writing II

Description The main purpose of ENGL 0102 is to assist students with problems of grammar, spelling,
punctuation, and vocabulary.
Another purpose of ENGL 0102 is to reinforce skills taught in ENGL 0302.

Textbooks No textbook is required for this lab


Schedule Tentative Due Dates
Week 1: Tue., Jan 18 → Mon., Jan 24
Overview of the syllabus and get acquainted

Week 2: Tue., Jan 25 → Mon., Jan 31


Homonyms and commonly confused words
Apostrophes (possession and contractions)
Parts of Speech (handout)

Week 3: Tue., Feb. 1 → Mon., Feb. 7


Unit 1 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Finding subjects and verbs

Week 4: Tue., Feb. 8 → Mon., Feb. 14


Unit 2 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Subject/verb agreement

Week 5: Tue., Feb. 15 → Mon., Feb. 21


Irregular verbs
Coordinating conjunctions

Week 6: Tue., Feb. 22 → Mon., Feb. 28


Unit 3 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Punctuation with introductory elements (prepositional phrase and complex sentences using
subordinating conjunctions)

Week 7: Tue., Mar. 1 → Mon., Mar. 7


Punctuation with introductory elements- cont.
Participle phrases

Week 8: Tue., Mar. 8 → Mon., Mar. 21 (Spring Break)


Evaluation methods The ENGL 0102 grade is 25% of the ENGL 0302 grade; therefore, the ENGL 0302 grade is 75%
of the ENGL 0102 grade. Grades for both classes will appear on the semester grade report.
Exit Exam

The ENGL 0102 lab does not have a final exam. The Exit Exam for the ENGL 0302
class serves as the final exam for both classes. At the end of the semester a final exam, the Exit
Exam, is given. The Exit Exam will be given on Friday, April, 29, 2011, from 9:00a.m. – 11:00a.m.
The Monday night ENGL 0301/0302 Exit Exam will be given Monday, May 2, 2011, from 6:00pm-
8:00pm. You MUST have a C or better average in order to take the Exit Exam. If you do not have
a “C” or better average, you will receive a “F” for the class. If you take the Exit Exam, but do not
pass it, you will receive a D for the class, and you must take the class again or retest before
progressing to the next English class.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Pamela Smith
Year 2011 Office AD 125/129
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0225
Section .09 email psmith@parisjc.edu

Course ENGL0102

Title Development in Writing II

Description The main purpose of ENGL 0102 is to assist students with problems of grammar, spelling,
punctuation, and vocabulary.
Another purpose of ENGL 0102 is to reinforce skills taught in ENGL 0302.

Textbooks No textbook is required for this lab


Schedule Tentative Due Dates
Week 1: Tue., Jan 18 → Mon., Jan 24
Overview of the syllabus and get acquainted

Week 2: Tue., Jan 25 → Mon., Jan 31


Homonyms and commonly confused words
Apostrophes (possession and contractions)
Parts of Speech (handout)

Week 3: Tue., Feb. 1 → Mon., Feb. 7


Unit 1 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Finding subjects and verbs

Week 4: Tue., Feb. 8 → Mon., Feb. 14


Unit 2 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Subject/verb agreement

Week 5: Tue., Feb. 15 → Mon., Feb. 21


Irregular verbs
Coordinating conjunctions

Week 6: Tue., Feb. 22 → Mon., Feb. 28


Unit 3 spelling & Vocabulary quiz---definitions due
Punctuation with introductory elements (prepositional phrase and complex sentences using
subordinating conjunctions)

Week 7: Tue., Mar. 1 → Mon., Mar. 7


Punctuation with introductory elements- cont.
Participle phrases

Week 8: Tue., Mar. 8 → Mon., Mar. 21 (Spring Break)


Evaluation methods The ENGL 0102 grade is 25% of the ENGL 0302 grade; therefore, the ENGL 0302 grade is 75%
of the ENGL 0102 grade. Grades for both classes will appear on the semester grade report.
Exit Exam

The ENGL 0102 lab does not have a final exam. The Exit Exam for the ENGL 0302
class serves as the final exam for both classes. At the end of the semester a final exam, the Exit
Exam, is given. The Exit Exam will be given on Friday, April, 29, 2011, from 9:00a.m. – 11:00a.m.
The Monday night ENGL 0301/0302 Exit Exam will be given Monday, May 2, 2011, from 6:00pm-
8:00pm. You MUST have a C or better average in order to take the Exit Exam. If you do not have
a “C” or better average, you will receive a “F” for the class. If you take the Exit Exam, but do not
pass it, you will receive a D for the class, and you must take the class again or retest before
progressing to the next English class.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Christopher Nichols
Year 2010-2011 Office GC 201
Term SPRING Phone 903-454-9333
Section 40 email cnichols@parisjc.edu

Course ENGL 0302/0102

Title Basic English II

Description A developmental writing course which continues the instruction and reinforcement of those skills
taught in ENGL 0301. This course is designed to provide varied writing exercises on paragraphs
and short composition with emphasis on clarity, coherence, and correction of usage and mechanics.
Students must take ENGL 0102 concurrently. Essay Exit Exam required. May not be used to
satisfy degree requirements.

Textbooks Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boener, and Diana Holquin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays:
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. US: Wadworth, 2009. ISBN: 978-1-
413-03346-5

Schedule Week 1- Course Review/Introduction


Week 2- Writing Topic Sentences
Week 3- Writing Paragraphs
Week 4- Topic, Purpose, Audience, Voice
Week 5- Topic, Purpose, Audience, Voice, cont.
Week 6- Thesis Sentences
Week 7- Organizing Essays
Week 8- Strengthening Arguments
Week 9- Logic/Examples
Week 10- Coherence/Flow
Week 11- Coherence/Transitions
Week 12- Traditional Essay Structures
Week 13- Traditional Essay Structures
Week 14- Generating Interest
Week 15- Generating Interest
Week 16- Culmination
Evaluation methods In-class Papers 50%
Out-of-class Papers 25%
Connection (Lab work, Quizzes, Participating, etc.) 25%

This will be based on a point system, for which the student can calculate his/her grade at any time:

8 In-class essays at 100 points each (8 x 100) = 800 points +


4 Out-of-class essays at 100 points each (4 x 100) = 400 points +
16 Connection grades, 1 per week (16 x 25) = 400 points
Total = 1600 points

1600-1440 points = A
1439-1280 points = B
1279-1120 points = C
<1120 points = Failing

In this course, a D is not considered passing. You must receive an A, B, or C as your final average
based on calculating the above to be allowed to take the EXIT exam. You must pass the exit exam
to pass the class.

In addition to work requirements, attendance in Basic English courses is compulsory.


Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Christopher Nichols
Year 2010-2011 Office GC 201
Term SPRING Phone 903-454-9333
Section 41 email cnichols@parisjc.edu

Course ENGL 0302/0102

Title Basic English II

Description A developmental writing course which continues the instruction and reinforcement of those skills
taught in ENGL 0301. This course is designed to provide varied writing exercises on paragraphs
and short composition with emphasis on clarity, coherence, and correction of usage and mechanics.
Students must take ENGL 0102 concurrently. Essay Exit Exam required. May not be used to
satisfy degree requirements.

Textbooks Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boener, and Diana Holquin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays:
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. US: Wadworth, 2009. ISBN: 978-1-
413-03346-5

Schedule Week 1- Course Review/Introduction


Week 2- Writing Topic Sentences
Week 3- Writing Paragraphs
Week 4- Topic, Purpose, Audience, Voice
Week 5- Topic, Purpose, Audience, Voice, cont.
Week 6- Thesis Sentences
Week 7- Organizing Essays
Week 8- Strengthening Arguments
Week 9- Logic/Examples
Week 10- Coherence/Flow
Week 11- Coherence/Transitions
Week 12- Traditional Essay Structures
Week 13- Traditional Essay Structures
Week 14- Generating Interest
Week 15- Generating Interest
Week 16- Culmination
Evaluation methods In-class Papers 50%
Out-of-class Papers 25%
Connection (Lab work, Quizzes, Participating, etc.) 25%

This will be based on a point system, for which the student can calculate his/her grade at any time:

8 In-class essays at 100 points each (8 x 100) = 800 points +


4 Out-of-class essays at 100 points each (4 x 100) = 400 points +
16 Connection grades, 1 per week (16 x 25) = 400 points
Total = 1600 points

1600-1440 points = A
1439-1280 points = B
1279-1120 points = C
<1120 points = Failing

In this course, a D is not considered passing. You must receive an A, B, or C as your final average
based on calculating the above to be allowed to take the EXIT exam. You must pass the exit exam
to pass the class.

In addition to work requirements, attendance in Basic English courses is compulsory.


Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Sandie Upchurch
Year 2010-2011 Office Greenville, TX
Term Spring Phone 903-454-9333\
Section 42 email supchurch@parisjc.edu

Course ENGL 0302/0102

Title Basic English II

Description English I is designed for students to gain skills in writing clear, logically developed paragraphs,
using standard English. Also designed for students seeking English usage mandated by assessment.
Lab (English) 101 is required. Essay Exit Exam required. (May not be used to satisfy degree
requirements).

Textbooks Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner and Diana Holquin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays:
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th. Belmong, CA: Thompson, 2009.

Schedule 1. First week: discussing syllalbus, and what is required from the course. Write a essay: If you
could change one situation/decision in your life, what would it be and why? 2. Topic sentence that
states the direction of the paragraph. Topic statements that are not too broad or too narrow. Write
a esssay stating the long-term goals you want to achieve in life. 3. Parts of a paragraph: Topic
sentence, supporting sentences, and concluding sentences. Write an essay about what was different
in your childhood. 4. Recognizing sentence fragments, comma splices, and run-on sentences.
Write an essay describing a place that gave you a feeling of warmth and security as a child. 5.
Subject/verb agreement - singular and plural verbs. Recognizing singular and plural nouns and
pronouns. Write an essay about the qualities of a good parent. 6. Recognizing consistent verb
tense. Write a essay about what role does honesty play in our world today. 7. Recognize
misspelled words. Write an essay about how communication has changed since your grandparent's
day. 8. Review sentence fragments. Write an essay about where you have experienced or seen
prejudice in society today. 9. Review comma splices. Write an essay about which person
influenced you the most as a child. 10. Review run-on sentences. Write an essay about whether
schools have the righat to search a student's locker. 11. Review subject/verb agreement. Write an
essay about a beautiful object. 12. Review recogizing consisent verb tense. Write an essay about
what makes body piercing appealing. Have students make a list of items to review for test. 13.
Turn in essay that has been redone for a better grade. Review. 14. Final exam.
Evaluation methods Grades will be determined by the quality of work in class and in the ENGL0101. In addition, at the
end of the semester, you must pass an exit exam, which will measure your grammar and writing
skills, demonstrating those competencies you will need to enter 0302. COMPUTATION OF
GRADE: ENGL 0101 25%, Daily Work, 15%, Writing assignments, 60%. Semester grade, 100%
plus passing of exit exam.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Toni Taherzadeh
Year 2011 Office
Term Spring Phone
Section 43 email ttaherzadeh@parisjc.edu

Course ENGL 102

Title Dev in Writing II

Description : English 0301/0302 will concentrate on reading, writing, and grammar skills. Since mastery of
reading and writing skills is essential to you success in college, English 0301/0302 will help give
you the opportunity to learn these skills. Class time will include lectures, demonstrations, practice
and quizzes. Reading selections will help to generate ideas and serve as models for your writing
assignments. The accompanying lab English 0101/0102 will provide time for personal assistance

Textbooks Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner and Diana Holguin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays:
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 2009. Print
ISBN 10: 1-428-23033-5

Schedule Week 1-Overview Syllabus/ Diagnostic Review Quiz/ Writing Sample


Week 2- Introduction to Writing p. 2-21/ Study Skills, Note Taking, Writing Tips/ Unit 1 Topic
Sentences, Paragraphs, p. 28/ Quiz over topic Sentences/ Revise Initial Writing Sample
Week 3- Read “Childhood” p. 54 / Writing Assignment (WA1 p. 56) Parts of Speech, Subjects,
Verbs, Prepositional Phrases p. 63/ Subject-Verb Agreement p. 78/ Quiz over Subject-Verb
Agreement/ Writing Workshop, WA2 p. 92
Week 4-Consistent Verb Tense p.87/ Irregular Verbs p. 455/ Quiz over Consistent Verb Tense
/Interaction of Topic, Purpose, Audience, Voice p. 100/ Group Work Writing p. 130/ Writing
Workshop, WA3 p. 131
Week 5- Confusing Words p. 445 (sets 27-45)/ Consistent Point of View p. 142/ Quiz over
Consistent Point of View/ Writing Workshop WA4 p. 153
Week 6- Quiz over Confusing Words (sets 27-45)/ Thesis Sentence p. 160/ Quiz over Thesis
Sentence/ Make corrections on WA4 (WA4 due)/ read “Drawing Lines” p. 179; “My homeland” p.
182/ “Golf” p. 184; WA5 p. 179
Week 7- Fragments, Run-ons, Comma Splices p. 188 Practice/ Thesaurus p. 371/ WA6 p. 207-212
Week 8- Quiz over Fragments, Run-ons, Comma Splices/ Writing with Examples p. 218/Read
“Refuge for Animals in Distress” p. 240 Student Writing p. 244-250 (Use Resources, Internet, p.
400)/ WA7 242
Evaluation methods Writing Lab 25%
Daily Work 15%
Essays 60%
Semester Grade 100% + passing exit exam
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Patti Laeding
Year 2010-2011 Office Classroom
Term Spring Phone 903--439-6154 ext 457
Section 50 email plaeding@pjc.edu

Course ENGL 0302 / ENGL 0102

Title Basic English Level II and Lab

Description English 030 will concentrate upon reading, writing, and grammar skills. Since mastery of reading
and writing skills is essential to your success in college, English 0301/0302 will help give you the
opportunity to learn these skills. Class time will include lecture, demonstration, practice, and a
quiz for each scheduled lesson. Reading selections will help generate ideas and serve as models
for your writing assignments. The accompanying lab, English 0101/0102 will provide a time for
personal assistance with individual writing assignments.

Textbooks Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diana Holguin-Balough Writing Paragraphs and Essays. 6th ed.
Schedule Week 1- Topic Sentences, Paragraphs
Week 2- Grammar for Effective Writing, Subject-Verb Agreement WA pg 56
Week 3- Consistent Verb Tense, Irregular Verbs WA pg 92
Week 4- Interaction of Topic,Purpose, Audience, Voice WA pg 93
Week 5- Consistent Point ofView WA pg 119 and 131
Week 6- Thesis Sentence WA pg 153
Week 7- Fragments, Run-Ons, Comma Splices WA pg 181
Week 8-Writing with Examples WA 210-11
Week 9- Sentence Variety, Compound Sentences WA pg 242
Week 10- Introductions and Conclusions WA pg 261
Week 11- Sentence Variety, Complex Sentences WA pg 294
Week 12- Coherence WA pg 390
Week 13- Spelling, Punctuation, Practice Essays with Prompts
Week 14- FINAL EXIT EXAM
Evaluation methods
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Linda Bailey
Year 2010-2011 Office Sulphur Springs Campus
Term Spring Phone 903-885-1232
Section 51 email lbailey@parisjc.edu

Course English 0102, 302

Title Dev in Writing II and Basic English Level II

Description A basic development course designed to improve students’ skills in formulating


simple and compound sentences, basic subject-verb agreement, punctuation,
and spelling rules. Students will also gain skills in writing clear logically
developed paragraphs, using standard English. Designed for students seeking
basic English usage as mandated by assessment. Students must take ENGL
0101 concurrently. Essay Exit Exam required. May not be used to satisfy
degree requirements.
A developmental writing course which continues the instruction and
reinforcement of those skills taught in ENGL 0301. This course is designed
to provide varied writing exercises on paragraphs and short composition
with emphasis on clarity, coherence, and correction of usage and mechanics.
Students must take ENGL 0102 concurrently. Essay Exit Exam required.
May not be used to satisfy degree requirements. Prerequisite: ENGL 0301 or
placement by department.

Textbooks Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diana Holguin-Balogh. Writing


Paragraphs and Essays. 6th ed. Boston: Houghton-Mifflin, 2003.
Non-fiction selection of choice that is biographical or autobiographical in nature:

Schedule Week 1 - Intro to Writing


Week 2 - Topic Sentences and Paragraphs
Week 3 - Journaling and Grammar
Week 4 - Figures of Speech and Confusing Words
Week 5 - Spelling
Week 6- Confusing words and paragraph writing
Week 7 - Grammar and essay writing
Week 8 - Writing with examples
Week 9- Introductions and Conclusions Week 9- Thesis
Week 10- Essays for Discussion and Analysis
Week 11- Writing with Coherence
Week 12- Mechanics and logical order
Week 13- Illustration, Compare/Contrast, Classification and Definition Writing
Week 14- Cause/Effect, Process Analysis, Arguemation Writing
Week 15- Review/Final
Week 16- Final
Evaluation methods Lab Participation 25%, Daily Work/Quizzes 25%, Writing Assignments 50% Students must have at
least a 70% average to be permitted to write the final exam. If you do not have a 70% , you will
receive a grade of “F” and must repeat the course. Students who do have a grade of 70% but fail the
exam, will receive a grade of “D” and must repeat the course. Your Final grade will be an average
of course grade and final essay grade.
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Patti Laeding
Year 2010-2011 Office Classroom
Term Spring Phone 903--439-6154 ext 457
Section 52 email plaeding@pjc.edu

Course ENGL 0302 / ENGL 0102

Title Basic English Level II and Lab

Description English 030 will concentrate upon reading, writing, and grammar skills. Since mastery of reading
and writing skills is essential to your success in college, English 0301/0302 will help give you the
opportunity to learn these skills. Class time will include lecture, demonstration, practice, and a
quiz for each scheduled lesson. Reading selections will help generate ideas and serve as models
for your writing assignments. The accompanying lab, English 0101/0102 will provide a time for
personal assistance with individual writing assignments.

Textbooks Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diana Holguin-Balough Writing Paragraphs and Essays. 6th ed.
Schedule Week 1- Topic Sentences, Paragraphs
Week 2- Grammar for Effective Writing, Subject-Verb Agreement WA pg 56
Week 3- Consistent Verb Tense, Irregular Verbs WA pg 92
Week 4- Interaction of Topic,Purpose, Audience, Voice WA pg 93
Week 5- Consistent Point ofView WA pg 119 and 131
Week 6- Thesis Sentence WA pg 153
Week 7- Fragments, Run-Ons, Comma Splices WA pg 181
Week 8-Writing with Examples WA 210-11
Week 9- Sentence Variety, Compound Sentences WA pg 242
Week 10- Introductions and Conclusions WA pg 261
Week 11- Sentence Variety, Complex Sentences WA pg 294
Week 12- Coherence WA pg 390
Week 13- Spelling, Punctuation, Practice Essays with Prompts
Week 14- FINAL EXIT EXAM
Evaluation methods
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Marsha Dennis
Year 2010-2011 Office Ad 124
Term Spring Phone 903-782-0317
Section 01 email mdennis@parisjc.edu

Course ENGL 0301

Title Basic English I

Description A developmental course designed to improve students' skills in formulating simple and compound
sentences, basic subject-verb agreement, punctutation, and spelling rules. Students will also gain
skills in writing clear, logically developed paragraphs, using standard English. Also designed for
students seeking English usage as mandated by assessment. Students must take ENGL 0101
concurrently. Essay Exam required. This course may not be used to satisfy degree requirements

Textbooks Kirszner, Laurie G. and Stephen R. Mandell. Foundations First with Readings. 3rd ed. Boston:
Bedford/St. Martin's , 2008. (ISBN-13:978-0-312-45989-5)
Schedule Week 1-1st class day; check rolls; go over syllabus
Week 2-"Getting to Know You"
Week 3-Strategies for College Success
Week 4-Reading a Painting
Week 5-"Reasons to go to College"
Week 6-In class writing
Week 7-Comparison-Contrast
Week 8-Description
Week 9-analyze photo-research
Week 10-inclass writing
Week 11-In class writing
Week 12-Analyze photo
Week 13-In class writing
Week 14-Exit Essay
Week 15-
Week 16-
Evaluation methods
Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Linda Su Knox
Year 2010-2011 Office
Term Spring Phone 903-783-0310 (leave message)
Section 02 email lknox@parisjc.edu

Course ENGL 0301

Title Basic English

Description A basic developmental course designed to improve students’ skills in formulating simple and
compound sentences, basic subject-verb agreement, punctuation, and spelling rules. Students will
also gain skills in writing clear logically developed paragraphs, using standard English. Designed
for students seeking basic English usage as mandated by assessment. Students must take ENGL
0101 concurrently. Essay Exit Exam required. Will not count towards degree.

Textbooks Kirszner, Laurie G., and Stephen R. Mandell. Foundations First with Readings: Sentences and
Paragraphs. 3rd Edition. Boston, MA: Bedford/St. Martin’s, 2008 ISBN#978-0-0312-45989-5
Other materials required: paper, pens, pencil, college-level dictionary, spiral notebook for journal.
Schedule Week 1- Martin Luther King Holiday – no class
Week 2- Introduction to Course; Syllabus; Diagnostic Writing
Week 3- Topic Sentences; Reading Comprehension & Vocabulary development; Grammar
exercise; Journaling Process Review/Feedback
Week 4- Topic Sentence Review; Reading Comprehension & Vocabulary development; Grammar
exercise; Journal Feedback; Body of Paragraph; Writing Assignment
Week 5- Body of Paragraph Review; Reading Comprehension & Vocabulary development,
Grammar exercise; Journal Feedback; Organizing Details; Writing Assignment
Week 6- Organizing Details Review; Reading Comprehension & Vocabulary development;
Grammar exercise; Journal Feedback; Transitions; Writing Assignment
Week 7- Transitions Review; Reading Comprehension & Vocabulary development; Grammar
exercise; Journal Feedback; Closing Sentence; Writing Assignment
Week 8- Closing Sentence Review; Reading Comprehension & Vocabulary development; Grammar
exercise; Journal Feedback; Writing Assignment
Week 9- Spring Break – no class
Week 10- Reading Comprehension & Vocabulary development; Grammar exercise; Journal
Feedback; Writing Assignment
Week 11- Reading Comprehension & Vocabulary development; Grammar exercise; Journal
Feedback; Writing Assignment
Week 12- Reading Comprehension & Vocabulary development; Grammar exercise; Journal
Feedback; Writing Assignment
Week 13- Reading Comprehension & Vocabulary development; Grammar exercise; Journal
Feedback; Writing Assignment, Preparation for Exit Exam
Week 14- Reading Comprehension & Vocabulary development; Grammar exercise; Journal
Feedback; Writing Assignment
Week 15- Reading Comprehension & Vocabulary development; Grammar exercise; Journal
Feedback; Writing Assignment
Week 16- : Exit Exam
Evaluation methods Course Requirements and Evaluation
GRADES:
Explanation of Semester Grade:
A = average of 90-100 on all work
B = average of 80-89 on all work
C = average of 70-79 on all work
D = passing average of 70 or above, but failure to pass Exit Exam
F = failure to compile an average of 70

Computation of Grade:
ENGL 0101 25%
Class work 15%
Writing assignments 40%
Journal 20%

Semester Grade 100% + passing Exit Exam

***Exit Exam will be given on May 2 in Room AD#130***


Paris Junior College Syllabus Faculty Roberta Harris
Year 2011 Office Room 201
Term Spring Phone 903.454.9333
Section 40 email rharris@parisjc.edu

Course ENGL 0301.40

Title DEVELOPMENT IN ENGLISH

Description ENGL 0301.40 is designed for students to gain skills in writing clear, logically developed
paragraphs using standard English. It is also designed for students seeking English usage mandated
by assessment. A lab (English 0101) is required. An essay Exit Exam is required. Even though the
course carries three semester hours of credit, it may not be used to satisfy degree requirements.
However, the three class hours do count